About Me

Name: Gabrielle Cusumano
Biography
Loading...

Create Your Own Blog Find Other Townhall Blogs

Comments

Archives

The Execution Of Saddam Hussein (Compilation of articles from around the world and Cox & Forkum Cartoon (last article)

 "We heard his neck snap," Sami Al-Askari, a political ally of Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki, told the media after the execution."

Saddam Hussein Hanged
Arab News
 

BAGHDAD, 30 December 2006 - Ousted Iraqi President Saddam Hussein was hanged at dawn for crimes against humanity specifically for his involvement in the Dujail case in which he was charged with genocide. The hanging, which took place at a Justice Ministry facility in northern Baghdad, closes the book on legal proceedings against Saddam who was toppled by a U.S. invasion in 2003. Iraqi State television aired film of Saddam, looking composed and talking with the masked hangman as he placed the noose around his neck on the gallows. It did not show the death or the body.

According to an official witness the ousted president, who was bound but wore no blindfold, had said a brief prayer.

"We heard his neck snap," Sami Al-Askari, a political ally of Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki, told the media after the execution.

The prime minister called on Saddam's Sunni Baathist followers to end their insurgency. The state television showed him signing the order for a hanging whose swiftness following the rejection of an appeal has delighted Shi'ites who suffered under Saddam.

Arab News

http://www.arabnews.com/?page=4&section=0&article=90519&d=30&m=12&y=2006

______________________________________________________________________________________

Saddam Hussein executed in Baghdad

30/12/2006 16h11

Saddam Hussein moments before being hanged
©AFP/Al Iraqyia TV

BAGHDAD (AFP) - Ousted Iraqi despot Saddam Hussein has been hanged inside one of his former torture centres Saturday in the final act of a brutal 30-year tragedy that left the stage strewn with tens of thousands of corpses.

Officials who witnessed the execution said the 69-year-old former strongman remained defiant to the last, railing against his Iranian and American enemies and praising the rebels who have pushed Iraq to the brink of civil war.

A grainy video showing his corpse draped in a white shroud was shown on private television after the state network broadcast a clip of masked hangmen placing a noose around his neck, cutting away just before his execution Saturday.

In the hours after his death, car bombs exploded in the Shiite town of Kufa and a street in northern Baghdad, killing more than 50 people, as post-Saddam Iraq continued its headlong plunge into the abyss of civil strife.

Iraqi Shiites, persecuted during Saddam's 24-year rule, feted his demise, dancing and cracking off bursts of automatic fire, while Sunni extremists slammed the US-backed government for hanging their hero.

In the video footage, the ousted despot appeared calm, exchanging words with his burly, leather-jacketed executioners as they wrapped his neck first in black cloth then a thick hemp rope and steered him onto a metal platform.

Saddam was manoeuvred forward firmly but not aggressively by the guards wearing black balaclava-style hoods, the grey-bearded prisoner looking thin inside a dark overcoat over a pressed white shirt but no tie.

"He said he was not afraid of anyone," said Judge Moneer Haddad, a member of the panel of appeal court judges who had confirmed Saddam's conviction for crimes against humanity and who attended the pre-dawn execution.

"It was a terrifying scene. Saddam was in self-control. I was not expecting him to be like that," Haddad told AFP.

"One of the attendants asked him 'are you afraid?' He said 'I have never been afraid as long as I lived. I lived as a mujahedeen and expected death any moment,'" he described.

"We heard the cracks of his neck. It was a horrendous scene," he added. After the execution an ambulance took the body to the heavily fortified Green Zone, the seat of the Iraqi government and US embassy, Haddad said.

With that Saddam -- the swaggering sadist who slaughtered Iraq's Kurdish minority, invaded Iran and Kuwait and fought two disastrous wars with the United States -- stepped off Iraq's political stage for good.

Images of Saddam Hussein being prepared for his execution. Duration 1:14
©Iraqiya TV, Biladi TV
National Security Adviser Mowaffaq al-Rubaie said in a series of broadcast interviews that the late strongman's final minutes were lived in the same spirit as his grandstanding appearances in an Iraqi court.

"One thing I can't explain, I have never seen any repentance, never seen any remorse there," Rubaie told CNN.

Rubaie said officials and executioners had danced around the body afterwards. "This is a natural reaction. These people have lost loved ones."

Sami al-Askari, a Shiite lawmaker close to Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki who also saw the hanging, said it had taken place in an old Saddam-era military intelligence headquarters in the Kadhimiyah district of northern Baghdad.

He said the location had symbolic value, because it had been a centre of torture and execution under Saddam.

Within hours, a car bomb exploded in a fish market in the central city of Kufa, killing at least 31 people, but it was not immediately clear whether the attack represented the first reprisal from his supporters.

Later, a triple car bombing ripped through a mixed area of northern Baghdad, adding another 15 corpses to the grim daily toll.

Iraqi police cheer
©AFP - Essam Al-Sudani

Saddam's and two co-accused -- his half brother and intelligence chief Barzan Hassan al-Tikriti and revolutionary court judge Awad Ahmed al-Bandar -- were sentenced to death by an Iraqi court on November 5.

Officials said that the execution of Saddam's aides had been postponed until after the Eid al-Adha religious holiday, which ends on Thursday.

Over several months, the Iraqi High Tribunal heard how they oversaw a campaign of collective punishment against the Shiite village of Dujail, north of Baghdad, where Saddam escaped an assassination bid in 1982.

Dujail's orchards were torn up and 148 men and boys were executed after being dragged through Bandar's kangaroo court.

More than 20 years later, Saddam was overthrown by a US-led invasion and later put on trial by a new Shiite-led government. The trio's death sentences were confirmed by a panel of appeal court judges on December 26.

The hangings then became inevitable, with Maliki's government determined to avenge Saddam's brutal 24-year reign and to strike a blow against a violent Sunni insurgency that still honours his name.

"Bringing Saddam Hussein to justice will not end the violence in Iraq, but it is an important milestone on Iraq's course to becoming a democracy that can govern, sustain, and defend itself," said US President George W. Bush.

Maliki urged Iraqis not to see the execution as an attack on one community or another.

Iraqis in the southern port city of Basra celebrate
©AFP - Essam Al-Sudani

"The door is still open for everyone whose hands are not stained with the blood of innocents to take part in the building of Iraq. New Iraq shall not be ruled by one party or sect," he declared.

But Saddam's end was vigorously denounced by Sunni Iraqis, who mourned in their hundreds in the area around his home town of Tikrit and the insurgent bastion of Samarra.

Human Rights Watch complained that Maliki's administration had pressured the judge to return guilty verdicts, and was quick to attack the execution.

"The test of a government's commitment to human rights is measured by the way it treats its worst offenders. History will judge the deeply flawed Dujail trial and this execution harshly," said the watchdog's Richard Dicker.

All Credit Given To Agence France Presse
http://www.afp.com/english/news/stories/061230160938.39mzy7jv.html
___________________________________________________________________________
From REUTERS UK

Execution of a subdued Saddam was quick - witnesses

Sat Dec 30, 2006 11:02 AM GMT14
 

By Mussab Al-Khairalla

BAGHDAD (Reuters) - A subdued Saddam Hussein was led shackled into a hall early on Saturday in Baghdad, a noose was placed around his neck and a guard pulled a lever that swiftly ended his life and a chapter of Iraq's history.

Sami al-Askari, a prominent Shi'ite politician close to Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki, witnessed the event and told Reuters the process of Saddam's execution lasted about 25 minutes but once he was dropped through a trap door his death was very quick.

"One of the guards pulled a lever and he dropped half a metre into a trap door. We heard his neck snap instantly and we even saw a small amount of blood around the rope," Askari told Reuters.

"They left him hanging for around 10 minutes before a doctor confirmed his death and they untied him and placed him in a white bodybag," he added.

State-funded television channel Iraqiya showed the final moments of Saddam's life but stopped short of broadcasting the actual hanging or his corpse.

The footage showed a group of guards dressed in civilian clothes and wearing ski masks helping Saddam up a small metal staircase where a cloth was put around his neck before stepping onto the trap door. A red metal barrier, like a witness box, surrounded the trap door in the low-ceilinged, grey concrete, cell-like room.

The hangman, wearing a beige leather jacket, placed the thick rope over Saddam's head and tightened the noose on the left side of his neck. The hangman exchanged a few words with Saddam, who nodded in return. 

Saddam wore a black coat over a black V-neck jumper and a white shirt and had black trousers and black shoes. Askari said he was told to take off a woolly black hat before his execution.

EXECUTED AT DAWN

Another official witness confirmed Saddam died instantly.

"He seemed very calm. He did not tremble," said the official, adding Saddam, 69, recited the Muslim profession of faith before he died: "There is no God but God and Mohammed is his prophet."

Askari said Saddam, executed for his role in the killing of 148 men and boys from the Shi'ite town of Dujail after a failed attempt on his life in 1982, was executed at 6:10 am (3:10 a.m. British Time) according to his watch at an Iraqi army base in Kadhimiya.

The base was the former headquarters of Saddam's military intelligence where many of his victims were tortured and executed in the same dark gallows. The northern Baghdad district is also home to one of Shi'ite Islam's holiest shrines.

"After he entered the small hall, Saddam had a seat as a judge read him the details of the sentence. But as he saw the camera come in to record, he began shouting the same rubbish we have seen in court. Long live Palestine and other slogans," he said.

He said Saddam's hand-cuffs that tied his arms in front of his body when he came in were reversed when he was led to the noose with his arms tied behind his body.

Askari said about 15 people were present, including government ministers, members of parliament, relatives of victims and representatives from the special court and Justice Ministry. U.S. military and embassy officials declined to comment on whether any U.S. representative was present.

Askari said no cleric was present as Saddam had not requested one and that he had no final requests. Askari said those present remained silent during the execution, but congratulated each other after Saddam was confirmed dead.

An Iraqi television channel later showed footage of Saddam's body in a white shroud. The low-quality footage on Biladi, a Shi'ite-run channel, showed Saddam lying with his neck twisted at an awkward angle, with what appeared to be blood or a bruise on his left cheek.

The short clip appeared to have been filmed on a mobile phone or small camera by a visitor invited to view the corpse.

Jawad al-Zubaidi, a victim who testified at Saddam's trial and who was allowed to view the corpse during a private reception at Maliki's office, said: "When I saw the body in the coffin, I cried. I remembered my three brothers and my father who he had killed. I approached the body and told him: 'This is the well-deserved punishment of every tyrant',".

(Additional reporting by Mariam Karouny)

All Credit Given To: Reuters UK

(Excerpt ) To Continue Go To:
http://today.reuters.co.uk/news/articlenews.aspx?type=topNews&storyid=2006-12-30T110239Z_01_KHA021421_RTRUKOT_0_TEXT0.xml&WTmodLoc=NewsArt-R3-RelatedNews-2
___________________________________________________________________________

Nothing about Saddam Huseein's Execution  in The Yemen Times (yementimes.com)
__________________________________________________________________________

Nothing From the UN Secretary General on the Execution of Saddam Hussein
30 December 2006

http://www.un.org/apps/sg/sgstats.asp
__________________________________________________________________

Nothing Written in the Riyadh Daily either.
______________________________________________




Saddam’s enemies rejoice, many Arabs angry
(Reuters)

30 December 2006


BEIRUT - Saddam Hussein’s enemies rejoiced, his supporters seethed with anger and many Arabs felt outraged at his hanging on the holiest day of the Muslim year.

Sympathisers with the former president painted him as the victim of a vengeful Iraqi trial sponsored by the United States. Some in Kuwait and non-Arab Iran complained that Saddam had not been brought to account for the wars he launched against them.

Leading Sunni Muslim Arab power Saudi Arabia criticised Iraq’s Shia leaders for executing Saddam, also a Sunni, during the Eid Al Adha and said his trial had been politicised.

“There is a feeling of surprise and disapproval that the verdict has been applied during the holy months and the first days of Eid Al Adha,” a presenter on the official al-Ikhbariya TV said after programming was broken to read a statement.

“Leaders of Islamic countries should show respect for this blessed occasion ... not demean it,” said the statement, which was attributed to official news agency SPA’s political analyst.

The drama of Saddam’s violent end on Saturday was brought into living rooms across the Arab world with television pictures of masked hangmen tightening the noose around his neck. Separate film of Saddam’s body in a white shroud also upset many viewers.

Many Arabs said his hanging for crimes against humanity was provocatively timed to coincide with Eid Al Adha and would worsen violence in Iraq.

“This is the worst Eid ever witnessed by Muslims. I had goosebumps when I saw the footage,” said Jordanian woman Rana Abdullah, 30, who works in the private sector.

Hesham Kassem, an Egyptian newspaper publisher and human rights activist, said airing the images was controversial, but added: “This man was one of the most brutal mass murderers in the history of mankind. He stands alongside Hitler and Stalin.”

But in the impoverished Iraqi village where Saddam was born, residents vowed revenge. “We will all become a bomb,” said one young man in Awja, 150 km (90 miles) north of Baghdad.

Libya, the only state to show solidarity with Saddam in his death, declared three days of mourning and cancelled public Eid celebrations. Flags on government buildings flew at half-mast.

While many Arab governments refrained from comment, a senior aide to Arab League Secretary-General Amr Moussa called the execution “a tragic end to a sad phase in Iraq’s history”.

“We hope that the Iraqi people would focus on the future to be able to pass this stage, stop the violence and achieve reconciliation,” Hesham Youssef told Reuters in Cairo.

The government of Iraqi neighbour Jordan said it hoped the execution would not have “any negative repercussions”.

Abdel-Bari Atwan, editor of the London-based Al-Quds al-Arabi newspaper, said Arabs wondered who most deserved to face trial: “Saddam Hussein, who preserved the unity of Iraq, ... or those who engulfed the country in this bloody civil war?”

No street unrest was reported in Arab capitals, where Muslims were preoccupied with the Eid al-Adha holiday, but thousands of Indians, mostly Muslims, staged anti-US protests.

Risk to US interests?

Tajeddine El Husseini, a Moroccan international economic law professor, said Saddam’s “symbolic sacrifice” on a religious day when Muslims slaughter animals would make things worse.

In Afghanistan, the first target before Iraq in the US-declared “war on terror”, a Taleban commander said Saddam’s demise would galvanise Muslim opposition to the United States.

“His death will boost the morale of Muslims. The jihad in Iraq will be intensified and attacks on invader forces will increase,” Mullah Obaidullah Akhund told Reuters by telephone.

News of Saddam’s death shocked Palestinians, many of whom had seen him as an Arab hero for his missile attacks on Israel during the 1991 Gulf War that ended Iraq’s occupation of Kuwait.

“The Americans wanted to tell all Arab leaders who are their servants that they are like Saddam, nothing but a sheep slaughtered on Eid,” said Abu Mohammad Salama at a Gaza mosque.

Hamas lawmaker Mushir al-Masri said Saddam’s execution was a ”proof of the criminal and terrorist American policy and its war against all forces of resistance in the world”.

In Kuwait, where Saddam is reviled for his 1990 invasion, parliament speaker Jasim Mohammad al-Kharafi hailed the execution, saying it had brought the country “two Eids”.

But Ahmed al-Shatti, a Health Ministry official, said Saddam had not answered for the “atrocities” he committed in Kuwait.

In Shia non-Arab Iran, Deputy Foreign Minister Hamid Reza Asefi said the hanging of the man who led Iraq into a costly war with the Islamic Republic in the 1980s was a victory for Iraqis.

But Yousef Molaee, an Iranian international law expert, also took the view that the dawn execution was a failure for justice.

“Saddam’s crimes in the eight-year war against Iran, such as chemical bombardments, remained unanswered because of the hasty and unfair trial,” state news agency IRNA quoted him as saying.

In Mecca, Sunni Arab pilgrims voiced outrage that Iraqi authorities had executed Saddam on a major religious holiday

Khaleej Times 
http://www.khaleejtimes.com/DisplayArticle.asp?xfile=data/focusoniraq/2006/December/focusoniraq_December201.xml&section=focusoniraq

___________________________________________________________________________

From: Sky News UK
 
http://news.sky.com/skynews/article/0,,30000-13559626,00.html

Saddam Body Flown Home

Updated: 19:40, Saturday December 30, 2006

The body of Saddam Hussein has been flown onboard a US plane to his hometown of Tikrit hours after the former Iraqi dictator was executed, a defence lawyer said.

Lebanese lawyer Bushra al-Khalil told the Reuters news agency the body was handed over to tribal leaders for burial in Tikrit.

Saddam was hanged on Saturday morning in Baghdad after being found guilty of committing crimes against humanity in what the US said was a fair and just trial.

His execution took place around 6am local time (3am GMT).

Extraordinary footage of Saddam walking to the gallows and having the rope noose put around his neck was released by the Iraqi government.

The video showed documents being checked before showing Saddam being led to the gallows by men wearing balaclavas.

The camera is then lowered to show a noose and a small trap door in the floor surrounded by red railings.

Saddam, 69, was shown silently looking down at the floor before he said a few words and stepped forward to have the noose placed around his neck.

No further footage of the execution was broadcast, though low-quality pictures did emerge later of Saddam's body wrapped in a white shroud.

Following his death, state-run Iraqiya television said: "Criminal Saddam was hanged to death", and played patriotic music, while showing images of national monuments and other landmarks.

The station also reported that Saddam's half-brother Barzan al Tikriti and Awad al Bander, the former chief justice of the Revolutionary Court, were hanged.

Pictures of Saddam's body were broadcast
Pictures of Saddam's body were broadcast

However, officials said that only Saddam was hanged and the other two would be executed after this weekend's Islamic religious holiday.

Saddam's death sentence was carried out in northern Baghdad following hours of confusion over whether he was to be executed or not.

US President George Bush called the execution an "important milestone" for Iraq.

British Foreign Secretary Margaret Beckett said Saddam had been held to account for some of his crimes.

She added: "The British Government does not support the use of the death penalty, in Iraq or anywhere else. We advocate an end to the death penalty worldwide, regardless of the individual or the crime.

"We have made our position very clear to the Iraqi authorities, but we respect their decision as that of a sovereign nation."

Saddam was sentenced to death by an Iraqi court on November 5 after a trial lasting more than a year.

He was found guilty of ordering the murder of 148 people in the village of Dujail following a failed assassination attempt against him in 1982.

The Iraqi government had made it clear it wanted the sentence carried out as quickly as possible, even though Saddam faced a series of other charges.

Saddam was captured in December 2003, nine months after a US-led coalition invaded Iraq.

His lawyers made a last-ditch legal bid in Washington DC to prevent him being handed over to Iraqi authorities for execution. However, the judge turned down the request.

Saddam's daughter Raghd, in Jordan, "is asking that his body be buried in Yemen temporarily until Iraq is liberated and it can be reburied in Iraq."

More on This Story:    (All Credit Given To Sky News UK)

Also In Sky News Home

Those developments, so unwelcome to the Americans who so easily conquered this nation, showed that Hussein was also a unifying force whose painful grip held together Iraq's many ethnicities and sects. Now, three years after his fall, Iraq has descended further into chaos.

As Iraqis across the country were trying to process the scope of what had happened, early reactions mirrored the deep sectarian divide that has been driving much of that violence and threatens to pull the country apart.

"Today is the best day we have seen since the fall of Saddam's regime," said Ayad Jamal al-Deen, a moderate Shiite political leader. "The death of this man will help to release many Baathists from Saddam's mafia. The violence will be reduced."

But a Sunni tribal sheik expressed a thought typical of the hard-line Sunni minority, which has held tenaciously to the memory of being favored under Hussein.

"The execution of Saddam means that the flame of vengeance will be ignited and it will hurt the body of Iraq with unrecoverable wound," the sheik said.

As Hussein awaited the hangman, he was apparently unaware that the American military was already making plans to dispose of his personal effects.

Iraqi officials were vague to the end about when the execution would happen. "We will do it very soon," said Munir Haddad, a judge on the Iraqi High Tribunal who represented the body at the execution.

The entire proceeding was brief, efficient and largely lacking in ceremony. Four executioners, drawn from the ranks of the Iraqi police, wearing black ski-masks, shepherded him to where the thick rope resting on red railing at the ready.

After he refused the hood, he was given a black scarf to swath his neck, protecting it from being sliced open.

Other video footage showed the dead body of Hussein, draped in a white shroud. Lying on his back, his head turned unnaturally far to his right, he seemed to be vacantly gazing into the distance.

In the end, the hanging was carried out with such haste that an ad hoc air at times overshadowed the historical import.

Prime Minister Maliki was still conferring with American officials late Friday night to work out the timing and resolve key details, like what to do with Hussein's body, a Western official said.

But Maliki's comments on Friday to the families of people who were killed while Hussein ruled left no doubt about where the prime minister stood on the time frame of the execution.

"Anyone who rejects the execution of Saddam is undermining the martyrs of Iraq and their dignity," Maliki said. "Nobody can overrule the execution sentence issued against Saddam."

Without specifying a time, date or place, he said, "There is no review or delay in implementing the execution verdict against Saddam."

Esam al-Gazawi, another lawyer representing Hussein who is currently in Jordan, expressed the views of many by suggesting that the timing of the execution was determined by the highest levels of the American and Iraqi governments.

"No one knows when it's going to happen except God and President Bush," he said shortly before Hussein was executed.

Hussein spent his final hours in a dreary cell on an American base near the Baghdad airport, and there were indications that he was unaware that the end was drawing near.

Iraqi and American officials kept outsiders, including his legal team, from contacting him all day, according to Najib al-Nauimi, one of Hussein's lawyers, who was in Qatar.

But the legal team received a request late Friday asking for formal requests from people who could receive Hussein's effects, another of his lawyers said.

"I gave them a request that my colleagues and I are authorized to get Saddam's personal stuff," said the lawyer, Wadood Fawzi.

In Washington, a United States District Court rejected an emergency motion filed Friday afternoon by lawyers for Hussein seeking to halt the execution on the grounds that it would interfere with pending civil litigations against him. Judge Kathleen Kollar-Kotelly ruled shortly after 9 p.m. that her court did not have jurisdiction to intercede.

Hussein's trial and conviction have been mostly welcomed by the Iraqi Shiites and Kurds who suffered under his rule, but it has angered Sunni Muslims, helped to fuel a Sunni-led insurgency and done nothing to calm the increasingly chaotic sectarian violence here.

Iraqi officials said the execution would be filmed, both for the historical record and as proof for those who may doubt the word of both the Americans and Iraqis.

As of late Friday, some Iraqi officials remained engaged in a heated debate about how swiftly to carry out Hussein's death sentence.

An Iraqi official close to the negotiations expressed deep disappointment that, after years of forensic investigation, detailed litigation and careful deliberation, the process could be compromised in the final hours by politically driven haste.

"According to the law, no execution can be carried out during the holidays," said another official, "After all the hard work we have done, why would we break the law and ruin what we have built?"

The Muslim holiday of Id al-Adha begins Saturday for Sunnis and Sunday for Shiites, who now control the government.

Iraqi law seemed to indicate that executions were forbidden on the holiday.

But Judge Haddad was dismissive of those concerns, injecting some of the sectarian split that is pervading the country. "The official Id in Iraq is Sunday," he said.

As for Hussein's sect, he said, "Saddam is not Sunni. And he is not Shiite. He is not Muslim."

Gazawi, the lawyer, said he was told that Hussein had met with two half-brothers, who are also in custody, but no other relatives.

"His sons are dead, and his daughters are here in Amman," he said. Hussein's two sons, Uday and Qusay, were killed by American soldiers after the 2003 invasion.

After his government collapsed, Hussein went into hiding and was eventually found in a hide-out near his hometown of Tikrit.

Once in custody, there were three cases brought against Hussein for crimes against humanity.

The first case to begin hearings, and the simplest in terms of details, involved the executions of residents of Dujail after an attack on his motorcade there. Hussein was found guilty on Nov. 5 and sentenced to die by hanging. An appeals court upheld the ruling on Tuesday and said the sentence had to be carried out within 30 days.

A trial on the far more sweeping charges that he directed the killing of 50,000 Kurds in an organized ethnic-cleansing campaign is still under way and will continue despite Hussein's execution.

Reporting was contributed by Abdul Razzaq al-Saiedi and Khalid al-Ansary from Baghdad, Eric Lichtblau from Washington and Jeff Zeleny from Crawford, Tex.

Another Article: 
Gadhafi's Libya declares 3-day official mourning for Saddam


All Credit Given To The International Herald Tribune
http://www.iht.com/articles/2006/12/30/africa/web.1230saddam.php?page=1
__________________________________________________________________

Postscript

From Cox & Forkum

December 26, 2006

Old Acquaintance

06.12.26.OldAcquaintance-X.gif

From CNN: Iraqi appeals court upholds Hussein death sentence.

The Iraqi High Tribunal's appellate chamber on Tuesday upheld Saddam Hussein's death sentence in the Dujail massacre case, Judge Aref Shaheen announced.

Shaheen said the court's decision was the final word in the case.

The toppled Iraqi dictator's execution must take place before January 27, Shaheen said. Iraqi law requires a death sentence to be carried out within 30 days.

On November 5, Hussein was sentenced to death by hanging for his role in the 1982 killings of 148 people in Dujail, a mostly Shiite town north of Baghdad. Hussein's attorneys appealed, and the appellate chamber began reviewing the case December 5.

Hussein's chief defense attorney, Khalil al-Dulaimi, said he had heard about the decision, but said it came from "an illegitimate and unconstitutional court."

"We are not surprised by this crazy ruling," al-Dulaimi said.

The lawyer, speaking from Amman, Jordan, said three other members of the defense team met with Hussein on Tuesday before the decision was announced and described him as being in high spirits.

Under international law, most governments have the power to stay any executions, but Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki has said his government would not do so in Hussein's case.

The White House released a statement praising the court's decision.

"Today marks a milestone for the Iraqi people's efforts to replace the rule of a tyrant with the rule of law," said Scott Stanzel, deputy White House press secretary.

"We look forward to seeing the written judgment. Saddam has received due process and the legal rights that he denied the Iraqi peop

UPDATE I -- Dec. 27: From CNN: Baathists: 'Grave consequences' if Hussein's hanged.

The Baath Party, the political movement that ruled Iraq during the Saddam Hussein era, is warning there will be "grave consequences" if former Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein is executed.

Saying it would hold the United States responsible, a message appeared on al-basrah.net Tuesday that read: "The Baath and the resistance are determined to retaliate in all ways and all places that hurt America and its interests if it commits this crime."

If the execution is carried out, the largely Sunni-Arab Baathists said they also will retaliate against members of the Iraqi High Tribunal.

And they vowed a complete shut-down of peace negotiations between the Baathists and coalition forces.

The Baathists have been operating as part of the insurgency against the U.S. and its allies since Hussein's regime fell in 2003.

UPDATE II -- Dec. 29:
Looks like Old Man 2006 got to the lever first.
From CNN: Hussein executed, Iraqi TV stations report.

Former Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein has been executed, according to two Arabic language media outlets.

Hussein was hanged before dawn on Saturday in Iraq, at about 6 a.m. (10 p.m. Friday ET), the U.S.-backed Al-Hurra television reported.

Al-Arabiya reported that Barzan Hassan, Hussein's half-brother, and Awad Bandar, former chief justice of the Revolutionary Court, were hanged after Hussein. All three were convicted of killings in the Iraqi town of Dujail nearly 25 years ago.

Earlier, Munir Haddad, a judge on the appeals court that upheld the former dictator's death sentence, and an adviser to Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki each confirmed the paperwork needed for Hussein's execution had been prepared late Friday.

"All the procedures have been completed," Haddad said.

At the same time, a U.S. district judge refused a request to stay the execution.

Attorney Nicholas Gilman said in an application for a restraining order, filed Friday in U.S. District Court in Washington, that a stay would allow Hussein "to be informed of his rights and take whatever action he can and may wish to pursue."

Haddad had called Gilman's filing "rubbish," and said, "It will not delay carrying out the sentence," which he called "final."

Posted by Forkum at 05:21 PM / Permalink
http://www.coxandforkum.com/

_____________________________________________________________________________________
Gabrielle Cusumano

 
More blogs about <a
href="http://technorati.com/blogs/Gabrielle+Cusumano" rel="tag directory">Gabrielle Cusumano</a>.<br /><a
href="http://technorati.com/blogs/"><img src="http://static.technorati.com/pix/tbf.gif" /></a>
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

AP/ WBZ NEWSRADIO/BOSTON: Saddam To Be Executed Before 6:00 AM Baghdad Time or 10 p.m. Friday EST..

 
AP Top News at 5:35 p.m. EST

Official: Saddam to Be Executed Tonight

AP Photo
BAGHDAD, Iraq (AP) - The official witnesses to Saddam Hussein's impending execution gathered Friday in Baghdad's fortified Green Zone in final preparation for his hanging, as state television broadcast footage of his regime's atrocities. The Iraqi government readied all the necessary documents, including a "red card" - an execution order introduced during Saddam's dictatorship. As the hour of his death approached, Saddam received two of his half brothers in his cell on Thursday and was said to have given them his personal belongings and a copy of his will.


http://customwire.ap.org/dynamic/fronts/HOME?SITE=WBZAM&SECTION=HOME

Official: Saddam to be executed tonight

By CHRISTOPHER TORCHIA and QASSIM ABDUL-ZAHRA, Associated Press Writers 18 minutes ago

BAGHDAD, Iraq - The official witnesses to        Saddam Hussein's impending execution gathered Friday in Baghdad's fortified Green Zone in final preparation for his hanging, as state television broadcast footage of his regime's atrocities.

The Iraqi government readied all the necessary documents, including a "red card" — an execution order introduced during Saddam's dictatorship. As the hour of his death approached, Saddam received two of his half brothers in his cell on Thursday and was said to have given them his personal belongings and a copy of his will.

Najeeb al-Nueimi, a member of Saddam's legal team in Doha, Qatar, said he too requested a final meeting with the deposed Iraqi leader. "His daughter in Amman was crying, she said 'Take me with you,'" al-Nueimi said late Friday. But he said their request was rejected.

An adviser to Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki said Saddam would be executed before 6 a.m. Saturday, or 10 p.m. Friday EST. The time was agreed upon during a meeting between U.S. and Iraqi officials, said the adviser, who declined to be named because he is not authorized to speak to the media.

"The time has been agreed upon. It will be done by six o'clock in the morning," the adviser said. "The agreement was reached during a meeting between Iraqi and American officials. Saddam will be handed over shortly before the execution."

http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20061229/ap_on_re_mi_ea/saddam_7

All Credit Given To AP and Yahoo News

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

CNN Reports at 3:05 PM EST 12/29/06 "Iraqi lawmaker said he saw judge, cleric, and physician at gallows."

"Giovanni di Stefano, one of Hussein's defense attorneys, told CNN the U.S. military officially informed him that the former Iraqi dictator has been transferred to Iraqi authorities for his execution and that a "credible source" had told him Hussein will be executed "very shortly -- in the next couple of hours."  CNN Report

Sources: Hussein execution nears

POSTED: 3:05 p.m. EST, December 29, 2006

Story Highlights

NEW: Iraqi lawmaker said he saw judge, cleric, and physician at gallows
NEW: Reports conflict over whether Hussein is in U.S. or Iraqi custody
• Hussein's lawyers say U.S. officials have canceled their meeting with him
• Iraqi prime minister says no delays for hanging, state TV reports

BAGHDAD, Iraq
(CNN) -- Former Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein could face execution within hours, reports from Baghdad suggested Friday.

Giovanni di Stefano, one of Hussein's defense attorneys, told CNN the U.S. military officially informed him that the former Iraqi dictator has been transferred to Iraqi authorities for his execution and that a "credible source" had told him Hussein will be executed "very shortly -- in the next couple of hours."

An adviser to Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki told CNN that the paperwork for Hussein's execution is in order, and a defense attorney said the hanging could take place "very shortly."

Meanwhile, an Iraqi judge said Hussein "will be executed today or tomorrow," The Associated Press reported.

Munir Haddad, a judge on the appeals court that upheld the former dictator's death sentence, is quoted as saying. "All the measures have been done."

There were conflicting reports Friday about whether Hussein was in U.S. or Iraqi custody.

Hussein's lawyers said they learned he was no longer in U.S. custody in an e-mail from U.S. officials.

Defense attorney Najib al-Nuaimi told CNN the e-mail "means he has been handed over physically to the Iraqis."

Also, state television in Iraq broke into its programming late Friday to announce U.S. officials had handed over Hussein to the Iraqi government for execution.

Around the same time, State Department spokesman Tom Casey said Hussein was still in U.S. custody, adding, "My understanding is that there's been no change in his status," Reuters reported.

An Iraqi lawmaker told CNN he had seen Friday the scaffolding where Hussein is to be hanged and said government officials were debating whether to execute the former Iraqi leader on Saturday.

The gallows had been set up in Baghdad's Green Zone, the center of power for coalition and Iraqi officials, said Bahaa al-Araji, a member of parliament from the bloc of radical Shiite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr. (Watch what signs point to an imminent execution Video)

He would not elaborate about the location, but said he saw a judge, a cleric and a physician -- all members who must be present at the execution, according to Iraqi law -- at the execution site.

"These people were told to remain there on standby waiting for orders for the government," al-Araji said.

Iraqi law bans executions during holidays, and the Islamic holiday Eid al-Adha begins on Saturday, leading many to believe the execution could take place before then. Hussein's execution had been expected to follow his transfer from U.S. to Iraqi custody.

Hussein faces death by hanging for the killings in the Iraqi town of Dujail nearly 25 years ago.

Ministerial aides said government officials were in an "emergency meeting," and Baghdad was soon to enter its regular overnight curfew.

Earlier Friday, al-Nuaimi, Hussein's lawyer, predicted the execution this weekend, citing "different sources," a prediction shared by Bush administration officials on Thursday, although they cautioned the timing was up to Iraq. (Full story)

"I think the Americans will accompany him onto the execution stage. And I think they will have a pre-recorded film that will be released [Saturday] evening if they carry out the sentence in the day," he said from Doha, Qatar.

Al-Maliki said Friday that nothing will stop or delay the execution, according to Iraqi national television.

There will be "no reviews or delays in the execution of the criminal Saddam," al-Maliki told reporters, according to Al-Iraqiya TV.

Hussein's execution by hanging must take place before January 27 -- 30 days after the Iraqi High Tribunal upheld the death sentence -- according to chief Judge Aref Shaheen.

Hussein 'accepts his fate'

Defense attorney al-Nuaimi linked the timing of Hussein's execution to politics.

"Mr. Bush has decided that prior to the verdict of the [Anfal] trial that he be executed by the end of the year," he said. "It was a political decision, not a fair trial."

Hussein has accepted his fate, al-Nuaimi said. "And he was smiling. I think he will be smiling when the capital punishment is carried out."

American officials have also denied Hussein access to a lawyer, al-Nuaimi said.

The lawyer said he had been in touch with Hussein's eldest daughter, Raghad, who has been trying to negotiate passage from Jordan into Iraq to visit her father before he is executed. She wants to hear any last requests from her father and stands a better chance of succeeding if the execution is delayed until next week, he said.

Raghad Hussein and her sister Rana defected to Jordan in 1995 and were granted government sanctuary. The two have been estranged from their father.

Under Iraqi law, Hussein's lawyers and his family would be notified before the death sentence is carried out.

Cell meeting with brothers

Another defense lawyer, Badie Aref, told CNN that Hussein met with two of his half-brothers in his cell on Thursday and passed on messages and instructions to his family.

"President Saddam was just bracing for the worst, so he wanted to see his brothers and pass on some messages and instructions to his family," Aref said. The half brothers who visited were Sabawi and Wathban Ibrahim Hassan al-Tikriti, he said.

Another of Hussein's half-brothers, Barzan al-Tikriti, has been sentenced to death and is being held in Iraq under the same charges as Hussein.

Aref said the U.S. soldiers guarding Hussein took away a radio he kept in his cell on Tuesday so he could not hear news reports about his death sentence, which was confirmed that day. (Full story)

"They did not want him to hear the news from the appeals court upholding the sentence," he said. "They gave him back the radio on Wednesday."

Aref said Saddam found out about the appeals court verdict "a few hours after it was announced."

Guilty of crimes against humanity

Hussein was convicted on November 5 for crimes against humanity in connection with the killings of 148 people after an attempt on his life.

The dictator was found guilty of murder, torture, and forced deportation.

The Dujail episode falls within 12 of the worst cases out of 500 documented "baskets of crimes" during the Hussein regime.

The U.S. State Department says torture and extrajudicial killings followed the Dujail killings and that 550 men, women and children were arrested without warrants. (Watch what some Iraqis think will happen when Hussein dies Video)

CNN's Aneesh Raman, Arwa Damon, Ryan Chilcote, and Sam Dagher contributed to this report.

All Credit Given to CNN.
http://www.cnn.com/2006/WORLD/meast/12/29/hussein/index.html
__________________________________________________________________

"An Iraqi judge who has been asked to witness the execution, Moneer Haddad, told reporters Friday that he had been put on standby for a hanging that could take place "maybe tonight or tomorrow".


Gallows ready for Saddam   (All Credit Given to Agence France Presse 2006)

29/12/2006 19h59

Saddam Hussein
©AFP/Pool/File - Stefan Zaklin

BAGHDAD (AFP) - Iraqi officials finalised plans for the execution of Saddam Hussein amid reports the deposed leader could be killed within hours and fears of an insurgent backlash once he hangs.

An Iraqi judge who has been asked to witness the execution, Moneer Haddad, told reporters Friday that he had been put on standby for a hanging that could take place "maybe tonight or tomorrow".

And Sami al-Askari, a member of Iraq's main Shiite parliamentary bloc and a consultant to Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki, said: "All documents relating to the implementation of the execution are compiled and ready."

"Saddam has only a very short time ahead of the implementation of the execution. The execution will be either before dawn on Saturday, or immediately after the Eid holiday," Askari told AFP.

Eid al-Adha, the "feast of sacrifice", will begin at the weekend and last until Wednesday night, and Iraqi officials have already said that it would be unlikely that an execution be carried out during a religious holiday.

Baghdad was rocked by explosions and heavy gunfire as night fell amid conflicting reports over preparations for the execution.

Former Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein listens to prosecutors during his trial
©AFP/Pool/File - Scott Nelson

Maliki himself told the families of some of the ousted president's victims that Saddam would be put to death without delay, as US authorities scrapped a visit to the deposed leader by his defence lawyers.

"Our respect for human rights means we must implement the execution of Saddam and his aides. Those who reject Saddam's execution are undermining the dignity of the martyrs of Iraq," Maliki said, according to his office.

"After the endorsement of the court ruling, no one can prevent the execution sentence against Saddam. There will be neither a revision nor a delay in the implementation of the execution sentence against Saddam and his aides."

Saddam's defence counsel fed speculation about the execution by announcing that he had been asked to send someone to collect Saddam's belongings from the US base where he is being held, suggesting the hour was almost at hand.

"According to information in our possession, Saddam Hussein will be executed Saturday at dawn," said one of Saddam's lawyers who asked not to be identified, adding: "The gallows is ready."

An Iraqi policeman talks on a walkie-talkie in an empty street in central Baghdad
©AFP - Ali al-Saadi

Another lawyer, Khalil al-Dulaimi, told AFP that Saddam had been handed over to Iraqi authorities ahead of his anticipated death by hanging, but this was firmly denied by US officials in Baghdad and Washington.

Dulaimi said he had been asked to come and pick up the personal effects of Saddam and his half brother Barzan al-Tikriti who has also been sentenced to hang for the killing of Shiite villagers in the 1980s.

The White House said Saddam was still in US military custody and that his fate was "an issue for the Iraqi government. We are observers to this process."

The head of Iraq's interior ministry command centre, Brigadier General Abdel Karim Khalaf, said the beleaguered security forces were on high alert ahead of a hanging expected to exacerbate sky-high sectarian tensions.

"Certainly, this is a big event, putting into effect the execution of this serial killer," he said. "We will take measures proportionate to this event. We will put all our forces on the streets so that no lives are jeopardised."

Two Iraqi children walk past a defaced portrait of Saddam Hussein
©AFP - Dia Hamid

On November 5, when Saddam was convicted of crimes against humanity and sentenced to death, protests erupted in some parts of Iraq and authorities declared a three-day curfew to prevent attacks by Sunni insurgents.

Khalaf said such a measure could only be decreed by the prime minister, but Iraqi forces stood ready to act once informed of the date of the execution.

On December 26, a panel of appeals court judges confirmed Saddam's sentence and ordered that he and two former aides be hanged within 30 days.

In the almost four years since a US-led invasion drove Saddam from office, the oil-rich Middle Eastern nation has been engulfed in a rising tide of violence between warring political and sectarian factions.

Iraq's Shiite Arab majority and breakaway Kurds welcomed Saddam's fall, but many members of the Sunni Arab minority flocked to the banner of Islamist or pro-Saddam insurgent groups battling his US-backed successors.

The execution, when it comes, can be expected to further deepen the sectarian divide. Shiite hardliners hope that it will knock the heart out of the insurgency, but other observers fear violent reprisals.

All Credit Given To Agence France Presse
http://www.afp.com/english/news/stories/061229195928.lfqxs99j.html

__________________________________________________________________

"Saddam Hussein will be executed today or tomorrow, an Iraqi judge has said."

Saddam May Hang In Hours

Updated: 18:30, Friday December 29, 2006

Saddam Hussein will be executed today or tomorrow, an Iraqi judge has said.

There were reports that the US had handed the former dictator had been handed over to Iraqi authorities - but State Department sources denied this.

Iraqi government sources said Prime Minister Nouri al Maliki had signed Saddam's death sentence.

American troops in Iraq are on "high alert" to deal with any outbreak of violence following an announcement of his death.

The former dictator's lawyer said he believed Saddam would be executed tomorrow.

"The Americans called the defence team to pick up his personal belongings," said Najib Naimi, a former Qatar justice minister.

"All these indications show he will probably be executed tomorrow."

However, earlier Iraq's deputy justice minister Bosho Ibrahim said: "This is not true. He is still with the Americans."

Anger at a court ruling
Anger at a court ruling

The ministry, which is in charge of implementing court rulings, would not execute Saddam before January 26, he said.

But Mr Maliki had insisted there would be no delay in carrying out the death sentence.

"Whoever rejects Saddam's execution would be insulting the martyrs," a statement quoted him as saying.

"After the court upheld the sentence no one can overrule the death sentence against the criminal Saddam."

On Thursday, Saddam's half brothers visited him in his jail cell, Iraqi officials said. The meeting could indicate the deposed leader's execution was approaching.

Although legally in Iraqi custody, US troops have been physically keeping guard over Saddam.

Iraq's highest court on Tuesday rejected Saddam's appeal against his conviction and death sentence for the killing of 148 people who were detained after an attempt to assassinate him in the northern Iraqi city of Dujail in 1982.

The court said the former president should be hanged within 30 days.

Saddam has been kept at Camp Cropper, an American military prison close to Baghdad's airport.

Sky News logo: click for the Sky News homepage

BAGHDAD: Saddam Hussein, the former president of Iraq, will be executed by Saturday at the latest, an Iraqi judge said Friday.

"Saddam will be executed today or tomorrow," said the judge, Munir Haddad, who sits on the appeals court that upheld the death sentence against Saddam. "All the measures have been done."

Haddad is authorized to attend the execution on behalf of the judiciary.

"I am ready to attend and there is no reason for delays," Haddad said.

His comments came as Saddam's chief defense lawyer said U.S. officials had transferred Saddam to Iraqi custody.

The transfer of Saddam to Iraqi authorities was believed to be one of the last steps before he was to be hanged, although the lawyers did not specifically say Saddam was in Iraqi hands.

Earlier Friday, senior Iraqi officials dismissed mounting speculation, including from Washington, that they could hang Saddam within hours, and said some in the cabinet were pushing for the execution to be put off for a month or more.

Saddam was sentenced to death on Nov. 5 for crimes against humanity for the killings, torture and other crimes against the Shiite population of the town of Dujail in the 1980s.

A senior Justice Ministry official said there would be no execution before Jan. 26, 30 days after the sentence was upheld by the appellate court. But government ministers said there were conflicting views in cabinet over that timing and whether the Iraqi president needed to sign a death warrant.

Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, in his first comments on the issue, reportedly said Friday that there could be no going back on the death sentence and "no delay" in carrying it out. An aide to Maliki confirmed the content of the remarks, reported by state television, and said Maliki had made them to relatives of victims of Saddam's oppression.

The report quoted Maliki as saying that those who opposed the hanging were insulting those who had suffered, adding that no one could reverse the sentence. Several officials this week have said that the president cannot pardon those convicted of crimes against humanity.

Maliki, a member of the Shiite Muslim majority, said last month that he wanted Saddam hanged this year for the crimes in Dujail. But members of Saddam's Sunni minority say an execution may increase alienation among their rebellious community. Some Kurds have said they would like to see Saddam convicted of genocide in the Kurdish north of Iraq. That second trial is scheduled to resume Jan. 8.

Dulaimi, who led Saddam's defense in the first trial, which ended on Nov. 5, said, "The Americans called me and asked me to pick up the personal effects."

On Thursday, a lawyer said the former president was in high spirits.

Although Iraq will carry out the execution, U.S. and Iraqi officials said it was also likely that U.S. forces would stay on hand throughout the execution to prevent opponents of the former leader from turning it into a public spectacle.

Iraqi officials backed away Thursday from suggestions that they would definitely hang him within a month, in line with a 30-day deadline apparently set out in the statues of the tribunal. An Iraqi cabinet minister said a weeklong religious holiday ending Jan. 7 would stall any execution.

One of Saddam's lawyers said Saddam said farewell to two of his brothers Thursday during a prison meeting.

"He was in very high spirits and clearly readying himself," Badie Aref, said after the 69-year-old former leader met his half-brothers, Watban and Sabawi, at the U.S. Army's Camp Cropper near the Baghdad airport.

"He told them he was happy he would meet his death at the hands of his enemies and be a martyr, not just languish in jail," the lawyer said.

The Iraqi national security adviser, Mowaffak al-Rubaie, said Thursday that there would be no advance notice of the execution because of fears that any announcement could set off violence. When asked who would be invited to attend the hanging, Rubaie said: "No television. No press. Nothing." He said that the execution would be videotaped but that it was unlikely the tape would be released.


All Credit Given to The International Herald Tribune and Reuters,
Copyright © 2006 the International Herald Tribune All rights reserved  
http://www.iht.com/articles/2006/12/29/news/saddam.php 

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Interesting Read: Ellison Will End His Pledge With The Phrase ‘Allahu Akbar’ meaning ‘God is Great’ in Arabic.

 "...Instead of ‘So Help me God’,  Ellison, an African American Catholic converted to the Islamic faith, will pledge to uphold the Constitution of the United States ending with the phrase ‘Allahu Akbar’ meaning ‘God is Great’ in Arabic.

The Muslim congressman’s stand on taking oath by the Koran created a furor after conservative radio talk-show host Dennis Prager, in an article, titled “America, not Keith Ellison, decides what book a congressman takes his oath on”, expressed concern that this "will embolden Islamic extremist" and do "more damage to the unity of America and to the values system that has formed this country.."




Keith Ellison: Ye Worst Beasts, Thou Must Accept Swearing by the Koran

Keith Ellison, the first ever Muslim elected to the US congress on a Democratic Party ticket from the State of Minnesota in the November 7 mid-term elections announced his intention of taking the oath of office placing his hand on Islam’s supreme holy book, the Koran, when the new 110th Congress convenes in January next year. Instead of ‘So Help me God’, Ellison, an African American Catholic converted to the Islamic faith, will pledge to uphold the Constitution of the United States ending with the phrase ‘Allahu Akbar’ meaning ‘God is Great’ in Arabic.

The Muslim congressman’s stand on taking oath by the Koran created a furor after conservative radio talk-show host Dennis Prager, in an article, titled “America, not Keith Ellison, decides what book a congressman takes his oath on”, expressed concern that this "will embolden Islamic extremist" and do "more damage to the unity of America and to the values system that has formed this country.." Mr. Prager however conceded that bringing the Koran alongside the traditional Bible for the swearing ceremony would be sensible. He also argued that Mr. Ellison may take the oath without swearing by anything or even can do away with it altogether to work in his elected position.

Since then, the media have been flooded with a deluge of commentaries and opinions both condemning and supporting Keith Ellison’s choice and Mr. Prager’s concerns. In the latest development, conservative Republican congressman, Virgil Goode, from Virginia in an open letter, expressed his concerns for America being swamped by the Koran-wielding representatives in the future. He wrote, "...if American citizens don't wake up and adopt the Virgil Goode position on immigration there will likely be many more Muslims elected to office and demanding the use of the Koran."

"I fear that in the next century we will have many more Muslims in the United States if we do not adopt the strict immigration policies that I believe are necessary to preserve the values and beliefs traditional to the United States of America and to prevent our resources from being swamped.", he continued.

Being a non-theist, I care little about what book or stuff one uses for the oath, be it the Bible, phone directory, a piece of stone or nothing at all. What concerns me is the fact ‘as to why the Muslim congressman must swear by the Koran only and not by another book such as the Bible’ and what it means to the American constitution, especially in the long-term.

Understanding the basic precepts of the Islamic faith is a precondition to grasp the devout Muslim congressman’s stand on taking oath by the Koran. Islam only cares for the truth. Allah, the creator of the universe, undertook the final mission of prophetic succession to deliver the divine message in the perfect form through the last Prophet Muhammad (seal of Prophethood) as the Koran says:

"Muhammad is not the father of any of your men, but he is the Messenger of God and the Seal of the prophets…" [Quran 33:40]

In the Islamic belief, the Koran which contains Allah’s final messages in unaltered form, is thus, the divine book of complete truth and knowledge of the universe and Islam is the perfect religious guidance chosen by Allah for all mankind:

This day have I perfected your religion for you, completed My favour upon you, and have chosen for you Islam as your religion. [Quran 5:3]

When the creator of the universe has chosen Islam as the only perfect religion for the mankind, all other religions, existing before or to appear later, are either false or incomplete and God disapproves them all. Islam has the perfect prescription for every dealing in human life, such as how humans will sit while eating, take bath, do sex, dress up, deal in trades and collect taxes; what they will eat or drink as well as what he must not do. The state will enforce the dos and don’ts of the absolute commander of the universe to run the society in conformity to His wishes.

Koran is not only the book of guidance, it is also the book of complete knowledge of the universe. So, the reformist Muslims and their non-Islamic agents have discovered all the formula of modern science, democracy, secularism, human rights and technology in the Koran in recent years. However, the human innovations of the non-Islamic world are naturally fault-prone and are not perfect. Islam only can have these innovations in the perfect form as they come down directly from the knower of all truth. Thus, we have Islamic science, Islamic economy, Islamic banking, Islamic democracy, Islamic human rights, Islamic sex and Islamic technology (Islamic cell phone, TV and fighter jets etc.) in the Islamic world.

Hence Prophet Muhammad, the earthly editor of the Koran, is increasing being seen as the greatest ever scientist and intellectual in the Islamic world, apart from his being the greatest-ever prophet and man. This upsurge in ‘everything Islamic’ has much to do with assertions of the Koran like in verses 33:40 and 5:3 cited above. It also goes back to the very inception of Islam. Since Islam is the complete treasure-trove of truth and knowledge, early Muslim conquerors undertook the principle of destroying non-Islamic books or documents they came across. Ali, Islam’s fourth caliph and Prophet Muhammad’s dearest companion, cousin and son-in-law, had said that extra-Islamic documents or books that contain information absent in the Koran are false and misleading, while others that contained knowledge already in the Koran are unnecessary and hence, they must be destroyed. On this ground, the 3rd Caliph Othman order the destruction of the massive library of Alexandria (built by Alexander, ~332 BC) after the Muslims’ conquest of Egypt in 641.

However, this trend was stopped by the fifth Caliph, Muwabiya, the son of Prophet Muhammad’s bitter opponent, Abu Sufyan, who captured power in 661AD. Abu Sufyan, also a father-in-law of Muhammad, was forced to accept Islam on the pain of death when his city of Mecca was captured by the Prophet in 630 AD, just two years before the latter’s death. Also known as the Umayyad caliphs, they bitterly hated Prophet Muhammad and anything and anyone associated with him because of the bitter and lasting rivalry between Abu Sufyan and the Prophet. They set on to take revenge against the Prophet’s cruelty against Abu Sufyan and his people. They killed Ali and captured power and treated anyone and anything associated with the Prophet with disdain and cruelty. They killed the Prophet’s grandson Imam Husayn (Ali’s son in 680 AD) in battle of Karbala applying the same tactics, namely blocking the passage to the water, which the Prophet had applied against Abu Sufyan’s army in the battle of Badr (624 AD).

Although ruthless in expanding their kingdom, the Umayyad had little regards even for the Islamic revelations. In their demonstration of ungodly disregard to Islam, Muwabiyya’s troops had stuck the pages of the Koran on their lances in the battle of Siffin (657) against Ali. Troops of Ali, because of their extreme veneration of the Koran, refused to fight and lost the battle. The Umayyad were Arabs first and little Islamic and revered and promoted learning, respected Christianity and built churches and venerated Jerusalem, the birth place of Jesus. They transferred the capital to the more Christianic Damascus, taking the attention away from Islam’s centre of attention, the Mecca and Medina. They had enjoyed massive support from the Christians. [Walker, p234-240; Ibn Warraq, p243]

Islam also recognizes the period before Islam as the age of Jahiliya (age of ignorance) and a principle of destroying the knowledge, wisdom and customs of period, because of their false or ignoramus nature, were followed during the rule of the first four pious caliphs (till 661), who were the Prophet’s companions and trusted friends. After the initial assaults, however, much of pre-Islamic knowledge and intellectual properties survived during the 90-year rule of the fiercely anti-Muhammad, anti-Koran godless Umayyads and later the Abbasids. Interestingly, the Abbasids were more Persian than Arab and yet somewhat pious, who preferred the nominally Islamic Mutazili theology over the orthodox Koranic or Muhammedan Islam. They were in great pursuit of learning and were astonished by vast treasures of knowledge and philosophy that existed before the coming of Muhammad. To conform to a core Islamic principle of discarding anything from the Jahiliya age, they collected many of original Greek manuscripts from around the kingdom and overseas, translated them into Arabic and destroyed the original transcripts to create an impression that those materials came from the days of Islam. Hence, many of the original Greek manuscripts do not exists and survived only in the Arabic from which Europeans later translated. The translations were mostly done by the Christian, Zoroastrian (Persian) and Jewish sages employed by the Muslim rulers.

Here lies the mysteries of how the Islamic world flourished during the Islamic golden age (8-13th century) despite Islam being such an anti-intellectual, obscurantist and iconoclastic religion. In the 12th century, however, the Koran-based orthodox Islam, revived by great Islamic theologians like Imam Ghazzali (d. 1111 AD), pushed the exercise of philosophy, science and freethought into the back-burner, resulting in the decline of scientific and intellectual progress in the Islamic kingdoms. For example, the proverbial Islamic ruler Saladin of the crusade, a zealous orthodox Sunni, disposed of the famous library of Cairo, consisting of nearly one million books, scrolls and manuscripts after he defeated the Fatimids in 1171 AD. Some were sold, others burned or the rest were left for rotting. [Walker, 284-288].

Keith Ellison, being a devout Muslim behind his liberal and democratic façade, must be aware of these fundamentals of Islam. The Bible, belong to the Jahiliya age, is full of falsehood and errors. A Muslim should in principle try to destroy such materials and never can he swear by such book of ignorance and falsehood.

Also in Islam, “The worst beasts in Allah's sight are the disbelievers (8:55)”, who consist of all non-Islamic peoples. Here are more verdicts of the Koran specifically on the Jews and Christians who form the bulk of the American people:

Christians and Jews are perverse. Allah fights against them” (9:30)

Jews and Christians are evil-livers. (5:59)

Christians and Jews must believe what Allah has revealed to Muhammad or Allah will turn them into apes, as he did the Sabbath-breakers. (4:47)

Jews and Christians believe in idols and false deities.. (4:51)

"Those (Christians and Jews) are they whom Allah hath cursed." (4:52)

Allah has stirred up enmity and hatred among Christians. (5:14}

[Quran 9:29] Fight against such of those who have been given the Scripture (Christian & Jews) as believe not in Allah nor the Last Day, and forbid not that which Allah hath forbidden by His messenger, and follow not the Religion of Truth, until they pay the tribute readily, being brought low.

Here are a people whom Allah has sorted out as the evil-doers, worthy of apes, the worst beasts and followers of false gods and has cursed and stirred hatred and enmity against. They also do not practice justice (they ‘forbid not what Allah has forbidden’) and do ‘not follow the religion of truth’ [Q 9:29]. How could Mr. Prager and his likes in America expect the respectable and devout Muslim politician to swear by the holy book (Bible) of such a people, which also comes from the Jahiliya age? This goes totally against his religious principles. When we recognize Islam as true religion of peace, we must accede to the fact that for instituting the justice and truth of Allah, Muslims must keep fighting the Jews and Christians until they accept subjugation to Islam and pay Jizyah (poll-tax) in humiliation as required by Allah [Q 9:29].

The Americans must now understand what is expected of this flamboyant Muslim politician from his religious perspective, whom they have sent to the American congress. He has, however, made it clear himself in a Muslim conference in Michigan (23-24 Dec, 2006):

“Ellison said in Dearborn that Muslims can help teach America about justice and equal protection, suggesting that Muslim activists may be part of God's plan.”

In his firm plan to institute Allah’s justice and truth in the American soil, he exhorted the Muslim crowd:

"How do you know that you were not brought right here to this place to learn how to make this world better? How do you know that Allah, sallalahu aleyhi wasallam," (meaning peace be upon him) "did not bring you here so that you could understand how to teach people what tolerance was, what justice was?... How do you know that you're not here to teach this country?"

America severely lacks in justice and Mr. Ellison would strive hard with faith in Allah to institute the perfect justice:

"You can't back down, you can't chicken out, you can't be afraid, you got to have faith in Allah, and you got to stand up and be a real Muslim," Detroit native Keith Ellison said to loud applause.

And he has the unstinted support of his co-religionists:

"Allahu akbar" - God is great - was the reply of many in the crowd.

There is a striking similarity between Ellison’s position in America and Prophet Muhammad’s in Medina after his relocation there as a refugee in 622 AD. A small band of his followers, including some local converts (helpers/ansars), placed their unstinted support in his leadership. With his unfaltering faith in Allah and in his pursuance of establishing the sole truth and justice of Allah, he had overrun the entire Arabian Peninsula and subjugated and forcefully converted the majority of the people by the time of his death in 632 AD. The influential, educated and wealthy Jews of Medina, who had unsuspectingly welcomed him, tasted the bitter and cruel return of their generosity not long after. In 624, Muhammad attacked the Banu Qainuqa clan and wanted to slaughter them en mass. But influential Abdullah Ibn Ubayyi from the Muslims camp, forcefully intervened on the ground of his previous alliance with the Jewish tribe. Much to the bitterness and displeasure of the Prophet, they were allowed to leave in three days, instead being slaughtered. In 626, Banu Nadir faced the same fate and in 628, the last Jewish tribe of and Banu Quraiza was seized, their males (600-900) were all slaughtered; their women and children were taken captives and sold to Nedj for weapons and horses for future battles. In each case, the homes and properties of the Jewish tribes were confiscated as the spoils of war and distributed amongst the participating Muslim fighters according a stipulation revealed by Allah [Quran 8.41].

This is how the perfect Islamic justice and truth took firm root in Arabia in the early 7th century. Unfortunately, it hasn’t yet graced the land of America, which Allah has made so resourceful with his bounty. It is still dominated and dictated by the vile Jews, Christians and worst of all, the atheists. Keith Ellison clearly has a firm mission for establishing the divine plan of Allah in the American soil. His oath by the Koran is probably the first step and a bold statement of his mission. ‘Ye worst beast Americans; thou must accept his oath by the Koran’ [Q 8:55].


References

1. Benjamin Walker, Foundations of Islam, Rupa & Co, New Delhi, 2004

2. Ibn Warrq, Why I am not a Muslim, Prometheus Book, New York, 1995.

http://www.islam-watch.org/AlamgirHussain/EllisonKoranOath.htm
Excerpt from:

Islam Under Scrutiny by Ex-Muslims
Who are we?

We are a group of Muslim apostates who have left Islam out of our own conviction when we discovered that the religion of Islam is not a religion at all. Most of us had taken a prolong period of time to study, evaluate, reflect and contemplate on this religion of our birth. Having scrutinized this religion with meticulous attention, we concluded that Islam is not at all a religion of peace as touted by many smooth-talking, self-serving Islamists and the Islamic apologists. The core of Islam, that is, the Qur'an, Hadis and Sharia are filled with unbound hatred for the unbelievers, unbelievably intolerant and exceptionally cruel and merciless to those who dare to deviate an iota from its doctrine. We discovered that Islam is beyond alteration, because Muslims who attempt to modernize and reform its unremitting bigotry, mindless rituals and its barbaric and draconian punitive measures are targeted for annihilation. Our verdict was that the only way to escape from the tyranny of Islam is to leave it for good. That is why we discarded Islam from our lives-to be free, to enjoy a normal, pleasant and humane life, in complete harmony with all people on earth irrespective of their religion, race or creed.

As we thoroughly understood that Islam was nothing but a lie through our meticulous investigation for decades, we left Islam silently because of the fear for our life. Then we felt that it was a responsibility on us to make the 1.4 billion world-Muslims aware of the falsity and cruelty of Islam so that they can also leave Islam and live with love, respect and harmony with rest of the world. As Islamic terrorism overwhelms the world, we also felt it incumbent upon us to let the civilized world recognize the reality about Islam and take timely precautionary measures against this religion of terror, hate and mayhem. We want to tell the world that the current Islamic terrorism is not an aberration of the so-called 'peaceful Islam', rather it is the real Islam preached and practiced by the alleged Prophet Muhammad. This can be confirmed from a thorough study of the Qur'an and Hadis. We, therefore, have launched this website to expose the real Islam-the Islam that is determined to replace the current civilization with the 7th century Arab Bedouin barbarism, which is peddled as the Islamic Civilization. Let the world watch Islam through www.islam-watch.org and be warned.

Islam Watch is run by a group of Muslim apostates. Hailing mainly from South Asia, some of us left Islam after the 9/11. As explained above, we realized that Islam is false and felt that Islam need to be emasculated, marginalized or eliminated al-together if Muslim world wants to come out of its current backwardness and quagmire, characterized by poverty, corruption, illiteracy, violence, misrule and tyranny, in which they have been thrown in due to Islamic indoctrination.
More  on "About Us Page" on: http://www.islam-watch.org/IW/aboutus.htm

All Credit Given to Mr. Alamgir Hussain and Islam Watch   Islam Under Scrutiny by Ex-Muslims

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (1) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Spies Among Us. Iran's Spies, and Bill Gertz Tells A True Story of America's Enemies Stealing Our Vital Secrets And How We Let It Happen!

"They (The Iranians) make extensive use of the internet and fund or manage dozens of online websites. The MOIS are masters of disinformation, denial and deception - all crafted to lull the international community into acceptance of the terrorist regime in Tehran, compel us to abandon any serious punitive action at the UN Security Council over their nuclear weapons programme, and smear the reputation of Iranian dissidents and exiles who oppose the clerical clique that rules Iran today."


Iran's Spies

December 29, 2006

TO BRITISH and American intelligence officers, the court appearance on Wednesday of a British soldier on charges of spying for the Iranian regime was not a shock. "We know that the Iranians are crawling all over us - particularly in Afghanistan and Iraq," one UK intelligence source said. "This kind of event has long been expected."

Last week, corporal Daniel James, a British soldier of Iranian extraction, was charged under the Official Secrets Act with passing secrets to the enemy. He was a trusted aide and interpreter for lieutenant-general David Richards, head of Nato forces in Afghanistan. If the allegations are true, Iranian intelligence have penetrated the very heart of the British military.

While it is an open secret that Iranian spies are operating with something approaching impunity in Iraq and also Afghanistan, the hidden story is the activity of Iranian intelligence operatives in western Europe and America. In Britain, France, Holland, Germany and the US, Iranian intelligence has run a relentless covert war against dissident Iranians and exiles from the religious regime for over two decades. After the 1979 theocratic revolution, tens of thousands of Iranians fled their homeland seeking refuge in the West.

Tehran's revolutionary government infiltrated spies within this throng of exiles. These "sleepers" had two purposes: one, to spy on dissident organisations; and, two, to get into positions of power in the West - in areas such as academia, the media and industry - which could be exploited by Iran to extract secrets from Western nations and influence the policy-making of governments in Europe and America.

A number of documents from the German and Dutch security agencies, which have been seen by the Sunday Herald, reveal the extent of Iranian espionage in Western Europe. One 2005 report by Germany's Office for the Protection of the Constitution roughly equivalent to Britain's MI5 stated: "Iran's Ministry of Intelligence and Security (MOIS) has several groups under surveillance in Europe ... for collecting information and spying activities, Iran's intelligence service uses a network of agents who have defected from dissident organisations. The agents are invited to travel to Iran for briefings. In the process of the talks these people are put under pressure.

"For agent recruitment, the MOIS ... brings psychological pressure to bear on the targeted person, eg by threatening them with reprisals on their relatives living in Iran. Those who do not travel to Iran are contacted and directed from Iran by phone."

Holland's Interior Security Service says that Iranian intelligence "distributes negative information" on dissidents and "strives to portray a Satanic view" of anti-Tehran refugees in order to weaken the opposition in exile. Ex-members of dissident groups who have been turned by Iranian intelligence are encouraged to write diatribes against exile groups. As well as using threats and intimidation to turn espionage targets, bribes are also employed.

Another German security report said that Iranian intelligence used the embassy in Berlin as the centre for its spying activities. Intelligence chiefs in Iran direct the European operations. The report states that when it comes to recruiting spies from exiles, "Tehran will make the final decision".

The German intelligence report also notes that an Iranian living in Germany was arrested for "working as an agent of the Iranian secret service". He had been spying on "Iranian dissidents living in Frankfurt under instructions of MOIS".

German intelligence feared that Iranian spies would carry out an act of terror during the World Cup and then blame it on exiles and dissidents in Europe in order to discredit their opponents internationally.

One MOIS spy revealed details of his espionage operations against dissidents and exiles in an affidavit he submitted to the US courts. Jamshid Tafrishi said: "I pretended that I was an opponent of the Iranian regime, while I was in fact advancing the assignments given by the Iranian Intelligence Ministry." He says he "actively participated in the Iranian regime conspiracy" to blacken the names of exiles. This included relaying false information to foreign governments, including claims that dissidents had the support of Saddam Hussein.

Between 1995 and 1999, he received some £35,000 from Iranian intelligence chiefs as payment for work on their behalf. Tafrishi said one of the senior spies he reported to had orchestrated the murder of at least 100 dissidents in Iran. He was told by his handlers that if dissidents could be discredited, then Tehran believed "the United Nations would no longer condemn the Iranian regime".

Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International were targeted, Tafrishi claimed, as recipients of disinformation and black propaganda about exiles and dissidents by Iranian intelligence, as was the US State Department and UN Human Rights Commission.

Clare Lopez, a high-ranking CIA officer of 20 years standing and now a senior adviser to the Iran Policy Committee, a Washington-based think-tank which advocates democracy in Iran, says: "The Iranian regime deploys its intelligence agents and assets in a very sophisticated campaign to infiltrate and influence Western academia, media, non-governmental organisations and policy-making structures.

"They make extensive use of the internet and fund or manage dozens of online websites. The MOIS are masters of disinformation, denial and deception - all crafted to lull the international community into acceptance of the terrorist regime in Tehran, compel us to abandon any serious punitive action at the UN Security Council over their nuclear weapons programme, and smear the reputation of Iranian dissidents and exiles who oppose the clerical clique that rules Iran today."

Lopez says that "Iranian intelligence agents have been implicated in assassinations, bombings and terrorist attacks around the world since the 1979 Iranian revolution". According to Lopez, as well as sources in British intelligence, the pace of Iranian espionage has increased dramatically since avowed hardliner Mahmoud Ahmadinejad became Iran's president in 2005.

One of the most audacious Iranian intelligence operations ever was launched in the run-up to the invasion of Iraq in March 2003. One of the highest-ranking official in the British Ministry of Defence told the Sunday Herald that Iranian intelligence used Iraqi exiles - who were desperate to have Saddam deposed - to pass fake intelligence on Iraq's weapons of mass destruction programmes to the West.

The Iranian operation, however, does not let the US and the UK off the hook for massaging intelligence and lying to the British and American people about weapons of mass destruction (WMD). Britain and America were already running two secret "spin units" - Operation Rockingham in the UK and the Office of Special Plans in America - designed to bypass traditional intelligence analysts within the CIA and MI6 and exaggerate claims about Iraq's nuclear, biological and chemical capabilities in order to concoct a false premise for war.

The Iranian operation involved Tehran spies funnelling fake intelligence on Saddam's WMD to organisations like the Iraqi National Congress (INC), which in turn sent the disinformation to London and Washington. The INC was desperate to see Saddam removed, and Washington and London were happy for any bits of information which would bolster the case for war.

Ahmed Chalabi, who led the INC, was later accused by the US of giving American secrets to the Iranians after the invasion. He denied the allegations, but his position as Washington's "pet Iraqi" was soured forever.

The British defence chief said the Iranian operation was "one of the biggest intelligence coups of the century", adding: "It got the US and UK to go to war against Iraq by infiltrating our intelligence services in the most subtle of ways. The operation was quite brilliant."

According to British and American intelligence sources, thousands of Iran's spies from the MOIS and also from the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps are now operating in Iraq. Lopez said that in Iraq, Tehran's spies were "co-ordinating the transfer of advanced IED improvised explosive device technology that kills British, American and other coalition troops; inciting sectarian violence between Sunni and Shia populations; mounting intelligence and surveillance operations against coalition forces; and conducting training of Iraqi insurgent forces".

"Iranian intelligence and security forces also provide safe haven, safe passage, logistics, funding and official documentation support to Iraqi insurgents," she said.

Western intelligence services say that Islamic Revolutionary Guards were in North Korea when it tested long-range missiles back in July and were also there in October when the regime of Kim Jong-il claimed to have exploded a nuclear weapon. Iranian intelligence also assisted Hezbollah during its war against Israel in the summer of this year.

MOIS has an extensive network of front companies around the world that act as cover for Iranian intelligence operatives. These front companies have helped the regime get the technology it has needed to develop its nuclear programme. Iran has been repeatedly accused of carrying out acts of state-sponsored terrorism and assassinating enemies of the regime.

British and US intelligence is engaged in a global cold war with Iranian spies. The US keeps a file on every single Iranian diplomat on the planet, filled with details of their personal and professional relationships and notes on all their movements and meetings. Mossad, Israel's intelligence service, and the security agencies of countries including Jordan and Egypt also assist with counter-espionage work against Iranian intelligence.

MI6 is assisting dissidents in Iran located near the country's southwestern border with Iraq. British special forces and intelligence officers are able to operate in the area by crossing the Shatt al-Arab waterway between Iraq and Iran from the British-controlled southern sector of Iraq. There has been a series of bombings in this oil-producing region of Iran which Tehran has blamed on "foreigners".

British and American intelligence agents are also mounting a push against Iran and increasing espionage activity inside the country. Spy planes are making increasingly frequent reconnaissance missions over Iran.

A significant number of Iranian spies have been educated in the West - particularly in the UK. As well as using embassies as a front for their spies, Iranian intelligence also provides cover and employment for its agents in cultural organisations, the media, charities and businesses.

Following the arrest of corporal James for allegedly working for Iran, one British intelligence source said that the UK spying services were now under more pressure than at any time since the second world war.

"During the cold war, we only had one main enemy to worry about - Soviet Russia. But now we have homegrown Islamic terrorists, al-Qaeda terrorists from abroad, a resurgent Russia that's upped its espionage game, a proliferation of states with weapons of mass destruction like North Korea - and then there is Iran too.

"Iran has one of the most sophisticated intelligence networks on Earth, I believe. They are resourceful, clever and never complacent. They also have a cause and ideology that they believe in and are fighting for. On top of all that, the regime is beset with problems ranging from a creaking economy to a growth in dissent. That all combines to make a nation - and an intelligence system - that is a powerful and hungry adversary," the source said.


The Sunday Herald
http://www.sundayherald.com/news/specialreports/display.var.1090015.0.irans_spies.php


_____________________________________________________________________________________ENEMIES: HOW AMERICA'S FOES STEAL OUR VITAL SECRETS -- AND HOW WE LET IT HAPPEN 
By Bill Gertz 
Crown, $26.95, 304 pages, illus. 
REVIEWED BY JOSEPH C. GOULDEN
    
    In a sense, Bill Gertz is sui generis among Washington reporters who write about national security affairs. For one thing, he does not rely upon for-background-only whispers from anonymous sources. Most of what he writes, as Washington Times readers have come to appreciate, is supported by documentary proof. Further, Mr. Gertz eschews becoming buddy-buddy with his sources on the social circuit in Georgetown and elsewhere. Instead, he is more apt to kick the stuffing out of persons about whom he writes.
    Mr. Gertz also has the knack of mustering cold, driving rage about the situations he covers -- a rage that fortunately he saves for books such as "Enemies," rather than venting in his objective newspaper reporting. His disgust is well summarized in the subtitle. And even someone who is reflexively friendly towards intelligence and law enforcement agencies must feel appalled at Mr. Gertz's account of sweeping incompetence by the men and women who are paid good salaries to protect important secrets.
    (A disclaimer: Although I have done book reviews for The Times for more than a decade, to my knowledge I have never laid eyes on Mr. Gertz or spoken to him.)
    One of the more disgusting stories, among many, Mr. Gertz tells is the first full account of two agents in the FBI's San Francisco field office who had "illicit, long-term sexual affairs" with a Chinese Communist agent, Katrina Leung. Code-named "Parlor Maid," she also worked for the bureau as a supposed double agent.
    One of her "lovers" (in context, perhaps a bad choice of words) was William Cleveland, a supervisory agent who ran FBI counterintelligence on the West Coast. The pattern lasted for years: Mr. Cleveland would first debrief Parlor Maid, then take her to bed, at hotels here and there. And Mr. Cleveland suspected, accurately, that the agent directly controlling her, J. J. Smith, also enjoyed her sexual favors.
    So Mr. Cleveland had reason to be shocked when he read an intercept by the National Security Agency that clearly fingered Parlor Maid as a communist agent. He confronted her, she confessed -- yet he continued to run her as an FBI informer (with sex on the side) because he felt he could control her.
    He even took her to Quantico, Va., and introduced her at an FBI conference as a prized agent. As Mr. Gertz maintains, one reason he kept her around -- and in her bed from time to time -- was that he was terrified that the sexual relationship would be exposed. The bureau, understandably, has a firm rule against agents becoming sexually involved with informants.
    One apparent consequence of her spying, as Mr. Gertz notes, is that NSA electronic operations against China "began drying up at an alarming rate" -- at least nine of them going completely silent. She gave her Chinese handlers a raft of other sensitive information as well.
    Mr. Gertz ably details the intricate counterintelligence work that led to exposure of the case -- but even more damning is his description of how senior officials fell over themselves in containing a scandal that have tarnished the bureau. "Cleveland escaped any penalty whatsoever," Mr. Gertz writes. Smith, who continued having sex with Leung "until their arrests in 2003," got away with a "slap of the wrist."
    To me, the most disgusting page in the entire book is in the appendix, in which Mr. Gertz reprints an e-mail that Smith sent to friends. There are whining remarks about the mean investigators and prosecutors handling his case.
    But incredibly, Smith devotes many words to worries about losing his FBI pension and medical benefits, valued at $80,000 annually. As part of his plea deal, he was permitted to walk away with the pension. (Our tax dollars at work? Should we also reimburse hotel bills for his sexual trysts?) And the case against Leung was dismissed because of prosecutorial misconduct.
    Mr. Gertz describes similar bungling in case after case. The problems are certainly not unknown to anyone who follows national security matters. As Mr. Gertz writes in his concluding chapter, these "problems have been identified in tens of special commissions and reports, most following damaging spy cases or intelligence failures." He further maintains, accurately, that "the fifteen US government agencies responsible for intelligence activities have been severely restricted in trying to stop the danger posed by foreign spies and terrorists."
    I've read many of these "commission reports;" they now gather dust in my basement, just as they do all over town. Yet memory says that never in those thousands of dry pages does one find the suggestion: "Punish the erring party, and in a way that hurts, and more importantly, SENDS A MESSAGE to others."
    Permit a personal example from my short stint with the U.S. Army's Counter Intelligence Corps, at such a low level that I was not issued even a cloak, much less a dagger.
    In August 1956, an evening or so before entering the so-called "special agent sequence" at the Army Intelligence School, a chum and I had beers with a fellow who had graduated with the preceding class. Over the hubbub of voices at the Holabird Inn, he offered a warning: "Sometime during your course, things are going to be arranged so that someone screws up with a security violation. And he is going to pay." He would not tell us more.
    Segue forward several weeks. Our class spent study evenings in a file room where we drew upon papers classified CONFIDENTIAL. This was low-grade material, to be sure, but we had to sign for it, and make sure it got back in place.
    One morning an orderly appeared at our first class and handed a note to the instructor, who said, "Private ____, go with this man. Take your books and other things with you." (I remember his name; why use it after 50 years?) We briefly wondered what was going on. The fellow did not return to class, nor was he in the barracks that evening. His bunk had been stripped.
    The next morning, as we stood in formation, a downcast ____ walked out of the orderly room, wearing fatigues, his duffel bag over his shoulder. A pickup drove into the company street, and the sergeant's uplifted thumb ordered ____ into the back.He rode away in a cold rain, and he did not look happy.
    A sad sight, to see a man cashiered back into infantry, rather than continuing in what the military considered to be a rather cushy assignment. But no doubt about it: The example taught all of us a lesson.
    But to what avail is a private punished, when a director of central intelligence, one John Deutch, puts TOP SECRET material on a laptop computer which he uses at home -- and escapes with a tut-tut reprimand? Until meaningful punishments are meted to persons who commit -- or tolerate -- security breaches, Mr. Gertz is going to have material for a continuing series of books such as "Enemies." Not a pleasant read, to be sure, but a valuable one.
    
    Joseph C. Goulden is writing a book on Cold War intelligence. His e-mail is josephg894@aol.com. 
http://www.washingtontimes.com/functions/print.php?StoryID=20061111-111011-7544r
    
 
    

 





Enemies
How America's Foes Steal Our Vital Secrets--and How We Let It Happen
by Bill Gertz

Excerpt
Chapter 1
PARLOR MAID

She's been a Communist since the day she was born. Her bona fides are impeccable. I gradually converted her—she's now a rock-ribbed Republican.
—FBI agent James J. Smith, introducing Chinese triple agent Katrina Leung to FBI China hands in 1993

On July 5, 2000, a brand-new, $120 million Boeing 767 jetliner flew from the Boeing corporation's airfield in Everett, Washington, to San Antonio International Airport. The Chinese military had purchased the jetliner for the leader of Communist China, Jiang Zemin. China Aviation Supplies Import and Export Corporation, which is run by the Chinese Communist state, purchased the aircraft for China United Airlines, which has been identified in declassified U.S. intelligence reports as a commercial entity operated by the People's Liberation Army. Once in San Antonio, the aircraft underwent a $15 million customization to outfit the plane with all the luxuries of a Middle Eastern sheik, including a special vibrating bed to help Jiang sleep.

On August 10, 2000, the modification work complete, the Boeing took off for Beijing's military airfield. Within weeks, Chinese security officials had found some twenty-seven sophisticated electronic eavesdropping devices in the aircraft.

How had the bugs gotten there, when the entire customization had been under the strictest, twenty-four-hour supervision by some twenty-five Chinese military intelligence officials? It turned out that clandestine operatives from the CIA and the National Security Agency (NSA) had covertly placed the devices in the plane in hopes of gathering intelligence from Jiang prior to a future summit meeting. (To this day, the details of the bugging remain secret.)

For the United States, there was a more pressing question: How had the Chinese uncovered the bugs so quickly? U.S. counterintelligence launched an investigation to find out. That probe led ultimately to the Los Angeles–based FBI counterspy James J. "J. J." Smith and his prized agent, Los Angeles businesswoman Katrina Leung—code name "Parlor Maid." A former FBI official, William Cleveland, would come under scrutiny as well.

The investigation turned up a revelation that would prove highly embarrassing to the FBI: Both of these officials, two of the Bureau's most senior counterintelligence officers, had had illicit, long-term sexual relationships with Leung. Contrary to the bed-hopping image of spies popularized in James Bond films, having intimate relations with a paid FBI informant violates one of the cardinal principles of the spy business, not to mention Bureau rules.

But to focus only on the soap opera element of the Katrina Leung story is to characterize the episode as something only vaguely resembling a spy case. And a spy case it is, without a doubt—a terribly damaging one at that.

The real story of Parlor Maid has never been told. The main reason the full account has not emerged is that the FBI and federal prosecutors mishandled the investigation from the beginning.

A small group of FBI officials did their best to keep the inside story from coming out. Rather than rage against the flagrant counterintelligence failures demonstrated in the Leung case, these officials focused on protecting the FBI's already-battered reputation from further damage. Later, prosecutors made poor tactical decisions that undermined the court case against Leung almost before it could begin.

Ultimately, prosecutors had to settle for a plea deal with Leung. The deal, reached on December 16, 2005, spared Leung from serving jail time or having to admit anything about passing illegally copied classified information to Communist China.

After the plea deal was finalized, Leung's lawyers—having safely escaped a trial that would have aired the overwhelming evidence of Leung's espionage—issued a statement professing that their client wasn't a spy and suggesting that she would have been glad to tell her story in court. A spokesman for the U.S. Attorney's Office in Los Angeles, Thom Mrozek, responded, "It's fair to say the government, by virtue of how this case moved along, was never able to tell its side of the story either."

Mrozek's statement was accurate, but it only obliquely hinted at the reasons the case "moved along" as it did and at the powerful evidence that Katrina Leung was indeed a spy for Communist China.

The real story of Parlor Maid will be told here for the first time. The Leung affair, like many cases from the dark world of intelligence and counterintelligence, is rife with lies and betrayals, half-truths and truths, myth and reality converging and diverging. But this account, based on court papers and on interviews with numerous intelligence and law-enforcement officials who knew the case firsthand, reveals the inside story of what really happened with Katrina Leung, Communist China, and the FBI.

Parlor Maid is the story of a Chinese spy who got away. And not just any spy. U.S intelligence officials close to the case insist that regardless of the outcome of the prosecution, the Katrina Leung case represents one of the worst spy cases in American history—and one of the worst U.S intelligence failures, as well. The evidence buried as a result of the FBI's mismanagement and the prosecution's failures bears this conclusion out.

Further confirmation came in May 2006, when Department of Justice Inspector General Glenn A. Fine issued his report on the Leung case. Fine's highly critical report identified scores of FBI failures. The first among them was the fact that the FBI ignored intelligence from an informant who said a senior FBI agent was being "run" by Chinese intelligence in Los Angeles. The spy running the agent was Katrina Leung, and the agent was J. J. Smith. "The FBI's failure to fully investigate Leung early on," the report stated, "was a lost opportunity to obtain information concerning the PRC's attempts to acquire technology and her contacts with persons of investigative interest to the FBI." The inspector general also made it clear that Leung was in fact a spy for China, not the FBI. The report stated clearly that Leung "provided classified U.S. government information to the PRC without FBI authorization." It revealed that at every step of the way in Leung's career as an FBI informant, for which she was paid $1.7 million, there were glaring signs that she was not who she claimed to be.

The extensive record makes it clear that the People's Republic of China—an emerging world power that poses a direct threat to the United States—penetrated the FBI. For more than two decades Communist China ran a spy, Katrina Leung, who stole valuable secrets from the U.S. government and intelligence community. More than that, this penetration agent, who had more than 2,100 contacts with Chinese officials over the course of twenty years, helped the Beijing regime exert enormous influence in the United States.

As revealed by the inspector general's report, by many declassified intelligence reports, by FBI documents, and by other documents submitted in court, Leung compromised all the FBI's foreign counterintelligence investigations on China. The FBI already struggled at aggressive counterintelligence, the vital technique that represents the best way to discover our adversaries' true intentions and, if necessary, to thwart dangerous plans before they are executed. The Chinese agent did incalculable harm by ruining the few successful counterintelligence operations that the United States had in place.

Adding to the damage, Leung's frequent reports on China apparently contained strategic disinformation about Beijing's plans and intentions. For many years these reports, intelligence officials told me, reached the highest levels of the U.S. government—including the Oval Office. The Chinese government could tailor its deceptive information to conform with U.S. beliefs and expectations because it had access to the deepest secrets from within the U.S. government and intelligence community. One legal document in the court case quotes U.S. government officials as stating that given the magnitude of the compromises, the FBI "must now re-assess all of its actions and intelligence analyses based on [Leung's] reporting."

Parlor Maid is a textbook case of how Communist China uses its intelligence services and agents not simply to gather intelligence but also to run aggressive counterintelligence operations, to manage its adversaries' perceptions of the emerging Chinese superpower, and to conduct disinformation operations against the United States. The Katrina Leung case provides a harrowing reminder that Communist China has made the United States its number-one target. But largely because of the effectiveness of China's penetration and disinformation campaigns, we have reached the point where top U.S. government officials dismiss a nuclear-armed Communist dictatorship in Beijing as "not a threat" to the United States.

And at the end of the day, Parlor Maid is a story of criminal negligence and cover-up on the part of the FBI. The truth must be revealed.

Copyright © 2006 by Bill Gertz
http://www.ereader.com/product/book/excerpt/22991?book=Enemies:_How_Americas_Foes_Steal_Our_Vital_Secrets--and_How_We_Let_It_Happen
_________________________________________________________________________

James J. Smith Case

Katrina Leung Case

CODENAME: Parlor Maid




JAMES J. SMITH, 59 years old:

-aka "JJ"

-Retired FBI Supervisory Special Agent

-Worked for the FBI from October 1970-November 2000; specialized in Chinese counterintelligence matters

-Supervisor of FBI's LA Field Office's FCI China squad

-Was involved in the investigation into whether China tried to funnel money into the 1996 US elections in a bid to gain influence

-Resides in Westlake Village, CA; married, one son

-Arrested Wednesday, 9 April 2003

-Charged with gross negligence in allowing Leung access to classified material

KATRINA LEUNG, 49 years old:

-aka Man Ying Chan, Wen Ying Chen, LUO Zhongshan

-Southern California Republican political activist

-One of the Directors of the Los Angeles World Affairs Council

-Resides in San Marino, CA; married, one son

-FBI asset recruited by Smith in the early 1980s

-Paid $1.7M as asset for services and expenses

-Allegedly covertly working for Chinese intelligence service MSS, alias "Luo"

-Arrested Wednesday, 9 April 2003

-Charged with illegally obtaining secret documents to the advantage of a foreign power


Quotes

"James Smith was once a special agent, sworn to uphold the rule of law and the high ethical standards of the FBI. According to today's charges, former Agent Smith not only betrayed the trust the FBI placed in him, he betrayed the American people he was sworn to protect."--FBI Director Robert Mueller

"This is as shocking as if someone you know had been shot and killed."--an FBI agent at the Los Angeles field office

"They are just the nicest people. I find it really hard to believe. They must have something wrong. This is a 'Leave it to Beaver' neighborhood. They were like the Cleavers."--Lisa Otis-Kisor, a Westlake Village, California neighbor of James Smith, his wife and son

"It would be inappropriate for the FBI to suggest that they were not aware of the potential risks and problems of using Ms. Leung as an asset, particularly since 1991. For them to lay it at my client's doorstep and say he was the only one who knew she was a potential problem is flat-out wrong."--Smith's Attorney Brian Sun


Latest News Articles

Failures of intelligence, the leaking of our secrets

ENEMIES: HOW AMERICA'S FOES STEAL OUR VITAL SECRETS -- AND HOW WE LET IT HAPPEN, by Bill Gertz

One of the more disgusting stories, among many, Mr. Gertz tells is the first full account of two agents in the FBI's San Francisco field office who had "illicit, long-term sexual affairs" with a Chinese Communist agent, Katrina Leung. Code-named "Parlor Maid," she also worked for the bureau as a supposed double agent. One of her "lovers" (in context, perhaps a bad choice of words) was William Cleveland, a supervisory agent who ran FBI counterintelligence on the West Coast. The pattern lasted for years: Mr. Cleveland would first debrief Parlor Maid, then take her to bed, at hotels here and there. And Mr. Cleveland suspected, accurately, that the agent directly controlling her, J. J. Smith, also enjoyed her sexual favors….(Washington Times, 12 Nov 06)

style=" margin:0in;margin-bottom:.0001pt;line-height:normal?>

F.B.I. Missed Many 'Red Flags' on Key Informer, Review Finds

…The report urged broader changes at the F.B.I. in its handling of informants to prevent security breaches. As early as 1987, senior officials at the F.B.I. received word that Katrina Leung, a prominent Chinese-American businesswoman in Los Angeles who was also a bureau informant, might have had unauthorized contacts with Chinese officials, according to the review, conducted by the Justice Department inspector general's office....(New York Times, 25 May 06)



FBI Handling of China Spy Case Criticized

Authorities missed many warnings over 20 years regarding the loyalty of an FBI informant suspected of being a Chinese spy and the agent who was her lover and handler….(LA Times, 25 May 06)



FBI Officials Are Faulted In Chinese Spying Case…....(Washington Post, 25 May 06)

An engineer and Chinese television director were indicted on charges of stealing secret documents on U.S. Navy warship technology and trying to smuggle them to China, prosecutors said……(AP, 4 Nov 05)

Legal experts say prosecution bungled espionage case

It's a ploy familiar to anyone who's watched a Mafia movie. When prosecuting two defendants, offer the small fry a deal in exchange for testimony against the big fish. You pocket a partial win and improve the chances for a total victory. It should have worked that way in the case of accused double agent Katrina Leung, the San Marino society figure once accused of passing secrets to China. Instead, the plea agreement prosecutors struck with Leung's FBI handler and ex-lover, James J. Smith, ended up sinking the Leung prosecution…..(San Gabriel Valley Tribune, 22 Dec 05)

Judge OKs Plea Deal in Spy Case

Closing its books on a troubled spy case, the government on Friday allowed a former FBI operative who had been accused of being a Chinese double-agent to plead guilty to lying about a sexual affair and filing a false income tax return. Approving a plea bargain between prosecutors and defense lawyers, U.S. District Judge Florence Marie Cooper sentenced Katrina Leung to three years' probation and fined her $10,000 but spared her from serving any time in prison…..(LA Times, 17 Dec 05)

An engineer and Chinese television director were indicted on charges of stealing secret documents on U.S. Navy warship technology and trying to smuggle them to China, prosecutors said……(AP, 4 Nov 05)

Ex-FBI Informant Takes Deal in Spy Case

The government ended its crippled spy case against a woman once accused of being a Chinese double agent, accepting her guilty pleas to lesser charges of making a false statement to the FBI and filing a false tax return….(AP, 17 Dec 05)



Ex-FBI Informant to Plead Guilty to Lying

A woman once accused of being a Chinese double agent while having a love affair with an FBI agent pleaded guilty Friday to making a false statement and filing a false tax return….(AP, 16 Dec 05)



Judge Urged to Reverse Decision Ending FBI Espionage Case

Stung by charges of professional misconduct, the U.S. attorney's office called on a federal judge Friday to rescind her order dismissing the criminal case against accused Chinese double-agent Katrina Leung….(LA Times, 5 Feb 05)



Federal Prosecutors Seek Reinstatement of Leung Spy Charges
Federal prosecutors have filed a motion asking a judge to reconsider her decision last month to dismiss espionage-related charges against former Los Angeles businesswoman and FBI informant Katrina Leung….(LA Business Journal, 4 Feb 05)

Spy Case Dismissed For Misconduct

A federal judge dismissed all charges Thursday against a California woman accused of spying for China, saying prosecutors illegally blocked the primary witness in her case -- a federal agent with whom she carried on a decades-long affair -- from talking with her attorneys….. (Washington Post, 7 Jan 05)

All Charges Are Dismissed in Spy Case Tied to F.B.I.

A federal judge on Thursday dismissed all charges against a Chinese-American woman accused of using a long-running sexual relationship with a senior F.B.I. agent here to obtain national security documents.

The woman, Katrina Leung, a wealthy socialite from San Marino, a suburb of Los Angeles, had faced five criminal counts of unauthorized possession and copying of classified materials. The prosecutors said she removed the files from the briefcase of James J. Smith, a senior F.B.I. agent with whom Ms. Leung had an affair for 20 years….(New York Times, 7 Jan 05)

Spying Case Tossed Out

Federal judge scolds prosecutors in her dismissal of criminal charges against a woman accused of working as a Chinese double agent….(Los Angeles Times, 7 Jan 05)

Judge rips officials in double agent case

A federal judge in California has blasted federal prosecutors for willful and deliberate misconduct in handling a counterespionage case. U.S. District Judge Florence-Marie Cooper leveled the charges against the U.S. attorney's office as she dismissed all criminal charges against Chinese-American businesswoman Katrina Leung, the Los Angeles Times reported Friday……. (UPI, 7 Jan 05)

Alleged Spy's Lawyers Ask Dismissal of Case

Defense lawyers asked a federal judge Thursday to dismiss the government's case against accused Chinese double agent Kristina Leung, claiming the prosecution has improperly blocked their access to a key witness who can prove her innocence…………(Los Angeles Times, 10 Dec 04)

Charged Chinese double agent in spy case wants charges dropped

Attorneys for accused Chinese double agent Katrina Leung argued Thursday that the charges against her should be dropped, claiming that prosecutors' plea agreement with a retired FBI agent involved in the spy case prohibited him to be interviewed by the defense………..(AP, 9 Dec 04)

Lawyers for Alleged Spy Accuse Prosecution of Misconduct

Attorneys for accused Chinese double agent Katrina Leung have asked a federal judge to throw out the indictment against her on grounds of prosecutorial misconduct, it was disclosed Thursday………(Los Angeles Times, 19 Nov 04)

Katrina Leung Is Released on Bail, Vows Loyalty to the U.S.

In her first public remarks since being released on bail, accused double-agent Katrina Leung declared her loyalty to the United States Tuesday and vowed to fight to clear her name.....(Los Angeles Times, 9 July 03)

Spy case charges debated

A federal judge suggested Tuesday she will drop three of five charges against a woman accused of taking classified documents from an FBI agent who was her handler while she was allegedly working as a double agent for China.....(AP, 9 July 03)

Accused Chinese double agent freed on bail

Accused Chinese double agent Katrina Leung was released from federal detention Thursday after posting $2 million in bail.....(CNN, 4 July 03)



Alleged Spy Free After Posting Bail.....(AP, 4 July 03)

Millionaire 'Mata Hari' bailed for $3m

A millionaire socialite accused of using her sexual affairs with FBI counter-intelligence agents to spy on the United States for China was today granted bail of almost $3 million…..(AFP, 20 June 03)

'Double agent' freed on $2m bail

Katrina Leung, a US citizen accused of being a Chinese double agent, has had her bail set at $2m by a US federal court…..(BBC, 20 June 03)

Accused double agent Katrina Leung granted bail

A federal judge Thursday set bail at $2 million for suspected double agent Katrina Leung, a former FBI informant accused of passing to China classified U.S. documents obtained from an FBI handler who was also allegedly her lover…..(CNN, 20 June 03)

http://cicentre.com/Documents/DOC_Smith_James_J_Case.htm
__________________________________________________________________________
September 19, 2006, 5:51 a.m.

Enemies Within
Bill Gertz on our grave intel gaps.

An NRO Q&A

Bill Gertz is long-time defense and national-security reporter for the Washington Times. Today he is out with a new book, Enemies: How America’s Foes Steal Our Vital Secrets—and How We Let It Happen, about which he took some questions from NRO editor Kathryn Lopez.

Kathryn Jean Lopez: Most of us think Jack Bauer nowadays when we think of counterintelligence. Is there anything real about him?

Bill Gertz: Counterintelligence is the function of identifying and stopping foreign spies and terrorists. The fictional character Jack Bauer in TV’s “24” is a good example of the kind of counterterrorism specialist who often applies counterintelligence techniques to the problem of terrorism, something I advocate in Enemies, that needs to be done. Every terrorist attack is preceded by an intelligence operation and our counterterrorism agents need to get into that intelligence stream in order to stop the attacks before they take place.

Lopez: Briefly,
who is Leandro Aragoncillo and why is he important?

Gertz: Leandro Aragoncillo was a spy for the Philippines who infiltrated the White House offices of Vice President Al Gore and Vice President Dick Cheney. He went on to get a job as an analyst at an FBI analytical unit in New Jersey and was caught by immigration agents after he tried to use his official status as an FBI employee to help one of his confederates in a spy ring that supplied U.S. secrets to Philippines opposition politicians.

The case showed that despite the extremely damaging spy case of FBI Agent Robert Hanssen, who spied for Russia, the FBI has not done enough to screen employees and limit their computer access to secrets.

Lopez: “Today, nearly 140 nations and some 35 known and suspected terrorist groups target the United States through espionage, according to intelligence officials,” you write. Is that exceptionally high for the world’s superpower?

Gertz: We are the main target because enemies of the United States want to obtain our most important secrets, which range from our military’s unique warfighting techniques, to advanced weaponry, to our economic and high-technology secrets. They also seek to influence our government and force it to adopt policies that are contrary to U.S. national interests, such as the unprecedented Chinese-influence operations that have resulted in naive and counterproductive policies toward China that seek to portray a nuclear armed Communist dictatorship as a non-threatening power. Terrorists also have targeted our military and intelligence services, seeking to learn valuable information that could be used to conduct terrorist attacks against us.

Unfortunately, we know very little about these enemies’ intelligence-gathering capabilities and unless we rapidly build-up our counterintelligence agencies, we are vulnerable to devastating losses.

Lopez: How significant a threat is China to our national security? Are we taking it seriously enough?

Gertz: China today represents the most serious long-term threat to our national security. Beijing is rapidly building up its military forces with one aim: To prepare to win a future military conflict against the United States. China’s intelligence services, both its Ministry of State Security (civilian) and Second Department of the People’s Liberation Army, known as 2 PLA, are the leading edge of a secret war by China against the United States. They are following the dictum of ancient Chinese strategist Sun Tzu, who said he acme of skill is defeating your enemy without firing a shot. Unfortunately, China, through intelligence operations and related influence operations have fooled major portions of the U.S. government, from the White House National Security Council to the higher levels of the military services into believing that China poses not threat to the United States.

The civilian part of the Pentagon alone among U.S. government agencies is taking the threat from China seriously and has begun quietly implementing a so-called “hedge strategy” that involves a build up of military forces in the Pacific and Asia that will better position the United States to deal with a China that in the future drops the facade of friendliness and openly declares its hostility. Our intelligence and security agencies remain woefully unprepared to deal with China’s intelligence assault, as I reveal in Enemies in the case of Katrina Leung, China’s mole in the FBI in Los Angeles, and in the case of Tai and Chi Mak, two brothers who passed valuable defense technology that has helped China’s military.

The chapter on the spies who got away reveals that either gross negligence or a Chinese spy in the highest levels of government, or both, can explain why so many recent Chinese spy cases were mishandled.

Lopez: You say that the best way to deal with North Korea is counterintelligence. Does that mean we’re doomed?

Gertz: No. The current U.S. policy toward North Korea has been announced as “diplomacy,” albeit a feckless effort to try and convince a radical Communist regime in Pyongyang to give up its nuclear-arms program. The diplomatic policy is doomed to failure but that does not mean that the only other option is to begin flying Tomahawks and dropping JDAMs on North Korea. The most effective middle ground between feckless diplomacy and heavy-handed military attacks is an effective, targeted program of regime change. The key to reaching this goal is to organize a major counterintelligence program that will target North Korean intelligence and government officials for recruitment. A targeted campaign would have the effect of creating opponents of the current regime within the power structure and to use those recruited agents to bring down the peaceful fall of the Pyongyang government and its replacement with a democratic regime. It will not be easy but it is the best option available.

Lopez: You have an entire chapter on Cuba — can Cuba really be a big threat (to more than the Cuban people), all things considered?

Gertz: My chapter on Cuba’s mole in the Pentagon is a detailed look at the little-known spy case of Ana Montes, one of the most senior intelligence analysts in the U.S. government who provided vast amounts of classified information to Cuba, whose government in turn then sold or traded those secrets to Russia and China. Montes was an ideological spy for Cuba who worked within the Defense Intelligence Agency and ultimately became the most important U.S. intelligence analyst in the entire government. She spied at first to oppose U.S. policy that supported the anti-Communist contra rebels in Nicaragua because Montes supported the Communist Sandinistas. She later switched her allegiance to Cuba after the Sandinistas were ousted in elections.

Cuba remains a threat because it is spreading its anti-Americanism throughout the region and is now deeply involved in backing the leftist government of Hugo Chavez in Venezuela, which could cause tremendous harm to U.S. national security by virtue of its oil exports to the United States. Chavez has invited Cuban intelligence and security police into the country in large numbers.

Lopez: How much of a problem for intelligence has media disclosures on that NSA surveillance program and other top-secret operations been?

Gertz: Electronic intelligence by its nature has a limited shelf life as targets are constantly identifying NSA electronic surveillance and shutting it down. It is a constant challenge for NSA to find new links for eavesdropping and certainly media disclosures have limited NSA’s ability to gather intelligence. That said, foreign governments and terrorists organizations know very well that all electronic signals they use to communicate are subject to monitoring so that it would be overstating the case to say we have been crippled by media disclosures. The problem for U.S. intelligence today is an over reliance on electronic eavesdropping and photographic intelligence, and a dramatic lack of human intelligence-gathering. As one intelligence official put it: “The problem with the CIA can be summed up in two words: “No spies.” Our intelligence agencies currently lack any inside sources in the places where we need them most: North Korea, China, Iran, Syria and other places. Thus the government has been forced to rely too much on its formidable electronic eavesdropping capabilities.

Lopez: What makes you so sure you have the full counterintelligence picture?

Gertz: I have interviewed scores of U.S. intelligence and counterintelligence officials and I have been writing and reporting on these issues for over 20 years. I feel very confident that the portrait I paint of a broken counterintelligence system is accurate and full. But the nature of intelligence is that it is secret and there is probably much more that we don’t know about. Just since the publication of Enemies I was able to learn about another spy for China inside the U.S. military who managed to get away without prosecution.

Lopez: What practical things can Congress do? Would they?

Gertz: Unfortunately, the problem of foreign spies and weaknesses in U.S. counterintelligence have been studied by numerous commissions, both administration and congressional, over the years, usually as a result of some of the recent extremely damaging spy cases. Nothing seems to change and bureaucrats in the intelligence community resist needed reforms.

The latest effort was the so-called WMD commission, which called for fixing the broken counterintelligence system.

I recommend creating new joint White House-Congressional panel that would focus exclusively on the counterintelligence failures of recent years and make practical recommendations for fixing the problems.

The problem has been that the CIA is averse to tough counterintelligence, viewing it as an impediment to their offensive spying efforts. The FBI continues to view counterintelligence from a law enforcement perspective, which means that instead of exploiting spy cases for counterintelligence operations against the enemies, they tend to first focus on “putting the cuffs” on spies, when that should only be one option. The better course of action is to find the spies and then turn them to our strategic advantage.

Lopez: Your book is, ultimately, about how bad our intelligence is. Has it gotten any better in the wake of 9/11? What can be done?

Gertz: Enemies in some ways is a follow-up to my 2003 book Breakdown, on the intelligence failures related to the September 11 attacks, but with a special emphasis on counterintelligence, that is, the failures of counterintelligence agencies and the need to fix the problem so that we can defend our nation from spies, saboteurs and terrorists.

U.S. intelligence agencies remain mired in what I call crushing bureaucratization — the loss of focus on national, strategic goals and the overemphasis on protecting bureaucratic turf, budgets and personnel. The problem is seriously undermining our national security.

The intelligence community is bloated, with too many agencies doing to many of the same things. Restructuring is needed to upgrade our intelligence services to the 21st Century. While some reform has been carried out, there is so much more that needs to be done. The Office of the Director of National Intelligence, in my view, has become another layer of bureaucracy on the overly bureaucratic system. It turns out that what the intelligence community didn’t need was a czar who could make all well.

We need smaller agencies with better people and radically different operating methods and procedures
.

All Credit Given To: Kathryn Jean Lopez and The National Review Online
http://article.nationalreview.com/print/?q=MzJlZWMyNWVmMWViMTFlZDgwMTZhZGE3N2E0YmMxNDQ=


__________________________________________________________________________


Leandro Aragoncillo   Michael Ray Aquino
Occupation:

FBI Intelligence Analyst at Fort Monmouth, NJ in the FBI's Information Technology Center. Hired July 2004, suspended 12 Sept 2005

 

Retired US Marine Gunnery Sergeant with 21 years service, 1983-2004.

 

Stationed in Japan, Guantanamo Bay, Quantico, VA and White House.

 

Assignment to the White House between 1999 and 2002 as "administration chief" of the security detail assigned to the Vice President (Gore and then Cheney). Held Top Secret clearance.

 

Six Good Conduct Medals and a Humanitarian Service Medal

Former Deputy Directory of the Philippines National Police Intelligence Group under the government of former president Joseph Estrada

 

Former senior superintendent of the now-disbanded Philippines Presidential Anti-Organized Crime Task Force

Age:

47 years old

39 years old

Home:

Woodbury, NJ

Queens, NY

March 2005: arrested by immigration authorities for overstaying his visa

Birthplace: Philippines, came to US in 1984 Philippines
Citizenship: United States in 1991 Philippines
Family: Wife, two children Wife, one son
     
Arrested: Saturday, 10 September 2005 Saturday, 10 September 2005
Charges:

--Knowingly communicating classified information by a government employee to an agent or representative of a foreign country (i.e. receiving classified information).

--Acting as an agent of a foreign official without notification of the Attorney General in violation of Title 18 of the US Code, Section 951

--Unauthorized use of a government computer to obtain and transmit classified information

--Conspiracy to commit all of the above offenses in violation of Title 18 of the US Code Section 371.

 

Affidavit: printed and/or downloaded 101 classified documents related to the Philippines, 37 which were marked SECRET.

 

Cooperating with authorities; in plea negotiations

--Knowingly communicating classified information by a government employee to an agent or representative of a foreign country (i.e. receiving classified information).

--Acting as an agent of a foreign official without notification of the Attorney General in violation of Title 18 of the US Code, Section 951

--Conspiracy to commit all of the above offenses in violation of Title 18 of the US Code Section 371.

 

Not cooperating with authorities

Dates of Spying: August 2000 to August 2005

Admitted to taking files while working under VP Cheney from 2001-2002.

Allegedly also gave information to another country (as yet unnamed)  ABC News

? to August 2005
Possible Recruitment/ Motivations: While working at the White House for Vice President Gore, on 27 July 2000 President Clinton introduced 21 Filipino-American White House staff to Philippine President Joseph Estrada during Estrada's official state visit to the US.

Allegedly Estrada and aides later appealed to Aragoncillo's Philippine loyalties.

Aragoncillo also had $500,000 in debts at the time, mostly mortgages on rental properties. $200,000 in personal debt, $300,000 mortgage.

Aragoncillo traveled to the Philippines 15 times from 2000 to 2005. Met with Estrada at presidential palace in Manila after first meeting in 2000. Kept in contact with Estrada.

? Conduit between Aragoncillo and Philippine contacts
Identified: An alert Immigration and Customs Enforcement Agency employee contacted the FBI after Aragoncillo tried to use his FBI employment to intervene on behalf of Aquino, who was facing deportation for overstaying his visa. FBI then launched an audit that showed Aragoncillo gained authorized access to documents pertaining to the Philippines. From association with Aragoncillo
Methodology: Searched FBI computers for information on Philippines, which was outside his work duties

Downloaded documents from FBI computers onto disk, put disk in bag and took home.

Emailed classified documents to contacts in Philippines.

15 foreign travel trips to the Philippines since 2000; unknown if reported trips as required.

http://cicentre.com/Documents/DOC_Aragoncillo_Aquino.html
__________________________________________________________________________
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Mohamed Atta, Saddam Hussein, "Able Danger" and Anthrax Revisted

 

"This Is Saddam "This is Iraq," Hamza told CNBC at the time of the attacks. This is Iraq's work. "

"Nobody [else] has the expertise outside the U.S. and outside the major powers who work on germ warfare. Nobody has the expertise and has any motive to attack the U.S. except Saddam to do this. This is Iraq. This is Saddam."

ANTHRAX REVISITED
TOO MANY COINCIDENCES

By: Phil Brennan

 

Saddam Hussein did have at least one deadly weapon of mass destruction, and in at least one instance it may well have used in an attack on the United States.

If the FBI had paid attention to the evidence staring them in the face instead of sneering papa-knows-best and going off on a wild goose chase the current Democrat attack on President Bush's credibility and honesty would never have got off the ground.

The sordid tale of what is now beginning to look like a cover-up involving the FBI and the Justice Department began on October 2, 2002, just days after 9/11, when my friend and former colleague Bob Stevens collapsed and died hours later of anthrax poisoning that afflicted him while at work at the offices of America Media Inc. (AMI) in Boca Raton, Florida.

He was the first victim of a series of attacks by anthrax-loaded letters the source of which is yet to be discovered despite years of investigations by the FBI and millions of dollars spent to pinpoint the culprits behind the attacks.

From the very beginning I have insisted that the Bureau's wrongheaded fixation on a man they called a "person of interest" - Dr. Steven Hatfill - as their obvious target was a blind alley that could lead nowhere. They couldn't call him a suspect because they didn't have a shred of evidence connecting him to the attacks than and they don't have any now.

The FBI's stubborn insistence that they were on the right path while studiously ignoring information and clues that were right under their noses all the while baffled me - until now. It is now becoming clear that the Bureau didn't dare to go looking where all the evidence should have led them Had they done so, they would have exposed not only their own utter incompetence, but that of the CIA and other U.S. intelligence gathering groups.

The FBI's probe of the anthrax attacks appears not to have been an investigation but instead a blatant cover-up and in some cases a Keystone Kops saga. (They once spent $250,000 to drain a Maryland pond Dr Hatfill could have visited and came up with a load of such "evidence" as a bicycle some logs, a street sign, coins, fishing lures, and a handgun. They even took soil samples from the bottom of the pond for testing. No anthrax was found.)

Had the Bureau done their job George Bush would not be the target of the vicious lies and slanders being aimed at him today by his Democrat enemies.

I am led to revisit the case partly by the disclosures by Rep. Curt Weldon (R-Pa) of the Able Danger affair which suggests that 9/11 mastermind Mohamed Atta either ran circles around the U.S. intelligence community or they were simply asleep at the switch. In any event, it now appears that Atta scattered false clues about his whereabouts in the run-up to 9/11 and the FBI continues to swallow them whole.

If the Able Danger operatives are right, and everything points to that conclusion, starting in 2000 Atta was all over the place, evading detection of his whereabouts by the FBI which to this day insists it has the evidence to back up their claims that they can pinpoint his locations prior to 9/11 when he piloted a highjacked jet into the north tower of the World Trade Center.

In a five-part NewsMax.com series I wrote in the summer of 2002, "The Crucifixion of Steven Hatfill" I laid out the case for Atta's very probable involvement in the Anthrax attacks and the probable involvement of Iraq in the incidents.

The evidence, though circumstantial, was all but overwhelming. In every case the Bureau sniffed dismissively that they had deeply probed that evidence and found it baseless. So off they went charging down a blind alley and wrecking the career of Dr. Steven Hatfill, a loyal American, while they were at it.

Here, very much encapsulated, is a summary of that evidence.

Was Iraq the source of the anthrax used in the attacks?

Dr. Khidhir Hamza, a former top official in Iraq's program on weapons of mass destruction disagreed with the FBI's fixation on a domestic rather than foreign terrorist

"This Is Saddam "This is Iraq," Hamza told CNBC at the time of the attacks. This is Iraq's work.

"Nobody [else] has the expertise outside the U.S. and outside the major powers who work on germ warfare. Nobody has the expertise and has any motive to attack the U.S. except Saddam to do this. This is Iraq. This is Saddam."

 

The Iraqi weapons expert told CNBC that his homeland had developed the capability to weaponize anthrax even before he defected to the U.S. in 1995, and had continued to maintain that capability.

"I have absolutely no doubt," he said. "Iraq worked actually even before the Gulf War on perfecting the process of getting anthrax in the particle size needed in powder form to disseminate the way it is being disseminated now."

According to an analysis by the Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs, U.N documents from UNSCOM disclosed the following:

-Iraq developed several biological weapons agents, according to U.N. documents: anthrax, aflatoxin (causes liver cancer), clostridium botulinum toxin, clostridium perfringens spores, ricin, and wheat smut (for destroying crops).

-In its final report to the Security Council, UNSCOM determined that Iraq had not accounted for 520 kilograms of yeast extract growth medium specifically for anthrax. This amount of growth medium is sufficient for the production of 26,000 liters of anthrax spores - more than three times the amount that Iraq declared before the U.N.

-Iraq's planned storage capacity for all its biological agents reached 80 000 to 100,000 liters.

-Anthrax spores were not developed for laboratory use alone, but were weaponized on a large scale by Iraq. UNSCOM inspectors found traces of anthrax spores in seven warheads from long-range al-Hussein missiles, with a range of 400 miles and thus capable of reaching Israel.

-About 200 biological aerial bombs were additionally produced. However, according to the U.N., Iraq's most effective biological weapons platform was a helicopter-borne aerosol generator that worked like an insecticide disseminator.

The disseminator was successfully field tested. Dispersal research for biological weapons was conducted by Salman Pak Technical Research Center. Iraq engaged in genetic engineering research to produce antibiotic resistant strains of anthrax spores.

What evidence implicates Atta and his associates in the anthrax attacks?

One of the most intriguing aspects of the FBI’s anthrax investigation was the bureau’s apparent disinterest at the presence of al-Qaeda's Sept. 11 terrorists in the immediate vicinity of American Media Inc. (AMI) headquarters. The bureau rejected out of hand the idea that these terrorists may well have been the source of the attack on AMI that killed Bob Stevens, almost killed another, and sickened a third.

Despite the FBI’s insistence that it could find no connection between the hijackers and the anthrax attack on AMI, the indisputable fact remains that the area around AMI headquarters had a large concentration of hijackers whose actions showed their determination to harm the United States and its citizens. To cavalierly reject the idea that they could have been responsible for the anthrax attack on AMI and the subsequent attacks as the Bureau maintained makes no sense at all.

At least 15 of the 19 Sept. 11 hijackers had Florida connections. Of the 19, three were in the country on expired visas, including Satam Al Suqami, who had a Florida driver's license listing a Boynton Beach address. Boynton Beach is a few miles north of Boca Raton and AMI.

In the summer, five suspected hijackers on the two planes that crashed into the World Trade Center - Mohamed Atta, Marwan Al-Shehhi, Wail M. Alshehri, Waleed M. Alshehri and Satam Al Suqami - bought one-month memberships at Woolard's gyms. Atta and Al-Shehhi paid to work out at the Delray Beach gym, the others in Boynton Beach. Delray Beach adjoins Boca Raton.

Four of the hijackers on United Airlines Flight 93, which crashed in Pennsylvania, also lived in Florida for several months. Two shared a condominium in Delray Beach. They left suddenly Labor Day weekend, the same weekend a group of suspected hijackers living in Vero Beach disappeared.

Seven of the hijackers got Florida driver's licenses or state identification cards. Investigators believe the hijackers were in Florida because of its numerous flight training schools, all of which have mainly foreigners as students.

Three of the hijackers, Saeed Alghamdi, Ahmed Alnami and Hamza al Ghamdi lived for several months in the Delray Racquet Club, a condominium complex a couple of miles from AMI’s headquarters.

Several of the hijackers rented an apartment from a real estate agent who is the wife of the Sun’s editor, Mike Irish.

Was there evidence that connected these terrorists to anthrax? Plenty.

There is, for example, the extraordinary account by a Florida doctor revealed by the New York Times, which reported that the physician believes a man he treated in June had skin anthrax. That man was one of the Sept. 11 hijackers, suggesting a link between Osama bin Laden’s terrorist group and the anthrax mailings. According to the Times, two men identified themselves as pilots when they came to the emergency room of Holy Cross Hospital in Fort Lauderdale in June 2001. One, Dr. Christos Tsonas recalled, had an ugly, dark lesion on his leg that he claimed he got from bumping into a suitcase two months earlier. The doctor said at the time he thought the injury was curious, but he cleaned it and prescribed an antibiotic for infection.

In the wake of 9-11, however, when federal investigators found the medicine among the possessions of one of the hijackers, Ahmed Alhaznawi, Dr. Tsonas reviewed the case and arrived at a new diagnosis. The lesion, he told the Times, "was consistent with cutaneous [skin] anthrax." In a memo prepared by experts at the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense Strategies, and circulated among top government officials the group, which interviewed Dr. Tsonas, concluded that the anthrax diagnosis raises the possibility that the hijackers were handling anthrax and were the perpetrators of the anthrax letter attacks."

Assistant FBI Director John Collingwood played down the possible anthrax connection claiming "This was fully investigated and widely vetted among multiple agencies several months ago. Exhaustive testing did not support that anthrax was present anywhere the hijackers had been. " The problem here is that the Bureau seems not to have any idea where they were akk the time. Alhaznawi died on United Airlines Flight 93, which crashed in Pennsylvania. Federal officials believe the man who accompanied him to the hospital in June was another hijacker, Ziad al-Jarrah, thought to have taken over the controls of United Flight 93, the Times said.

In addition, the Times reported, in October a pharmacist in Delray Beach said he had told the FBI that two of the hijackers, Mohamad Atta and Marwan al-Shehhi, came into the pharmacy looking for something to treat irritations on Atta's hands.

If the hijackers did have anthrax, they would probably have needed an accomplice to mail the tainted letters, bioterrorism experts knowledgeable about the case told the Times. Dr. Tsonas told the Times he believed that the hijackers probably did have anthrax.

Remember that UNSCOM report that "Iraq's most effective biological weapons platform was a helicopter-borne aerosol generator that worked like an insecticide disseminator"?

What was being said here was that Iraq had plans to spread biological agents such as anthrax by air, as you would using a crop duster plane equipped with an "aerosol generator that worked like an insecticide disseminator" . That's enormously significant when you consider that in Florida Atta went looking for money to buy a crop duster plane.

Asked Dr. Tsonas "What were they doing looking at crop dusters?" echoing experts' fears that the hijackers might have wanted to spread lethal germs. There are too many coincidences."

Four of the hijackers who attacked America on Sept. 11 tried to get government loans to finance their plots, including ringleader Mohamed Atta, who sought $650,000 to modify a crop duster, Johnelle Bryant, a U.S. Department of Agriculture loan officer, told ABC News.

First Atta, then Marwan Al-Shehhi, Ahmed Alghamdi and Fayez Rashid Ahmed Hassan al Qadi Banihammad, all of whom died in the September attacks, tried to get loans from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Bryant said.

In April or May of 2000, Atta paid a visit to Bryant, who described him as most persistent and frightening."

According to Bryant, employed at the government agency for 16 years, Atta arrived in her office sometime between the end of April and the middle of May 2000, inquiring about a loan to finance an aircraft.

"At first, he refused to speak with me," Bryant told ABC. She remembered that Atta called her "but a female." Bryant explained that she was the manager, but he still refused to conduct business with her.

Ultimately, she said, "I told him that if he was interested in getting a farm-service agency loan in my servicing area, then he would need to deal with me."

During the initial applicant interview, Bryant was taking notes. "I wrote his name down, and I spelled it A-T-T-A-H, and he told me, 'No, A-T-T-A, as in Atta boy!'"

He said he had just arrived in the United States from Afghanistan "to start his dream, which was to go flight school and get his pilot's license, and work both as a charter pilot and a crop duster too," she said. He was seeking $650,000 for a crop-dusting business.

"He wanted to finance a twin-engine six-passenger aircraft … and remove the seats," said Bryant. "He said he was an engineer, and he wanted to build a chemical tank that would fit inside the aircraft and take up every available square inch of the aircraft except for where the pilot would be sitting."

Iraq was also known to have field-tested anthrax not only in aerial bombs but also in sprayers of the kind used in crop dusting attached to helicopters, fighter aircraft and possibly unmanned drones. To sum up:

Saddam had lots of weaponized anthrax. Weoponized anthrax is a Weapon of Mass Destruction. He had developed the means of spreading the toxin by aircraft specially altered to disseminate anthrax.

In all probability the anthrax used in the later attacks originated in Iraq and could easily have been passed to Atta by the Iraqi intelligence service which was in charge of Saddam's anthrax arsenal.

Atta and his co-conspirators were concentrated in the area where the first target AMI was located, and had every opportunity to be familiar with the company.

AMI’s Steve Coz, then a top editor suspected a connection, particularly to Atta. At the time he told ABC "We know Mohamed Atta was within three miles of the [American Media] building. We know he was within a mile of Bob Stevens' house. We know that the FBI is now going to local pharmacies to see if he did in fact get Cipro. We know that he showed up at a pharmacy with red hands.

"There are people in this area who have very direct recollection of seeing him. He worked out in a gym where some of our employees were."

Speaking on ABC's "Good Morning America," Coz also noted that Atta had lived only a few miles from the company building. He said the circumstances of the outbreak left little doubt.

"If you just look at the incredible coincidences, you cannot arrive at any other conclusion in my mind other than that this is a bioterrorist attack," he said.

AMI Chief Executive David Pcker told CNN he thought his company was targeted because of its name.

"I think this is an attack against America. The World Trade Center was attacked, the Pentagon was attacked, and American Media was attacked, and I think this was the first bioterrorism attack in the United States," Pcker said.

"If you just look at the incredible coincidences, you cannot arrive at any other conclusion in my mind other than that this is a bioterrorist attack." One of the terrorists had symptoms of anthrax poisoning. Atta sought funds to buy a crop duster plane he said he would equip with "a chemical tank that would fit inside the aircraft."

Too many coincidences, indeed. Too bad the FBI doesn't believe in coincidences. They could have saved George Bush a lot of grief. To read the entire NewsMax.com series go to
http://www.newsmax com/archives/articles/2002/8/18/94733.shtml for links.

 "Published originally at EtherZone.com : republication allowed with this notice and hyperlink intact."


Phil Brennan is a veteran journalist who writes for NewsMax.com. He is editor & publisher of
Wednesday on the Web and was Washington columnist for National Review magazine in the 1960s. He also served as a staff aide for the House Republican Policy Committee and helped handle the Washington public relations operation for the Alaska Statehood Committee which won statehood for Alaska. He is also a trustee of the Lincoln Heritage Institute and a member of the Association of Former Intelligence Officers.  Phil Brennan is a regular columnist for Ether Zone.

Phil Brennan can be reached at pvb@pvbr.com

We invite you to visit his website at
Wednesday on the Web

Published in the November 16, 2005 issue of  Ether Zone.
Copyright © 1997 - 2005
Ether Zone.
http://www.etherzone.com/2005/bren111605.shtml
__________________________________________________________________________

Background Article # 1

Mohamed Atta-Iraq-Anthrax Connection and the FBI info Suppression

Anthrax May Have Been Mailed To Company Posted: 12:50 p.m. EDT October 12, 2001 Updated: 6:23 p.m. EDT October 12, 2001

BOCA RATON, Fla. — The editorial director of American Media says his company knows how the man killed by anthrax was exposed to the disease. He is also making scathing comments about the Palm Beach County Health department. Steve Coz, Editorial Director at American Media in Boca Raton, says that the company knows how the anthrax bacterium got into their building, and he says there is a connection to the terrorists.

Coz says that Bob Stevens, the employee who died of anthrax, was infected after exposure anthrax spores delivered to AMI in a letter. He said the letter came into the mailroom, and was opened by someone else who handed it to Stevens.

Because of vision problems, Stevens (pictured, left) then held the letter close to his face to look at it, according to Coz, giving the 63-year old a massive dose of anthrax spores.

The FBI has asked American Media not to go into detail about the letter, and they currently deny any connection between the letter and the terrorists involved in the Sept. 11 attacks.

Coz says he believes there is a connection, particularly to Mohamed Atta, the hijacker believed to be the leader of the terrorists who resided in South Florida. “We know Mohamed Atta was within three miles of the [American Media] building, we know he was within a mile of Bob Stevens house. We know that the FBI is now going to local pharmacies to see if he did in fact get Cipro. We know that he showed up at a pharmacy with red hands. There are people in this area who have very direct recollection of seeing him. He worked out in a gym where some of our employees were.” The FBI continues to say they have not made a direct connection between the terrorists and the anthrax cases.

A congressional source says that more anthrax spores have been found in the mailroom of American Media, but the FBI is not confirming that or any of the statements made by Steve Coz.

Steve Coz also blasted the Palm Beach County Health Department for not informing American Media about Bob Stevens illness earlier. He said, “We found out that Bob Stevens had anthrax on the Internet at 3:00 on Thursday — we turned on the TV sets and it was all over television. We called the Palm Beach County Health Deparment from 3:00 to 7:30 leaving messages — we must have left 20 messages. At 7:30 somebody finally picked up the phone.”

Second Man Exposed To Anthrax Improving, Has Message For Co-Workers Ernest Blanco, the second person at American Media to have a confirmed exposure to pulmonary anthrax, continues to improve, though his family says they have been getting a mixed message about his condition.

State health officials say that Blanco does not have the full-blown case of the anthrax that killed his co-worker.

His family says they are confused and they have been told two stories. State health officials say that Blanco (pictured left, file photo) is sick with pneumonia, but doctors have told his family that he has anthrax in his blood and lungs.

Blanco no longer has a fever or is being fed intravenously. He has been moved out of intensive care and weaned off a respirator. His stepdaughter Maria Orth says that he was near death at one point. She said, “One of his doctors disagrees that he ever had anthrax … yet, another doctor assured me he did have it in his blood stream and in his lungs. It’s very confusing.”

Blanco was tested for anthrax because health officials said he happened to be in a hospital for what co-workers said was an unrelated heart problem.

His wife, Elda said she was rattled when she heard that her spouse had been exposed to anthrax. “I’m not one who cries much, but I feel it inside.” She tested negative for anthrax but was given the antibiotic Cipro to take as a precaution.

Meanwhile her husband continues to improve. In a prepared statement he said, “To all my friends at American Media, thanks for all your prayers. Every day, little by little, I’m feeling much better. I hope to be back at work soon.”

All Credit Given To: Pierre Legrand
http://pierrelegrand.net/2006/07/08/mohamed-atta-iraq-anthrax-connection-and-the-fbi-info-suppression.htm
___________________________________________________________________________

IRAQI LINKS TO TERRORISM AGAINST AMERICA


 


"In this man's heart (Osama bin Laden) you'll find an insistence,
a strange determination that he will reach one day the tunnels of the White House
and will bomb it with everything that is in it.....with the seriousness of the Bedouin
of the desert about the way he will try to bomb the Pentagon after he destroys the White House.
...the revolutionary bin Laden is insisting very convincingly that he will strike America on the arm that is already hurting.
That the man....will curse the memory of Frank Sinatra every time he hears his songs."
(A reference to Sinatra's "New York, New York"?)

- From the Iraqi publication Al-Nasiriya: July 21, 2001
(Also noted in the Wall Street Journal, "Saddam and the Next 9/11", 2/14/03)


"At this stage it is possible to turn to biological attack, where a small can,
not bigger than the size of the hand, can be used to release viruses that affect everything....
The viruses easily spread by air, and people are affected without feeling it."

- Uday Hussein, 9/20/01 (NOTE: The first Anthrax-laced letters were mailed on 9/18/01)
(That means Hussein's son wrote this before any news had come out about the Anthrax mailings in the U.S.)
(Noted in the Wall Street Journal, "Saddam and the Next 9/11", 2/14/03)

 


GENERAL ARTICLES CONNECTING IRAQ TO TERRORISM

NICE COMPENDIUM OF ARTICLES CONNECTING IRAQ TO AL QAEDA AND TERRORISM AGAINST THE U.S.

The Iraqi-Bin Laden Connection

SADDAM HUSSEIN'S PHILANTHROPY OF TERROR - (PDF verion with images)
American Outlook
By Deroy Murdock
Fall 2003

As President Bush continues to lead America’s involvement in Iraq, he increasingly is being forced to confront those who dismiss Saddam Hussein’s ties to terrorism and, thus, belittle a key rationale for Operation Iraqi Freedom. Bush’s critics wield a flimsy and disingenuous argument that nonetheless enjoys growing appeal among a largely hostile press corps. Hussein did not personally order the September 11 attacks, the fuzzy logic goes, hence he has no significant ties to terrorists, especially al Qaeda. Consequently, the Iraq war was launched under bogus assumptions, and, therefore, Bush should be defeated in November 2004.

CASE CLOSED
The Weekly Standard
By Stephen Hayes

Editor's Note, 1/27/04: In today's Washington Post, Dana Milbank reported that "Vice President Cheney . . . in an interview this month with the Rocky Mountain News, recommended as the 'best source of information' an article in The Weekly Standard magazine detailing a relationship between Hussein and al Qaeda based on leaked classified information."

This is the Stephen F. Hayes article to which the vice president was referring.

THE VISIBLE HAND: The Iraqi Connection

Wall Street Journal
BY RICHARD MINITER
Monday, September 24, 2001

In President Bush's soaring, Reaganesque speech Thursday night, two words were missing: Saddam Hussein.

Is America's Gulf War foe behind the attacks? Secretary of State Colin Powell and other Bush administration officials say there is "no evidence" of that. Yet veteran State Department watchers say that "evidence" is a kind of Foggy Bottom shorthand for absolute proof--the kind that lawyers would need to convict the Iraqi dictator in court.

Still, there is a strong circumstantial case that Iraq has backed Osama bin Laden and has been waging a terrorist war of assassination plots and bombings that had already killed hundreds of Americans before Sept. 11--from the 1993 World Trade Center bombing to the attack on the USS Cole last year.

Israeli intelligence services reportedly met with CIA and FBI officials in August and warned of an imminent large-scale attack on the U.S. There "were strong grounds for suspecting Iraqi involvement," a senior Israeli official later told London's Daily Telegraph.

THE IRAQ CONNECTION: Blood Baath

by R. James Woolsey
Issue date 09.24.01

In the immediate aftermath of Tuesday's attacks, attention has focused on terrorist chieftain Osama bin Laden. And he may well be responsible. But intelligence and law enforcement officials investigating the case would do well to at least consider another possibility: that the attacks--whether perpetrated by bin Laden and his associates or by others--were sponsored, supported, and perhaps even ordered by Saddam Hussein.

The Iraqi Connection: Interview with James Woolsey and Others

11/24/2001

The role of Osama bin Laden’s al-Qaida network in the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon is well-documented. Indeed, bin Laden virtually claimed credit for the terrorist attacks in a videotape circulated to his al-Qaida followers. But did bin Laden’s terrorists have help from a state -- besides Taleban-ruled Afghanistan? There is evidence that Iraq may have been involved, evidence that U.S. officials are paying increasing attention to. Did the September 11th terrorists have help from Saddam Hussein? I’ll ask my guests, James Woolsey, former director of the Central Intelligence Agency, and Laurie Mylroie, author of "Study of Revenge: The First World Trade Center Attack and Saddam Hussein’s War against America."

Iraq suspected of sponsoring terrorist attacks

Septmber 21, 2001
By Bill Gertz
THE WASHINGTON TIMES

Osama bin Laden was in contact with Iraqi government agents from his base in Afghanistan in the days leading up to the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, according to U.S. intelligence officials

Saddam link to attacks: INTELLIGENCE has suggested the prime mover behind the attacks was Saddam

Sunday, September 23, 2001
(Melbourne Herald Sun)

The former head of Israeli's Mossad secret service, Rafi Eitan, and a former CIA director, R. James Woolsey, said there are clear indications that the Iraqi president played a leading role in the attacks on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon.

"I have no doubt whatsoever that the mastermind of this atrocity is none other than the Iraqi dictator," said Mr Eitan, a security adviser to three Israeli governments and mastermind of the capture of Nazi war criminal Adolf Eichmann in May 1960.

This week's revelation that Mohamed Atta, 33, an Egyptian suspected of hijacking the first plane to strike the World Trade Centre, met an Iraqi intelligence official in Europe earlier this year, adds weight to the theory.

Officials have also suggested bin Laden was in contact with Iraqi agents from his base in Afghanistan in the days before the attacks.

Mr Eitan said bin Laden may have been a partner, or merely a pawn, in a plot by Baghdad to strike back following its Gulf War defeat and to show the world it is still capable of action despite 10 years' of crippling UN sanctions.

The Iraqi Regime's Links to Terrorism: Harboring Terrorists Abu Nidal and Abu al-Abbas

August 30, 2002

On August 28, 2002, a U.S. federal grand jury issued a new indictment against five terrorists from the Fatah Revolutionary Command, also known as the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO), for the 1986 hijacking of Pan Am Flight 73 in Karachi, Pakistan. Based on "aggravating circumstances," prosecutors are now seeking the death penalty for the attack, in which twenty-two people -- including two Americans -- were killed.

Another Major Compilation of Links to Articles Related to Possible Iraqi Involvement with Terrorism



9/11 MASTERMIND Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (Khalid Sheikh Mohammed) LINKED TO IRAQ

Against All Enemies: Proving Saddam's Iraq Was Behind 9/11

3/28/04

When Dr. Laurie Mylroie appeared before the 9/11 Commission and released her newest book, "Bush vs. the Beltway: How the CIA and the State Department Tried to Stop the War on Terror" in July of last year, there was scarcely a mention of it by the mass media. Dr. Myrloie's work offers the opposite position of Dick Clarke. A former insider of the Clinton Administration, Mylroie holds that the prior Democratic administration dropped the ball in focusing on loose terrorist networks rather than state actors, and Iraq in particularly, in combatting terror against America. She believes that President George Bush and his Administration acted heroically in targetting Iraq in disregard of myopic policy recommendations by entrenched, career-minded government bureaucrats like Dick Clarke. But such a pro-Bush profile has made Laurie Mylroie and her views anathema for mass media coverage. Yet, at least in the interest of balanced reporting, you'd think Mylroie's perspective would now deserve some media attention since Richard Clarke, the man of the hour, clearly fingers her influence on the Bush Administration as the cause of mistaken policy decisions to target Iraq in the War On Terror.


IS Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (Khalid Sheikh Mohammed) AN IRAQI AGENT?

3/18/03

Is Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (Khalid Sheikh Mohammed), the mastermind of 9/11 who was captured March 1st in Pakistan, an Iraqi agent?

There is reason to suspect he is and, what's more, since he is now in custody, it should be possible for authorities to verify whether or not he is who people think he is. And should Khalid Mohammed NOT be the real Khalid Mohammed, then the smoking gun has been found that establishes Iraqi complicity in the terrorist attacks on the U.S. in September 2001.

The Baluch Connection: Is Khalid Sheikh Mohammed tied to Baghdad?

BY LAURIE MYLROIE
Tuesday, March 18, 2003 12:01 a.m. EST

Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, the mastermind of the Sept. 11 attacks, is a Pakistani Baluch. So is Ramzi Yousef, who masterminded the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. In 1995, together with a third Baluch, Abdul Hakam Murad, the two collaborated in an unsuccessful plot to bomb 12 U.S. airplanes. Years later, as head of al Qaeda's military committee, Mohammed reportedly planned the 1998 U.S. Embassy bombings, as well as the bombing of the USS Cole in 2000.

CBS 60 Minutes II - The Mastermind

March 5, 2003


Osama bin Laden may still be at large, but the man captured in Pakistan last Saturday was even more important than bin Laden in the planning and execution of the Sept. 11 attacks.

LA Times - The Plots and Designs of Al Qaeda's Engineer: Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (Khalid Sheikh Mohammed)

December 22, 2002

Senior Pakistani and American intelligence officials say the operational commander of Al Qaeda, the man believed to have planned the Sept. 11 attacks on the United States, narrowly avoided capture during a raid in which authorities took his two young sons into custody.

It was one of at least half a dozen missed opportunities over eight years to seize Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (Khalid Sheikh Mohammed), who is described by intelligence analysts on three continents as the man most responsible for Al Qaeda's continuing terrorist attacks.

Newstrove.com: Khalid Sheikh Mohammed



9/11 LEAD HIJACKER MOHAMMED ATTA MET IRAQI INTELLIGENCE

Mohammed Atta met Saddam prior to September 11: US official

Sept 8, 2002

MILAN, Sept 8 (AFP) - Mohammed Atta consulted Saddam Hussein prior to leading the suicide attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, according to Richard Perle, an advisor to the US defense secretary.

Newsweek: The Investigation Hard Questions About an Iraqi Connection

Oct. 21, 2001

In investigating the Sept. 11 attack, few tasks are more difficult -- and potentially more ominous -- than unraveling the role of a mysterious Iraqi official named Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim Samir al-Ani. Until last spring, al-Ani was listed as the chief of consular affairs in the Iraqi Embassy in Prague. But last month U.S. officials were told by Czech intelligence that al-Ani had been spotted having a number of meetings with Mohamed Atta, the suspected hijack ringleader, near the Iraqi Embassy during a visit Atta made to the Czech Republic in April 2001.

Iraq Linked to WTC Attack Tactic

The Jerusalem Post
October 14, 2001
By Melissa Radler

NEW YORK - An Iraqi intelligence agent who met with suspected hijacker Muhammad Atta six months ago in Prague helped devise the terrorist tactics that downed the World Trade Center and part of the Pentagon, according to an Iraqi opposition group.

An official at the Iraqi National Congress (INC) in Washington said the terrorist plot was hatched by Farouk Hijazi, Iraq's ambassador to Turkey and a former brigadier-general in the General Intelligence Directorate (GID), and its current brigadier-general, Habib Ma'amouri.

Bomber met Iraqi chief of intelligence

WEDNESDAY SEPTEMBER 19 2001
The Times
FROM ROLAND WATSON AND DAMIAN WHITWORTH IN WASHINGTON

A LINK between Iraq and one of the World Trade Centre attackers was disclosed last night amid British concerns that Washington might use President Bush's war on terrorism as a pretext to topple Saddam Hussein.

American intelligence officials said that Mohammed Atta, who is believed to have been at the controls of the first jet to crash, met the head of Iraqi intelligence this year.

Hijacker met with Iraqi official

Source: Washington Times
Published: 9/19/01 Author: Bill Gertz

An Iraqi intelligence official met secretly with one of the airline hijackers a year ago, raising the likelihood of Iraqi government involvement in last week's terrorist attacks in the United States, officials said yesterday.

The unidentified Iraqi intelligence official met with Mohamed Atta, whom U.S. officials believe to have been the leader of a terrorist cell linked to Islamic terrorist Osama bin Laden. Atta traveled regularly between the United States and several countries, including Germany and Spain.

Atta is believed to have been aboard the first commercial airliner that crashed into the World Trade Center on Sept. 11.

Suspected Hijacker Met Iraqi Intelligence- Source

Tuesday September 18, 2001

WASHINGTON (Reuters) - Mohamed Atta, suspected of being one of the hijackers aboard the first plane that struck New York's World Trade Center last week, met earlier this year with an Iraqi intelligence official in Europe, a U.S. government source said on Tuesday.

CBS News first reported that Atta had met with the head of Iraqi intelligence. But sources pointed out that just because Atta met with an Iraqi intelligence official did not necessarily mean that the government of Iraq had supported the attacks that demolished the World Trade Center and damaged the Pentagon (news - web sites).



SALMAN PAK TERRORIST TRAINING BASE NEAR BAGHDAD

Salman Pak: Iraq's Smoking Gun Link to 9-11?

August 13,2002

With all the talk about how little evidence the Bush administration has tying Saddam Hussein to the 9-11 attacks, we're more than a little surprised at how quickly reporters, not to mention the White House, seem to have forgotten about Salman Pak.

That's the name of the Iraqi training camp located south of Baghdad where, according to the accounts of at least two Iraqi defectors quoted in the New York Times last November, terrorists from around the world rehearsed airline hijackings aboard a parked Boeing 707 that bore an eerie resemblance to what transpired on 9-11.

Salman Pak - Iraq‘s own terrorist training camp

June 12th, 2002

Two Iraqi Military defectors, an unnamed former Lt. General and a Captain Sabah Khodada recently gave details of an Iraqi school at Salman Pak which includes training for the hijacking of passenger airliners and other modes of transportation. The former Iraqi General said that there was a old Boeing 707 resting next to rail tracks on edge of Salman Pak being used in terrorist training, the existence of this aircraft has been confirmed by UN. Inspectors.

Salman Pak / Al Salman

Former Iraqi military officers have described a highly secret terrorist training facility at Salman Pak, where both Iraqis and non-Iraqi Arabs receive training on hijacking planes and trains, planting explosives in cities, sabotage, and assassinations.

Satellite photos show Saddam’s base to train al-Qaeda terrorists

March 17th, 2003

Rush Limbaugh released high-resolution satellite imagery today, on his website, of Iraq’s Salman Park terrorist training center. This facility, which photographs show houses a full-scale jet fuselage, is used to train terrorists how to hijack civilian airliners, buses and trains, as well as assassination and kidnapping. Reports by defectors, including Sabah Khodada, who served as an administrator at the facility for six months, indicate that “this camp is specialized in exporting terrorism to the whole world.”

 


SAUDI HIJACKERS USED STOLEN IDENTITIES

Hijackers may have taken Saudi identities

Boston Globe
September 15, 2001

Evidence surfaced yesterday that some of the suicide hijackers who commandeered airliners originating in Boston, Washington, and Newark on Tuesday may have used aliases and adopted the identities of legitimate Saudi Arabian pilots to gain entry to the United States and access to the flight training they needed to carry out their attacks.

A Compilation Of Material On False Identities In Islamic Terrorism

 


IRAQ BEHIND ANTHRAX MAILINGS

The Anthrax Evidence Points To Iraq

FBI's Theory On Anthrax Is Doubted: Attacks Not Likely Work Of 1 Person, Experts Say

By Guy Gugliotta and Gary Matsumoto
Washington Post Staff Writers
Monday, October 28, 2002; Page A01

A significant number of scientists and biological warfare experts are expressing skepticism about the FBI's view that a single disgruntled American scientist prepared the spores and mailed the deadly anthrax letters that killed five people last year.

These sources say that making a weaponized aerosol of such sophistication and virulence would require scientific knowledge, technical competence, access to expensive equipment and safety know-how that are probably beyond the capabilities of a lone individual.

Anthrax: The Elephant in the Room: It's fatuous not to regard Saddam as the chief anthrax suspect

BY ROBERT L. BARTLEY
Monday, October 29, 2001

Despite the earlier official denials, the anthrax in the mail turns out to be weapons-grade, finely ground and with electrostatic charges eliminated to facilitate aerial spread. After weeks of official denials, similarly, the Czech interior minister confirms that Mohamed Atta met with a ranking Iraqi spy on his route to the United States.

This should be a scales-from-the-eyes moment, but our government is back at the old stand, stressing that any Ph.D. microbiologist can whomp up weapons-grade anthrax and leaking that the FBI and CIA suspect domestic cranks. Perhaps this time it's true, but I for one am not reassured. Yes, other scenarios are conceivable, but why ignore the elephant standing in the corner of the room? To wit, Saddam Hussein.

FBI Overlooks Iraq's Connection to Anthrax Attacks

Aug. 17, 2002

Plenty of evidence implicates Iraq in the anthrax attacks on America. But the FBI doesn't seem interested.

Creating, or weaponizing, deadly inhalation anthrax spores is a highly sophisticated process. Some say that the spores involved in the attacks had all the earmarks of having been produced in some government's facility because the job would have been beyond the capability of a lone wolf working in a basement lab.

WAS SADDAM HUSSEIN'S 'STAMP' ON THE ANTHRAX MAILINGS?

February 5th, 2002

As it stands, the FBI investigation into the Anthrax mailings has focused on the idea that the bioterrorism was an act of a lone, domestic terrorist and is not related to September 11th. I believe the truth, however, is that the Anthrax mailings, and most likely the 9-11 attacks as well, were a product of Saddam Hussein's Iraq. Osama bin Laden was simply a front man for the terrorism that occurred in autumn of last year, and probably all the other major acts of terror blamed on al Qaeda thus far. Ultimately, what is happening here is really Saddam's Revenge...



IRAQ BEHIND RAMZI YOUSEF AND 1993 WTC BOMBING

Iraqi Complicity in the World Trade Center Bombing and Beyond

Source: Middle East Intelligence Bulletin
Published: June 2001

On February 26, 1993, a massive bomb exploded in the parking garage of the north tower of the World Trade Center building in New York City, killing six people and leaving a crater six stories deep in the building's basement floors. The mastermind of the bombing, Ramzi Yousef, later boasted that he had hoped to kill 250,000 people. Two years later, Yousef was involved in a plot to bomb a dozen US airplanes flying over the Pacific.1

Yousef's bombing plots gave rise to the notion that a new form of international terrorism had emerged that was not state-sponsored, but said to consist of "loose networks" of militant Muslims, not backed by states.2 Yet, as The Washington Post recently noted, "some critics have disputed this approach, contending that rogue nations like Iraq have managed to slip intelligence operatives in and out of bomb conspiracies, leaving the FBI to chase and catch the small fish that the skilled men left behind."3

Indeed, there is considerable evidence that the Trade Center bombing was a case of Iraqi intelligence directing a major terrorist operation and leaving behind a few minor figures to be arrested and take the blame.

THE WORLD TRADE CENTER BOMB: Who is Ramzi Yousef? And Why It Matters (1993)

Source: The National Interest
Published: Winter, 1995/96 Author: Laurie Mylroie
Posted on 09/12/2001 07:17:34 PDT by JeanS

ACCORDING TO THE presiding judge in last year's trial, the bombing of New York's World Trade Center on February 26, 1993 was meant to topple the city's tallest tower onto its twin, amid a cloud of cyanide gas. Had the attack gone as planned, tens of thousands of Americans would have died. Instead, as we know, one tower did not fall on the other, and, rather than vaporizing, the cyanide gas burnt up in the heat of the explosion. "Only" six people died.

Few Americans are aware of the true scale of the destructive ambition behind that bomb, this despite the fact that two years later, the key figure responsible for building it--a man who had entered the United Stares on an Iraqi passport under the name of Ramzi Yousef--was involved in another stupendous bombing conspiracy. In January 1995, Yousef and his associates plotted to blow up eleven U.S. commercial aircraft in one spectacular day of terrorist rage. The bombs were to be made of a liquid explosive designed to pass through airport metal detectors. But while mixing his chemical brew in a Manila apartment, Yousef started a fire. He was forced to flee, leaving behind a computer that contained the information that led to his arrest a month later in Pakistan. Among the items found in his possession was a letter threatening Filipino interests if a comrade held in custody were not released. It claimed the "ability to make and use chemicals and poisonous gas... for use against vital institutions and residential populations and the sources of drinking water." [1] Quickly extradited, he is now in U.S. custody awaiting trial this spring.

Ramzi Yousef's plots were the most ambitious terrorist conspiracies ever attempted against the United States. But who is he? Is he a free-lance bomber? A deranged but highly-skilled veteran of the Muslim jihad against the Soviets in Afghanistan? Is he an Arab, or of some other Middle Eastern ethnicity? Is there an organization--perhaps even a state--behind his work?

Saddam's Fingerprints on N.Y. Bombings

The Wall Street Journal
By Laurie Mylroie
June 28, 1993

Military retaliation from Baghdad was the main administration concern following Saturday's strike on Iraq. Yet U.S. officials should start thinking seriously about the question of retaliation through terror. It is quite possible, for example, that there was a connection between Saddam and recent attempts to blow up Manhattan. It is quite possible that New York's terror is Saddam's revenge.

 


TERRORIST FUGITIVE ABDUL RAHMAN YASIN IN BAGHDAD

60 Minutes: The Man Who Got Away

May 31, 2002

Abdul Rahman Yasin is the only participant in the first attempt to blow up the World Trade Center in 1993 who was never caught. Yasin, who was indicted in the bombing but escaped, was interviewed by CBS News' Lesley Stahl in an Iraqi installation near Baghdad last Thursday, May 23. Stahl's report appeared on 60 Minutes, Sunday June 2nd.

FBI Most Wanted Terrorist - Abdul Rahman Yasin

Abdul Rahman Yasin is wanted for his alleged participation in the terrorist bombing of the World Trade Center, New York City, on February 26, 1993, which resulted in six deaths, the wounding of numerous individuals, and the significant destruction of property and commerce.

 


THE 1995 'PROJECT BOJINKA' PLOT

Washington Post - Bust and Boom

By Matthew Brzezinski
Sunday, December 30, 2001

Six years before the September 11 attacks, Philippine police took down an al Qaeda cell that had been plotting, among other things, to fly explosives-laden planes into the Pentagon.


U.S. warned in 1995 of plot to hijack planes, attack buildings

September 18, 2001 Posted: 1:54 PM EDT (1754 GMT)
By Maria Ressa
CNN Correspondent

MANILA, Philippines (CNN) -- The FBI was warned six years ago of a terrorist plot to hijack commercial planes and slam them into the Pentagon, the CIA headquarters and other buildings, Philippine investigators told CNN.

1995 Raid in Phillipines Unearthed Plot to Use Civilian Airliners in Terrorist Attack

Sept. 13, 2001

The use of hijacked commercial planes to attack key structures in the US was hatched in the Philippines by the men of Saudi terrorist Osama bin Laden in 1994.

Sources in the local intelligence community disclosed this yesterday as the government announced it is stepping up efforts to hunt down Mohammad Jafal Khalifa, a brother-in-law of Bin Laden, the prime suspect in TuesdayÕs terrorist attacks on the US. The Armed Forces Southern Command has also tightened security measures over the countryÕs so-called "backdoor," which leads to Malaysia and Indonesia, in the wake of the terrorist attacks in the US.

The plane attack, code named Project Bojinka, was hatched by Bin Laden's men Ramzie Yousef, Abdul Hakim Murad and Wali Khan, who were convicted in the US for the first bombing of the World Trade Center in New York in 1993.

Newstrove: Bojinka


IRAQ LINKED TO OSAMA BIN LADEN'S AL QAEDA NETWORK

Powell's mission: to link Saddam with terror

February 1 2003

There is no shortage of evidence that links Saddam Hussein with Bin Laden's al Qaeda network and some of its notorious attacks, writes Tony Parkinson.

Iraq to 'outsource' counterattacks

February 26, 2003

Baghdad is using embassies to forge ties with extremist groups to attack US facilities, say Filipino officials.

Starting in October of last year, Iraq began preparing for war with the US by instructing agents in its embassies worldwide to organize terrorist-type attacks on American and allied targets, Filipino and US intelligence officials say.

Barzan Ibrahim El Hasan al Tikriti, a former head of Iraq's intelligence agency and senior adviser to Saddam Hussein, hatched a plan to dispatch a mole to Indonesia; suicide bombers to Amman, Jordan; and a woman agent to help with planned attacks in the Philippines, according to an Iraqi defector interviewed by US intelligence.

Jack Kelly: Debunker mentality - It's hard work, seeing no ties between Iraq and al-Qaida

Sunday, December 15, 2002

The United States hasn't proved Saddam has weapons of mass destruction . . . but he'll use them against U.S. troops if we invade. Saddam has no connections to international terror groups . . . but he'll launch terror attacks inside the United States if America attacks him.To argue credibly against war with Iraq, opponents must maintain either that Saddam Hussein isn't a threat, or that he is so great a threat that an attempt to oust him would produce unacceptably high casualties. These positions contradict each other, and are contradicted by the facts.

Jane's: Who did it? Foreign Report presents an alternative view

19 September 2001

Israel’s military intelligence service, Aman, suspects that Iraq is the state that sponsored the suicide attacks on the New York Trade Center and the Pentagon in Washington. Directing the mission, Aman officers believe, were two of the world’s foremost terrorist masterminds: the Lebanese Imad Mughniyeh, head of the special overseas operations for Hizbullah, and the Egyptian Dr Ayman Al Zawahiri, senior member of Al-Qaeda and possible successor of the ailing Osama Bin Laden.

The two men have not been seen for some time. Mughniyeh is probably the world’s most wanted outlaw. Unconfirmed reports in Beirut say he has undergone plastic surgery and is unrecognisable. Zawahiri is thought to be based in Egypt. He could be Bin Laden’s chief representative outside Afghanistan.

The Iraqis, who for several years paid smaller groups to do their dirty work, were quick to discover the advantages of Al-Qaeda. The Israeli sources claim that for the past two years Iraqi intelligence officers were shuttling between Baghdad and Afghanistan, meeting with Ayman Al Zawahiri. According to the sources, one of the Iraqi intelligence officers, Salah Suleiman, was captured last October by the Pakistanis near the border with Afghanistan. The Iraqis are also reported to have established strong ties with Imad Mughniyeh.

Iraq-al-Qaida links go back decade: CIA reports show nearly 100 examples of cooperation, says reporter

December 11, 2002

CIA reports of Iraqi-al-Qaida cooperation number nearly 100 and extend back to 1992, according to a reporter for Vanity Fair whose sources include senior Pentagon officials.

David Rose, writing for the magazine and the United Kingdom's Evening Standard, says he is convinced of the links between Osama bin Laden's terrorist network and Saddam Hussein's Baghdad regime.

Terrorists contacted Iraq envoy after blast

February 12, 2003

CEBU, Philippines — A senior Iraqi diplomat was in contact with Muslim terrorists in the southern Philippines hours after they killed a U.S. soldier and injured another in a bombing in October, according to Philippine officials and intelligence sources.



ABU MUSAB ZARQAWI IN BAGHDAD

U.S.: Top al-Qaeda operative recently in Baghdad

10/02/2002

WASHINGTON (AP) — A top al-Qaeda operative was in Baghdad about two months ago, and U.S. officials suspect his presence was known to the government of Iraqi President Saddam Hussein, a defense official said Wednesday.

Abu Musab Zarqawi, a Jordanian, is believed to have left Iraq, the official said, speaking on condition of anonymity. U.S. counterterrorism officials have called Zarqawi — also known as Ahmad Fadeel al-Khalaylah — one of al-Qaeda's top two dozen leaders.

Newstrove: Abu Musab Zarqawi


 


1993 IRAQI ASSASSINATION ATTEMPT ON GEORGE BUSH SR.

U.S. Strikes Iraq for Plot to Kill Bush

By David Von Drehle and R. Jeffrey Smith
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday, June 27, 1993; Page A01
U.S. Navy ships launched 23 Tomahawk missiles against the headquarters of the Iraqi Intelligence Service yesterday in what President Clinton said was a "firm and commensurate" response to Iraq's plan to assassinate former president George Bush in mid-April.

The attack was meant to strike at the building where Iraqi officials had plotted against Bush, organized other unspecified terrorist actions and directed repressive internal security measures, senior U.S. officials said.

 


IRAQ BEHIND 2000 USS COLE ATTACK

Iraq - Bin Laden USS Cole bomb link

USS Cole: 17 dead mourned as experts piece together attack
Julian Borger in Washington
The Guardian
Thursday October 19, 2000

Investigators in Yemen yesterday uncovered evidence suggesting the bomb attack on the warship USS Cole had been a meticulously organised conspiracy, which a leading US terrorism expert said may have been the first joint operation between Osama bin Laden and Saddam Hussein. Under an overcast sky at the Norfolk naval base in Virginia, President Clinton led thousands of US servicemen in mourning the 17 victims of last week's blast, as the state department warned that more attacks against US citizens could be on the way in the Middle East or Turkey.

In Aden, Yemeni police and FBI agents were examining a flat apparently rented by the bomb makers four days before the attack. Bomb-making materials were found in the flat, which was rented by two non-Yemeni Arabs, at least one of whom had a Gulf accent, local residents said. They kept a fibre glass boat parked nearby.

 


"I didn't think it possible that Osama sitting up there
in the mountains could do it....those who executed it were much more modern.
They knew the U.S., they knew aviation. I don't think he
has the intelligence or the minute planning. The planner was someone else."

- Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf


"If Saddam's operatives manipulated simple-minded Islamic zealots to bomb the World Trade Center, it is only prudent to assume his agents are capable of striking again."

- The Boston Globe, 1/18/95


"From inside America, how five planes flew.
Such a mishap never happened in the past!
And nothing similar will happen.
Six thousand infidels died.
Bin Ladin did not do it;
the luck of the president [Saddam] did it."

(Text of poem recited in the presence of President Saddam Hussein by
Shaykh Ali Bin Shallal, head of the al-Sharji tribes, at a meeting with
tribal chieftains from Basra and Maysan Governates on 12/3/01.
Was the 5th plane the crash of AA Flight 587 into Queens, NYC on November 12, 2001?)


All Credit given to: Spirit of Truth.Org
http://www.spiritoftruth.org/iraqlinks.htm
__________________________________________________________________________


Finally
What The 911 Commission Did Say

The National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (also known as the 9-11 Commission), an independent, bipartisan commission created by congressional legislation and the signature of President George W. Bush in late 2002, is chartered to prepare a full and complete account of the circumstances surrounding the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, including preparedness for and the immediate response to the attacks. The Commission is also mandated to provide recommendations designed to guard against future attacks.

On July 22, 2004 the Commission released its public report, which is available for download from this site. The report is also available in bookstores nationwide and from the Government Printing Office.

On August 21, 2004 the Commission released two staff monographs, available for download along with other staff statements on this site.

The ten members of the 9-11 Commission announce the creation of the 9/11 Public Discourse Project.

The Commission closed on August 21, 2004.


So, what is so credible and/or circumstantial in the evidence alleging Saddam Husayn supported, coordinated, or controlled Usama bin Ladin, al-Qaida, and the terrorists who attacked the United States on September 11?

  • Ramzi Yousef, the Trade Towers and alleged control by Baghdad. Yousef was convicted for his involvement in the 1993 Trade Towers attack. The story of false identities and tampered documents belonging to a Pakistani and filched from occupied Kuwait is intriguing and rivals anything John Le Carre has written. Should we make the assumption that only Iraqi intelligence could have tampered with the files and planned far in advance to create a "legend" for an operative? Granted, Iraqi intelligence officers and operatives were trained by East German, Czech, and Soviet counterparts. To repeat a point made earlier, except for assassination hits against their own dissidents and defectors abroad, Iraq's intelligence services did not show exceptional talent or success in long-range, long-time operational planning.
  • Muslim extremists are not capable of carrying out complicated plots or producing material that could be used in a biological or chemical attack or act of sabotage. This argument claims the anthrax attacks could only have been carried out by al-Qaida operatives who received the materiel, targeting information, and directions from a state sponsor, Iraq. I disagree. Many of al-Qaida's affiliate groups, as in other extremist groups in the Middle East, are led by men with advanced degrees from Western schools in science and technology.
  • Only a devoutly religious Muslim would work for or with an Islamist terrorist group like al-Qaida. I don't know if Ramzi Youssef was an Islamic fundamentalist or not. It doesn't matter if he was willing to work for al-Qaida or, at least, take their shilling. I believe we know from press accounts tracing the last days of the 9/11 operatives that they were told to go to bars, womanize, drink, and do what was necessary to maintain their cover-they would still be received in Paradise.
  • Saddam and Usama could not possibly have worked together because of the differences in religious sect or the secular versus religious nature of their beliefs. They could have. Terrorist groups and state sponsors have cooperated tactically even though they have sectarian or doctrinal differences. After the Iranian Revolution of 1979, Iran's Islamist extremists sought to export their revolution by legitimate and illegitimate means. They tried to appeal to Sunni extremist factions, for example offshoots of the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt, while encouraging Hizballah groups among the Shias of Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the smaller Arab states of the Persian Gulf. Iran's clerical extremists based their appeal on similarities and ignored differences in faith and practices. In this sense, Sunni extremists and Shia militants both shared a vision of living in an Islamic state under shariah (religious law); they would have removed their illegitimate and unrepentant Muslim rulers and the foreigners-read the U.S.-who kept them in power. In a similar vein, Saddam was willing to back Sunni extremists against his rival for Arab and Ba`thist leadership-Hafiz al-Asad. What made Saddam's cooperation with Usama bin Ladin unlikely, in my mind, was Saddam's certain knowledge that he would be a target of Usama's once the Al Sa`ud were removed and Usama's deep hostility to Saddam.
  • Saddam and Bin Ladin worked together and Iraqi intelligence "ran" the al-Qaida networks. Evidence includes meetings between Iraqi intelligence agents and al-Qaida operatives in Sudan, the Czech Republic, and Afghanistan. In the 1980s and 1990s every international terrorist group and state sponsor was represented in Sudan. Iraq, Iran, and most Islamist organizations were welcomed by Hassan al-Turabi, the Islamist leader of the military-dominated regime. How could they not meet in Khartoum, a small city offering many opportunities for terrorist tête-à-têtes. Czech and American intelligence officials say they are unable to confirm any meeting between al-Qaida operative Mohammed Atta and an Iraqi intelligence officer, identified as Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim Samir al-Ani. I would be disappointed if an Iraqi intelligence officer did not meet with al-Qaida operatives. He would have been derelict in his duty if he did not at least try to arrange a meeting. His purpose would have been to assess intent, operational capability, and recruitment potential. It would not have been sufficient for both simply to hate the U.S. Saddam always demanded total loyalty from and control over any group he supported. The evidence is fairly clear, at least in my mind, that al-Qaida would not be subordinated to any government, even if Usama had admired Saddam, which he did not. Finally, it is claimed that a senior Iraqi intelligence operative, Farouk Hijazi, who served as head of the Iraqi intelligence service as well as ambassador to Turkey, Jordan, and Tunisia, met with Usama in Afghanistan.

If these alleged facts are true, we should be able to confirm them-we have al-Ani and Hijazi in custody. If a terrorist calls Iraq, does that prove state complicity? If a terrorist meets with an Iraqi intelligence officer, does that make him a tool of the Iraqis? If a terrorist receives money from the UAE, does that make the UAE complicit? I think not on all counts.

Recommendations

Given the examination of the role of intelligence in supporting Administration actions or intent to act, a few recommendations come to mind:

  • Recognize the limits as well as the strengths of intelligence. It is more art than science, despite the state-of-the-art technology, the ability to hear and see what no one has heard or seen before. In terrorism, as in other intelligence issues, HUMINT is needed to flesh out methods and intent. Fancy technical means of collection are not as reliable as one might think-they, too, need to pass the test of reliability and intent used to validate HUMINT.
  • Always check reliability statements and do not blindly accept what is not vetted or what seems implausible. Learn how to read an intelligence report, be it a report directly from a clandestine source, one filtered by the CIA, or produced by the collected wisdom of the Intelligence Community (known as estimates). These are, in my experience, the most difficult to write, the most complicated to coordinate, and probably the least satisfactory to read in their tendency to go for the lowest common denominator. That is an analyst's profession and sometimes they get it right.
  • Intelligence does not make policy and policy should not shape intelligence.

A Short and Selective Chronology of Reports and Events

Regarding Saddam, al-Qaida, and U.S. Targeting

First efforts: Iraq's efforts to encourage Palestinian terrorist factions and to send Iraqi terrorist teams abroad to attack American targets fail. The Palestinians refuse to act, and the Iraqi agents are arrested on landing. In April 1993, an Iraqi attempt to assassinate former President George H.W. Bush in Kuwait fails. Both efforts reflect sloppy tradecraft by the Iraqis.

The Prague Connection. Much of the evidence of Iraqi links to al-Qaida is based on meetings alleged to have occurred in Khartoum, Prague and Kandahar between Iraqi intelligence agents and al-Qaida operatives. Czech President Vaclav Havel denied there was any evidence to confirm reports that Mohammed Atta, a leader of the 9/11 attacks, had met with an Iraqi intelligence officer, Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim Samir al-Ani, in Prague in April, 2001, five months before the attacks. American records indicate Atta was in Virginia Beach in early April 2001, and DCI George Tenet told Congress in testimony after 9/11 that the CIA could find no evidence to confirm that the Prague meeting took place. (James Risen, "Prague Discounts an Iraqi Meeting," The New York Times, 21 October 2002). Al-Ani was subsequently ordered to leave the Czech Republic after he was caught taking photos of the Radio Free Europe Building in Prague. Iraq recalled its Ambassador to Turkey, Farouk Yahya al-Hijazi on 30 November 2001 following allegations he had been in contact with Mohammed Atta and other members of al-Qaida. According to press reports, Usama bin Ladin was "believed to have met repeatedly with officers of Iraq's Special Security Organization . . . and seems to have ties to Iraq's Mukhabarat." Hijazi allegedly traveled to Afghanistan in December 1998 and, according to a 1999 report in the Guardian (UK) Saddam was "thought to have offered bin Laden asylum in Iraq." (Richard Miniter, "The Visible Hand: The Iraq Connection President Bush must win the war his father started," The Wall Street Journal Online, 24 September 2001.) An Israeli specialist on terrorism cites an Italian press article that Hijazi met bin Ladin in Sudan as early as 1994. European security officials claimed in March 2001, however, that Saddam personally decided against allowing Usama bin Ladin and al-Qaida to use Iraq as a base because he feared they might destabilize his regime. See David Ignatius, "Dubious Iraqi Link," The Washington Post, 15 March 2001, p. A23.

Training Camps. Two defectors, one of whom claimed to be a senior mukhabarat officer, alleged they had worked at an Iraqi camp south of Baghdad called Salman Pak, where Islamist terrorists had been trained since 1995. The training included, in particular, hijacking techniques useful in seizing aircraft like the American-made Boeing model in use there. How did the defectors know these were Islamists? The defectors said the men prayed and had beards, obviously marking them as Islamists in Saddam's secular Iraq. The information on the Islamists was provided by the Iraqi National Congress (INC) and was not confirmed by other sources. The existence of a terrorist training camp at Salman Pak has been long known, but the aircraft used for training was an old Soviet Antonov and not a Boeing 707, as the INC sources claimed. See Chris Hedges, "Defectors Cite Iraqi Training for Terrorism," The New York Times, 8 November 2001.

Saddam, al-Qaida, and Ansar al-Islam: An American diplomat in Jordan, Lawrence Foley, is murdered in front of his house in Amman on 28 October 2002. Al-Qaida leader Abu Mussab al-Zarqawi, who directed the murder, is a Jordanian of Palestinian origin who allegedly was in Baghdad in spring 2002 recovering from wounds received in the fighting in Afghanistan. According to press citing government sources, no evidence links Iraq to Foley's killing or Zarqawi. Zarqawi may have been linked to Ansar al-Islam, a small group of approximately 150 Arabs trained in al-Qaida camps in Afghanistan and living in an area of Iraq controlled by the Kurds, and not Baghdad. Ansar al-Islam members had fled Afghanistan after the U.S. military campaign and taken refuge in northern Iraq. According to press sources, the CIA believes that the last anti-American operation planned by Iraq was the April 1993 Bush assassination attempt in Kuwait. See Dana Priest, "U.S. Not Claiming Iraqi Link to Terror," The New York Times, 10 September 2001, p. A1; James Risen and David Johnston, "Split at C.I.A. and F.B.I. on Iraqi Ties to Al Qaeda," The New York Times, 2 February 2003.


http://www.9-11commission.gov/hearings/hearing3/witness_yaphe.htm


Current News


The Commission has released its final report. [more]

The Chair and Vice Chair have released a statement regarding the Commission's closing. [more]

The Commission closed August 21, 2004. [more]

Commission Members


Thomas H. Kean
Chair


Lee H. Hamilton
Vice Chair


Richard Ben-Veniste
Fred F. Fielding
Jamie S. Gorelick
Slade Gorton
Bob Kerrey
John F. Lehman
Timothy J. Roemer
James R. Thompson

Commission Staff


Philip D. Zelikow
Executive Director


Chris Kojm
Deputy Executive Director


Daniel Marcus
General Counsel

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

ABLE DANGER REVISITED



"DIA has admitted to House Armed Services Committee (HASC) on 8 September 2005 that my ABLE DANGER documents had been destroyed in 2004; there was no U.S. person information in these documents, and they relate to what we now have identified as a major, relevant operation regarding 9-11. Why were these documents destroyed? Why is it that these documents, many that were Top Secret collateral information, not properly accounted for when they were destroyed? I am hopeful that the current DoD IG investigation of DIA's use of frivolous issues to attempt to discredit me and terminate my access to classified information at the cost to the U.S. taxpayer upwards of $2 million will be held accountable - and their purposeful destruction of my set of ABLE DANGER documents will result in their criminal prosecution for illegal destruction of documents." Lt. Col. Shaffer in his testimony

Thursday, February 16, 2006

Lt. Col. Shaffer's written testimony

UNCLASSIFIED DRAFT PREPARED STATEMENT OF
ANTHONY A. SHAFFER, LT COL, US ARMY
RESERVE, SENIOR INTELLIGENCE OFFICER

BEFORE THE HOUSE ARMED SERVICE
COMMITTEE (HASC),
CONGRESS OF THE UNITED STATES

WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 15, 2006

“ABLE DANGER and the 9/11 Attacks”

(U) Mr. Chairman, distinguished members of the Committee, thank you for the opportunity to appear before you and provide you background and related issues surrounding the ABLE DANGER project. I applaud the Committee’s interest in investigating this complex topic.

(U) ABLE DANGER was a good news story: the Department of Defense’s effort to target Al Qaeda’s global structure [ ] – to identify their global centers of gravity, and by the full range of military options [ ] decisively engage and defeat them.

(U) In the world of today, this is not a new concept, as we have been at war with this organization since 11 September 2001 – what is unique to ABLE DANGER is that this effort was commenced in September 1999 – fully two years before that clear and unforgettable September morning that will forever remain transfixed in our collective memory.

(U) ABLE DANGER was the right mission, at the right time, with the right people against the right enemy – an out of the box concept that at its heart was an effort to bring back a modern version of the Office of Strategic Studies (OSS); an organization that served at the forefront of this country’s secret battles of World War II.

(U) Using the then 1999 era cutting edge technology of “data mining” as pioneered by the U.S. Army’s Land Information Warfare Activity (LIWA), the ABLE DANGER team was able to establish a ‘starting point’ for the ABLE DANGER effort.

(U) GEN Shelton publicly confirmed the existence and mission of ABLE DANGER this past November – it was his concept, refined by GEN Pete Schoomaker, the then (1999/2000) commander of SOCOM that we, the ABLE DANGER team brought to life.

(U) The idea was to take the ‘best and brightest’ military operators, intelligence officers, technicians and planners from the Special Operations Command (SOCOM), the U.S. Army and the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), in an entrepreneurial endeavor, much like bringing the best minds and capabilities from Ford Motor Company, General Motors and Daimler-Chrysler to focus on a single challenge. In the case of ABLE DANGER, the challenge was to discover the global ‘body’ of Al Qaeda – then, with this knowledge, prepare military and intelligence “options” that would be supported by the “actionable information” that was being produced by the project.

(U) The objective of ABLE DANGER, as is in the 27 Jun 2005 congressional record, was simple: to go after Al Qaeda.

(U) This was no “experiment” or simply “a planning exercise” as has been portrayed by some in the media and at the Pentagon. And my role was not simply a ‘courtier’ of information as has been inaccurately portrayed by a Pentagon spokesman in the summer of last year.

(U) The story I will present to you today is how, despite all the project had going for it, the operation failed. This bold and audacious operation, with this critical focus was recently opined by the 9-11 commission to be “not historically relevant”… We hope to show you the truth of how relevant and important this effort was – and how it will rewrite the history of 9-11.

(U) In the initial data runs conducted by LIWA on behalf of SOCOM in early 2000 the ABLE DANGER team discovered intelligence information of interest to us. I had used LIWA and its data mining capabilities in support of DoD activities engaged in offensive operations planning.

(U) This unclassified data mining was the heart of the intelligence foundation – what we found to be a critical method that detected not only Atta, but also the Al Qaeda threat in the port of Adan, Yemen, just days before the attack on the USS Cole. The idea was to then refine the data and use classified data from DIA and NSA to confirm and enhance the terrorist linkages established via the unclassified data.

(U) In the end, the ABLE DANGER team was not able to provide this key, and what was believed to be “actionable” information to anyone due to the breakdown in the ability to pass information between communities of the U.S. Government.

(U) According to multiple public comments by former FBI director Louis Freeh made this past November, had he and the FBI received the information we had within the ABLE DANGER project – information that SOCOM asked me to broker a meeting with the FBI to discuss transfer of same – they, the FBI, may well have been able to complete their picture of the gathering Al Qaeda threat and potentially disrupted or disabled the 9/11 attack. And, more importantly, the ABLE DANGER team had put together, using the amalgam of both open source and classified databases specific operational “options” to offensively target and disrupt the larger, global Al Qaeda structure; offensive options that were prepared and briefed to GEN Shelton in January of 2001.

(U) You might ask how I can be so confident in my statement regarding ABLE DANGER’s likelihood of preventing the 9/11 attacks – here is why:

-[ ]

-[ ]

-(U) When this occurred in the late 2000/early 2001 timeframe, one of the U.S. governments best potential shots to not only detect the Al Qaeda 9/11 planning effort, but to obtain actionable information regarding Al Qaeda leadership was lost.

-[ ]

-[ ]

(U) It is my judgment that the ABLE DANGER effort should have been then, and should be today, governed by U.S. Title 10 – for reasons which the Department of Defense have declared to be secret and I cannot discuss in open session.

(U) When I made this judgment known to the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence (SSCI) they took issue – they felt that ABLE DANGER should have been a Title 50 intelligence operation all along – and in by closed door session with them, they took strong issue with me. Gentlemen, knowing what I know about the bureaucracy of both DoD and CIA, ABLE DANGER type operations must be responsive and focused – and none political – therefore should reside under the control of the Pentagon. 3000 people were lost to the country mostly, in my assessment, due to bureaucratic game playing by both DIA and CIA officials – and I will further illustrate my point below.

(U) While there are necessary legal separations regarding Title 10 (DoD) and Title 18 (Department of Justice) organizations, the primary breakdown occurred due to artificial and what I believe were purposeful misinterpretations of Title 50 (intelligence) restrictions – misinterpretations that continue today – and have become DoD’s excuse for the destruction of the data in 2000. There have been subsequent document and data destruction of the ABLE DANGER data and background documents that I and others did retain and preserve until at least 2004. The fact that there was then, and has been within the recent past ABLE DANGER information destruction is not at issue; DoD and DIA leadership have admitted this – what is at issue is why they as senior leadership displayed questionable judgment regarding this data.

(U) At the heart of the failure of ABLE DANGER is information sharing – and this is the real reason I am before you today – to help identify, with the hope of fixing, problems and shortcomings of the pre 9-11 US Government – shortcomings that my former ABLE DANGER colleagues and I judge, based on our experience over the past five years, to even now continue to hamper our ability to conduct effective military, intelligence and law enforcement operations in the Global War on Terrorism (GWOT).

(U) My veteran ABLE DANGER colleagues and I share the common fear that the seeds of the next 9-11 attack have already been sewn – and that much of the critical data that was harvested for the ABLE DANGER project, that could be used again now in the search for sleeper cells and others that matched the “Atta” profile is now gone – destroyed at the direction of DoD officials in the 2000 timeframe. You have heard from Eric Kleinsmith of his work on ABLE DANGER, and his receiving direction to “destroy the data and background documents or go to jail” – which he did. However, it must be noted that despite citing AR 380-10 as the “authority” for this action, the DoD lawyer is wrong and, worse, deceptive. There are two exceptions that allow the retention of U.S. person information – both of those were met by then MAJ Kleinsmith – yet lawyers directed that he destroy the data anyway. Those exceptions are:

2. Publicly available information. Information may be collected about a United States person if it is publicly available.

3( c ) Persons or organizations reasonably believed to be engaged or about to engage, in international terrorist or international narcotics

(U) Therefore, there was no “legal” reason for the directive that the ABLE DANGER information and charts be destroyed then. So then, what was the real reason? What is the real justification for these documents – this critical data – to have been destroyed? Embarrassment and political CYA to protect themselves from accountability for their bad, and in this case, fatal decisions, made in 2001 regarding ABLE DANGER.

(U) Further, I will provide details as to the troubling “coincidences” that relate to the suspension/revocation of my security clearance, and confiscation of my ABLE DANGER documents that occurred just after I spoke to the 9-11 staff director, Dr Phillip Zelikow, in October of 2003.

(U) If we are to win this war on terrorism, and hope to preclude the next 9-11 type attack – an attack that many experts fear will be one that utilizes a weapon of mass destruction such as chemical, biological or nuclear – it is my judgment that we must examine and make sure that the bureaucratic and policy problems that hobbled ABLE DANGER effort have been fixed.

(U) From my experience, to date, the problems have not been fixed as the officers and culture that existed before 9-11, and permitted the ABLE DANGER project to fail, are still in place today.

(U) There is no incentive for the bureaucrats to change – and instead of embracing change, and being accountable to their actions, they obfuscate and inveigle and hide their own failures. In my specific instance, DIA has been allowed by DoD to make an “example” of me to try and intimidate the others from coming forward by spending what we now estimate $2 million in an effort to discredit and malign me by creating false allegations, and using these false allegations to justify revocation of my Top Secret security clearance. How can it be that we, as a country at war, have such officers in the government who are more concerned about suppressing the truth than winning the war? How many sets of body armor, or enhanced protection for military vehicles in Iraq or Afghanistan would $2 million buy?

(U) Each of us, whether we serve in the executive branch or legislative branch, take an oath of office to defend the Constitution, and our country against enemies both foreign and domestic – I take this oath seriously and am certain that each of you on this committee share my passion on this point. I believe that our oath overrides one’s loyalty to any branch, department or culture of the U.S. Government should such loyalty become inimical with the preservation of this nation’s security. I had to make a choice between loyalty to a DoD culture or the safety of our country – and my choice is clear.

(U) We face two enemies at this point – the first, Al Qaeda – insidious and adaptive – but vulnerable and flawed – tied to a 10th century philosophy of life and of warfare – a philosophy that we can use against it to defeat it. The second, a more vexing and implacable enemy that is our own “bureaucracy” – where career bureaucrats, who are more concerned about self aggrandizement and advancement, who gamble with the security of future generations through neglecting to recognize the need to change and adapt more rapidly than our adversary. Through these bureaucrats collective actions, both in the initial ABLE DANGER failure and their current cover-up and obfuscation of ABLE DANGER, they continue to wager our children’s future and country’s wellbeing.

(U) It is our collective responsibility to see that both of these enemies are resoundingly defeated – and this may require painful change of culture and best practices – but necessary change – to ensure the ABLE DANGER failures do not again occur.

(U) I evoke the names of three Army officers, and their historic examples that parallel and help to illustrate the ABLE DANGER story – those of Brigadier General John Buford’s cavalry seizing the high ground at the Battle of Gettysburg in 1863; of Brigadier General Billy Mitchell and his heralding of the revolution of modern warfare that the introduction of the airplane brought in the 1920s; and of Major General Clair Chenault who, in 1940, created and successfully lead the Army’s first covert action of World War II – the American Volunteer Group (AVG) – also known as the “Flying Tigers”.

(U) These Army officers and their roles in history are linked by one common thread. Though the scope was different in each case, the thread was their ability to anticipate, preemptively, the events each of their names are forever linked to in our history.

(U) In BG Buford’s case, anticipating the enemy’s movement and seizing the high ground; in BG Mitchell’s case, the identification of a concept that would move the world to a new dimension of warfare; in MG Chenault’s case, he was the creator and steward of the first effective, and secret, counterblow to the growing pre-World War II Japanese menace – the common thread here is this: each example was a “decisive point” in military history.

(U) Many historians believe that BG Buford’s actions in seizing the heights over the city of Gettysburg on the 2nd of July, 1863, allowed for the Union Army to “set the conditions” of the Battle, and, ultimately, win – not only at Gettysburg, but use the momentum to carry it through to Lee’s surrender at Appomattox. This decisive point affected directly the outcome of a war.

(U) BG Mitchell fought the Army and Navy general staff’s in the 1920’s, with his vision of airplanes being used in combat as a strategic weapon of war. He lost. But he was right; proven so by the great aerial engagements over London in the Battle of Britain; in the use of the Army Air Forces to break the back of German industry, and, ultimately, deliver against the heart of the Japanese island the atomic bomb that ended World War II. This decisive point – the strategy of using aviation – affected everything that we are as a nation.

(U) MG Clair Chenault, was seen as a radical and nearly a traitor by his action to “recruit and take away” the best and the brightest of the nascent Army and Navy air forces. However, in truth, with President Roosevelt’s secret authorization, he set about creating an American combat force to engage the Japanese a full year before the Japanese bombed Pearl Harbor. This force was effective in inflicting the most astonishing combat kill ratio of more than 300 Japanese aircraft lost, to less than six of their own. This decisive point helped the U.S. buy time to prepare for the coming war by inflicting damage to the Japanese military, and to help stop Japanese expansion before the U.S. was fully ready to engage them overtly.

(U) In military terms, where these officers were successful was in identifying their key issue – centers of gravity – as did we who worked the ABLE DANGER project.

(U) We collectively recognize the ‘decisive point’ and ‘centers of gravity’ that ABLE DANGER had identified. ABLE DANGER had the ability to target this adversary preemptively, and it is my judgment, if fully implemented, we could have negated, disrupted, detected and potentially have prevented the 9-11 attacks. In the case of ABLE DANGER, we were defeated not by Al Qaeda, but by our own bureaucracy.

(U) As in the case of BG Mitchell’s groundbreaking ideas on aviation, many in DoD feared the creation of the LIWA intelligence capability, and the overall “high risk” nature of the ABLE DANGER planning effort – it is important to note that we were using both cutting edge technology in a very provocative manner, to target a global terrorism threat many in DoD viewed as “no big deal”. Therefore, what was to all of us on the ABLE DANGER team was the “dream mission”, became a nightmare when we faced both internally in DoD and externally from CIA, what at best was a malaise, at worst was obstructionism.

(U) To this end, ABLE DANGER is a story of good guys and bad guys.

(U) The good guys were men and women of leadership and courage and include:

(U) Congressman Curt Weldon – he was a visionary regarding the development of cutting edge data technology, who funded the LIWA technology set and used it to support his own official activities in the U.S. Congress. Further, he conceived of the National Operations Analysis Hub (NOAH), a concept years ahead of its time, which would have served as the country’s operational “brain stem” at which all defense, intelligence and law enforcement information would have been fused. The NOAH was never realized, but served as the foundation concept for the National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC).

(U) GEN Hugh Shelton, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in the 1999 through 2001 period, who laid the groundwork for SOCOM to become a major force through the issuance of the ABLE DANGER planning order – this order which made, for the first time in its history, SOCOM the “supported” or lead combatant command.

(U) GEN Pete Schoomaker, then commander of SOCOM, and currently the Chief of Staff of the Army, whose vision regarding the developing Al Qaeda threat was second to none. ABLE DANGER was his concept – his idea – to take an out of the box group of military planners, intelligence officers and operators, give them a clear mission, and set them loose to “do good things”. His innovative approach to the problem set was critical to the fact that cutting edge technology was used with traditional Human Intelligence (HUMINT) operations, and to link both directly into military planning for highly precise, surgical operations designed to neutralize the Al Qaeda threat. In short, it was his vision to create a true OSS capability that would pursue enemies “over there” to keep “here” safe.

(U) LTG Pat Hughes, the Director of DIA during the 1999-2000 period, who allowed my unit, STRATUS IVY, the charge to take on ‘out of the box’ ideas, and develop them into real intelligence operations. It was his constant encouragement that allowed for entrepreneurial concepts to develop in this pre-9-11 era. He personally approved STRATUS IVY’s mission and signed us up to support cutting edge black programs that became the mainstay of my unit’s efforts.

(U) MG Robert Harding, the DIA Deputy Director for Operations during the 1999-2000 period, who protected and fostered the STRATUS IVY support to ABLE DANGER, and other highly compartmented DoD programs. His simple guidance to me upon my promotion to GS-14 said it all “Keep me out of trouble and get STRATUS IVY going as far and as fast as you can” – which I did – that is until his replacement, MG Rod Isler single-handedly shut down shut down virtually every cutting edge effort STRATUS IVY was conducting.

(U) [ ] DIA Representative to SOCOM during the 1999-2001 timeframe, was able to build the “coalition” that came to support the ABLE DANGER effort. He put his entire career on the line to push this issue to the DIA leadership level, just to become harassed and isolated by DIA leadership.

(U) [ ] the Defense HUMINT Representative to SOCOM, who was effective in getting Defense HUMINT support integrated into SOCOM planning and operations. While Defense HUMINT is commonly integrated into SOCOM operations, this was not the case in the 1999-2000 timeframe; her thinking was years ahead of its time.

(U) [ ]

(U) Mr. JD Smith, the retired Indian police officer, who used basic law enforcement investigative techniques, with 21st Century data mining and analytical tools, who’s hard work resulted in the establishment of a new form of intelligence collection – and the identification of Mohammed Atta and several other of the 9-11 terrorists as having links to Al Qaeda leadership a full year in advance of the attacks.

(U) Captain Scott Phillpott, who humbly calls himself “just a ship driver”, is a U.S. Naval Academy graduate, and one of the most brilliant minds ever produced by the Navy. It was through his intellectual force, by his sheer power of will that the ABLE DANGER project took cohesive form and became real.

(U) Last but by no means least, Dr. Eileen Preisser, the brilliant double PhD who’s understanding of both cutting edge technology and human factors/neural networking served as the intellectual “glue” that put together the suite of technology and analysts that perform the astounding feat of identifying Atta and other pre-9-11 terrorist events.

(U) As one of the reports in the press commented last year regarding the story, there are “bad guys” who were not held accountable for their failures. There were those who were fearful of what we were doing who played politics and shortchanged the nation in both their duty and loyalty to the country, and in the end they put their career ahead of doing the right thing.

(U) Mr. William Huntington, who was just promoted to serve as the Deputy Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, who after becoming the Deputy Director of HUMINT in the early 2001 timeframe passed the buck. When I attempted to brief him on the DORHAWK GALLEY project, to include information on the ABLE DANGER project that was specific portions of the ABLE DANGER methodology to sort through and separate U.S. Person information from Foreign Intelligence information, refused to hear the briefing, announcing that “I can’t be here, I can’t see this” as he left his office and refused to hear the information. By doing this, he could later feign ignorance of the project should it have been compromised to the public. It is my belief that he is an example of the cultural problem – senior bureaucrats who are more focused on their own career and having “plausible deniability” to never allow anything “controversial or risky” to “touch them”. It is of grave concern that Mr. Huntington is the one who is behind the troubling coincidence regarding my security clearance being suspended in March of 2004, just after reporting to my DIA chain of command (to include Mr. Huntington) of my contact with the 9-11 commission, and my offer to share the ABLE DANGER information to the 9-11 commission. I would question the judgment of DIA’s leadership to offer Mr. Huntington up as its “expert” on ABLE DANGER based on his earlier refusal to deal with this issue in 2001. Further, I have direct knowledge of two officers – one a senior DoD civilian, the other a senior active duty military officer – both former members of Defense HUMINT – that Mr. Huntington directed them to lie to congress to conceal the true scope and nature of problems within Defense HUMINT. Both refused his directive to lie and are no longer members of Defense HUMINT. Mr. Huntington’s conduct speaks for itself.

(U) LTG Bob Noonan, the Commander of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) in 1999 and 2000, who became the Army’s G2/Deputy Chief of Staff for Intelligence (DCSINT) in 2001. Though initially in favor of LIWA participating in sensitive operations such as ABLE DANGER, chose in 2000 to protect his promotion to lieutenant general rather than protect both the LIWA support to, and data created for, SOCOM and the ABLE DANGER project.

(U) MG Rod Isler, MG Bob Harding’s replacement as Deputy Director for Operations overseeing Defense HUMINT in the spring of 2001, who opposed every sensitive operation that my unit, STRATUS IVY, was conducting for DoD and other U.S. Government agencies. In a spring 2001 confrontation over several controversial, cutting edge operations, to include one directed by the then Vice Admiral Tom Wilson to seek out information on a specific classified target, a process that paralleled the ABLE DANGER methodology, MG Isler ordered STRATUS IVY and me to “cease all support” to ABLE DANGER in the February 2001 timeframe. At the point of near insubordination, I fought the decision – this action cost me my job as chief of STRATUS IVY.

(U) COL Mary Moffitt, the spring 2001 replacement of COL Gerry York who dismantled the Defense HUMINT support to ABLE DANGER just months before the 9-11 attacks. COL Moffitt became focused on shutting down our support to ABLE DANGER under the guise of “reorganization” and in the end, disestablished STRATUS IVY and its cutting edge focus.

(U) A senior DoD officer, Mr. Robert Giesler, who was in charge of a classified DoD element, that I cannot discuss in open testimony, whose behind the scenes opposition to the project resulted in widespread difficulties with senior DoD leadership on this and related initiatives. In essence, this Mr. Giesler’s official attitude was the “not invented here” syndrome – if he or his folks did not think of it or control it, it was not worthwhile. At one point, when STRATUS IVY had to reduce direct support for his unit in favor of supporting the ABLE DANGER effort, Mr. Giesler accused me of being “Like Kelly” – the Clint Eastwood character in the movie “Kelly’s Heroes” – and that I had “hijacked” DoD capabilities for my own personal effort as he felt we had no business to be targeting Al Qaeda as “they will never attack us here”. As background, in “Kelly’s Heroes” a band of deserting U.S. Army soldiers go after millions of dollars in Nazi gold with the interest of getting rich… I found the comparison to be insulting at the time, and, on retrospect, shows the attitude of the era that was common to all DoD senior leaders on the topic of Al Qaeda.

(U) The 9-11 Commission Staff, et al. After contact by two separate members of the ABLE DANGER team, Captain Scott Phillpott and me, separated by both time and distance (Oct 03 in Afghanistan in my case, Jul 04 in Washington DC in Captain Phillpott’s case) the 9-11 staff refused to perform any in-depth review or investigation of the issues that were identified to them. Instead they note in their accounts of Captain Phillpott and I that we “complained” about issues, and “had no evidence” to back up our claims. It was their job to do a thorough investigation of these claims – to not simply dismiss them based on what many now believe was a “preconceived” conclusion to the 9-11 story they wished to tell. Further, through their failure to conduct basic investigative rigor, they did not speak to other members of the ABLE DANGER team to further define and confirm our experience. I consider this a failure of the 9-11 staff – a failure that the 9-11 Commissioners themselves were victimized by – and continue to have perpetrated on them by the staff as is evidenced by their recent, groundless conclusions that ABLE DANGER’s findings were “urban legend”.

(U) I will now layout a timeline of ABLE DANGER for the committee – please note that my testimony will be provided directly from memory as DIA has refused to allow me any and all access to my e-mail, background documents and briefings. They have done this under the guise of “security” by using three false allegations that the Army long ago resolved in my favor – I come before you as a lieutenant colonel – promoted de facto on 1 October 2004, after the Army examined and resolved the allegations.

(U) As many of you are aware, an officer in the military cannot be promoted if there is pending adverse action, or judicial punishment. Despite this fact, DIA continues to “pretend” that the allegations have not been resolved, and revoked my security clearance as of 21 September 2005. I have not been allowed review of critical background information on ABLE DANGER that was contained in my files and e-mail, and do not even have their permission to prepare this formal testimony. Therefore, I cannot be 100% sure of dates, times or locations. I suggest that the committee subpoena these documents at some point so I may prepare a more precise record of events regarding both my personal involvement and the overall project history of ABLE DANGER.

(U) The Pentagon’s Mr. James Dugan testified on 25 September 2005 in front of Senator Specter’s Judiciary Committee that it was his opinion that the ABLE DANGER data and background documents were destroyed because of the Pentagon being “overly careful” with U.S. Person information and how it was collected. He is wrong. The fact is this: there was no legal reason to destroy the 2.5 terabyte database that was being used to support the ABLE DANGER in 2000 – it was openly obtained via the internet or public sources – there was no expectation of privacy that had to be assigned to the data – plus, it was clear that the data had produced information that identified individuals who had credible links to Al Qaeda leadership. Further, all the classified systems and data bases that were used to confirm the ABLE DANGER information have also been destroyed. Why?

(U) STRATUS IVY, my special mission task force that I was running in the 2000 timeframe, did provide direct support to the ABLE DANGER effort by providing both concierge support and operational support that I cannot discuss at the unclassified level.

(U) DIA has admitted to House Armed Services Committee (HASC) on 8 September 2005 that my ABLE DANGER documents had been destroyed in 2004; there was no U.S. person information in these documents, and they relate to what we have now identified as a major, relevant operation regarding 9-11. Why were these documents destroyed? Why is it that these documents, many that were Top Secret collateral information, not properly accounted for when they were destroyed? I am hopeful that the current DoD IG investigation of DIA’s use of frivolous issues to attempt to discredit me and terminate my access to classified information at the cost to the U.S. taxpayer upwards of $2 million will be held accountable – and their purposeful destruction of my set of ABLE DANGER documents will result in their criminal prosecution for illegal destruction of documents.

(U) Let me now run through my recollection of the timeline of the life and death of the ABLE DANGER project:

(U) I became involved with the project in September 1999. DoD has classified my entire timeline and therefore, I cannot discuss this information in open session. My deputy, COL Teresa McSwain later in the 2000 timeframe created a full library of operational documents at STRATUS IVY that included all critical authority documents.

(U) During a briefing to GEN Schoomaker in September 1999, he specifically assigned me and STRATUS IVY to “help out on a special project”. [ ] the DIA Representative went about making sure that DIA was specifically requested in the JCS planning order to assign STRATUS IVY to support this special project, which he did. The next day I was briefed by Captain, then Lieutenant Commander, Scott Phillpott on ABLE DANGER. When Scott briefed me, I felt that this was the “E” ticket mission – the ultimate assignment.

(U) Based on my knowledge of US Army’s Land Information Warfare Activity (LIWA) and its Information Dominance Center (IDC), I recommended to SOCOM leadership that they look at IDC’s capabilities for potential use on ABLE DANGER. Capt Phillpott visited LIWA in the late November 1999 timeframe and accepted my recommendation – SOCOM chose to partner with LIWA/IDC for ABLE DANGER.

(U) In the January/February 2000 timeframe, Captain Phillpott briefed GEN Schoomaker and GEN Shelton on the LIWA capability, using the chart that I had brought down to him from LIWA, focusing on the methodology, and suggested that SOCOM partner with LIWA to establish the intelligence baseline of ABLE DANGER. This request was approved and LIWA became the full intelligence/analytical partner in the effort.

(U) In the late January early February 2000 timeframe, when SOCOM lawyers review the LIWA data, all information relating to Atta, and the other terrorists that are identified as working and living in the U.S. or have connections to U.S. Persons become “off limits” due to their “U.S. Person” status. The ABLE DANGER team members, according to Captain Phillpott, are restricted from review, use or exploitation of the information because of their (SOCOM Lawyers) policy that we could not use “U.S. Person” information in the planning effort. I witness this effect directly through my repeated reserve tours with ABLE DANGER and did see one of the original runs of LIWA information charts that had a quadrant of “yellow stickies” that covered the faces of the individuals whom the SOCOM lawyers had determined were “off limits” to the ABLE DANGER effort.

(U) Feb/Mar 2000. I am invited to attend a briefing of MG Lambert, SOCOM J3 and COL Riley, the first chief of the ABLE DANGER effort to Mr. Jerry Clark, SES, Deputy Director of DIA. During the briefing, I am frequently asked by MG Lambert to “fill in details” that COL Riley was not able to provide – at the end of the briefing, Jerry Clark, comments afterward that I “seemed to know a great deal about ABLE DANGER” – I confirmed to him that I had been working directly with SOCOM in Tampa as a reservist on the project. At the conclusion of the briefing, and when the SOCOM officers leave the room, Mr. Clark gave guidance to the DIA officers present, especially the DIA Senior Executive in charge of Information Technology, to drag their feet and slow down the process of providing both infrastructure (data pipes) and data to the SOCOM effort as he did not see the need to “share” DIA’s best resources. It was clear that DIA, my own organization, did not want to provide all the support necessary to preclude SOCOM getting ahead of DIA’s analytical effort on the Al Qaeda target.

(U) April 2000. After the ABLE DANGER project picked up momentum and looked to become a success, Mr. Art Zuelike, SIS, Chief of the Transnational Warfare Directorate of DIA’s Directorate of Intel, calls me in and “demands” that my unit, STRATUS IVY, give up primacy on the DIA role under his Transnational Counterterrorism (TWC) Division [ ] – both of whom I had “read-in” to the ABLE DANGER effort in an earlier briefing. With permission of the Directorate of Operations (MG Harding), I refuse his request. Mr. Zuelike then begins to withdraw his support for the effort, choosing instead to “create his own” – secretly. We (SOCOM and I) find out later that he sends [ ], one of his analysts, to spy on SOCOM at the Garland, Texas site to learn the methodology so that they could re-create their own effort in the DC area.

(U) Apr-May 2000. Army LIWA/IDC gets cold feet due to “oversight” and U.S. Person issues. Despite a “personal for” message from GEN Schoomaker, Commander SOCOM to GEN Shinseki, Chief of Staff of the Army, to allow LIWA/IDC to continue to support the ABLE DANGER effort, the message is never answered and Army lawyers (in particular, Tom Taylor from the information I was provided at the time by Army staff officers) effectively shuts down all army support. GEN Schoomaker directs the establishment of a replica of the LIWA/IDC technology – at a classified location.

(U) Jun 2000. At the request of SOCOM ([ ], DIA’s Rep to SOCOM), with the permission of the DIA/DO leadership, I approach MG Noonan, Commander of Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) to request that Dr. Eileen Preisser be attached to my unit, STRATUS IVY so that she could continue to support ABLE DANGER. This request is denied – I am told later, privately, that MG Noonan felt that by trying to take Dr. Preisser that I was trying to “steal his capability”!!!

(U) Aug 2000. DIA’s Directorate of Intelligence (DI) refuses at first to provide SOCOM 100% of all DIA information. Eventually, the DI gives in, but forces the DO to “pick up and sign for” the DIA information. The DIA/DI provides the information in a “unusable” format – but due to an experienced Raytheon programmer being assigned, she is able to create an algorithim that corrects the problem; it is believed that DIA provided the data in an unusable form intentionally.
(U) Late Spring/Early Summer 2000. [ ] based on my unit’s enhanced relationship with the FBI, I set up three separate meetings between SOCOM (COL Worthington, the then ABLE DANGER chief) and FBI Counterterrorism Special Agents in Washington DC.

(U) SOCOM cancels all three meetings – reason: SOCOM lawyers would not permit the sharing of the U.S. person information regarding terrorists located domestically due to “fear of potential blowback” should the FBI do something with the information and something should go wrong. The lawyers were worried about another “Waco” situation. The critical counterterrorism information is never passed from SOCOM to the FBI before 9-11; this information did include the original data regarding Atta and the terrorist cells in New York and the DC area.

(U) Sep-Oct 2000. The ABLE DANGER effort is established and up and running. GEN Schoomaker retires in Oct 2000, to be replaced by Air Force GEN Holland. GEN Holland, in my judgment, did not understand the concept, and orders the effort (Dec 2000) to terminate its activities in Garland, TX and for the personnel to return to Tampa – there he directs the ABLE DANGER effort become a J2/intelligence effort and the Special Operations Joint Intelligence Center (SOJIC) is created in its place.

(U) January-March 2001. DIA is requested to provide updated info for the effort to be re-established in Tampa. DIA begins to drag its feet across the board with the departure of LTG Hughes, MG Harding and COL York. STRATUS IVY is prohibited by DIA/DO’s new leadership, MG Isler, from participating in the NSA and DIA data transfer.

(U) January-March 2001 – [ ]

(U) DCI George Tenet – During this briefing, the DCI approved our conduct of this special project – I did specifically mention the ABLE DANGER effort to him regarding the use of its methodology to separate out U.S. Person issues.

(U) Chairman of the JCS, GEN Hugh Shelton – During this briefing, GEN Shelton approved the project [ ] His comment was “The people of this country think we are doing things like this. We should be doing things like this”.

(U) Director of the Joint Staff, LTG Peter Pace, he was briefed, seemed impressed, and supported the project. He did not seem to be aware of ABLE DANGER when I mentioned the name of the project as part of the briefing.

(U) [ ]

(U) The National Security Counsel (twice) – Shortly after the briefing to Dr. Cambone, Mark Garlasco and I were directed to brief the National Security Counsel (NSC) on the operation on two separate occasions. I cannot recall the specific dates of, or individuals present at, the briefing.

(U) Spring 2001. The Special Operations Joint Integration Center (SOJIC) is created – watered down by Mitre contractors – the teeth and operational focus were removed and the capability to do the complex data mining and mission planning support (leadership support) is eliminated.

(U) May 2001. Scott Phillpott calls me in desperation in the May 2001 timeframe on my mobile phone. He asked if he can bring “the ABLE DANGER options” that ABLE DANGER had come up with to DC and to use one of my STRATUS IVY facilities to do the work. I tell him with all candor that I would love nothing better than to loan him my facility and work the options with him (to exploit them for both Intel potential and for actual offensive operations) but tell him that my DIA chain of command has directed me to stop all support to him and the project. In good faith, I ask my boss, COL Mary Moffitt if I can help Scott and exploit the options – and that there would be a DIA quid pro quo of obtaining new “lead” information from the project. She takes offense at me even mentioning ABLE DANGER in this conversation, tells me that I am being insubordinate, and begins the process of removing me from my position as chief of STRATUS IVY. As a direct result of this conversation, she directs that I be “moved” to a desk officer position to oversee Defense HUMINT operations in Latin America.

(U) 11 Sep 2001. We are attacked.

(U) Late September 2001. Eileen Preisser calls me for coffee and tells me she has something she needs to show me. At coffee she shows me a chart she had brought with her – a large desk top size chart. On it she has me look at the ‘Brooklyn Cell’ – I was confused at first – but she kept telling me to look – and in the “cluster” I eventually found the picture of Atta. She pointed out (and I recognized) that this was one of the charts I LIWA had produced in Jan 2000, and had a sinking feeling at the pit of my stomach – I felt that we had been on the right track – and that because of the bureaucracy we had been stopped – and that we might well have been able to have done something to stop the 9/11 attack. I ask Eileen what she plans to do with the information/chart – she tells me that she does not know but she plans to do something.

(U) Last week of September 2001. I am on my normal afternoon run from the Pentagon to the Lincoln Memorial – and I receive a call from Dr. Preisser. She tells me “you’ll never guess where I am” – she tells me about sitting in the outer office of Scooter Libby and the fact that she, Congressman Curt Weldon, Congressman Chris Shays and Congressman Dan Burton are going in to brief Steven Hadley on the Atta chart. I am both amazed and satisfied that the Atta information and our work on ABLE DANGER had been provided to proper government leadership and fully expected that the ABLE DANGER team might even be reconstituted. It was not.

(U) Nov 2001-July 2003 – I accept recall to active duty as a Major in the Army and command a Defense HUMINT unit named Field Operating Base (FOB) Alpha. During this period I attempted to work with ASD/SOLIC to resurrect ABLE DANGER as part of FOB Alpha’s mission. When some sensitive information relating SOLIC was leaked to the press the effort to bring back ABLE DANGER was also terminated. Dr. Preisser was involved in this attempt to resurrect the project.

(U) I will now provide my recollection of my meeting with the 9-11 commission staff at Bagram, Afghanistan on 23 October 2003, and the subsequent DoD retaliation that has now been perpetrated on me based on my coming forward to the 9-11 commission.

(U) I have provided a copy of my testimony to Congressman Chris Shay’s sub-committee on National Security (14 Feb 2006) as background to detail how DIA abused the DoD personal security system in an effort to discredit, silence and see me fired from my position as a senior intelligence officer. DoD and DIA officials are now subjects of an on-going investigation on this issue.

(U) While I was assigned to Bagram, AFG, I was given permission by my on the ground, Army chain of command to brief Mr. Zelikow and his investigators, at the SECRET level on ABLE DANGER. I prepared a page and ¼ of bullet points (that I’ve provided to the HASC) for use in briefing the staffers. There were probably about 10 people in the room when I conducted my briefing – four staffers and six DoD folks.

(U) I conducted a briefing of about 1 hour and a quarter to Dr. Zelikow and the staffers – covering the high points that I’ve noted in my testimony in the closed session. Dr. Phillip Zelikow, staff director of the 9/11 commission approached me at the conclusion of the meeting and gave me his card and said “What you have said here today is very important. Please contact me upon your return to the United States so we can continue this dialogue”. By the 9/11 commission’s own public statements made in September 2005 regarding ABLE DANGER, I was the first officer to tell them about the existence of the project.

(U) Upon my return from Afghanistan, I took about 30 days of leave – and then, assigned to work as the Deputy Chief and Operations Officer of the Afghanistan Operations Task Force, I returned to duty the first week of January 2004 [ ] It was this first week of January 2004 that I called the number given to me on Dr. Zelikow’s card. I was told by the person who answered the phone that “yes – we remember you – let me talk to Dr. Zelikow to find out when he wants you to come in.” I also notify my DIA chain of command, both verbally and in writing, that I had been contacted by the 9/11 commission in Afghanistan and had re-contacted them, via phone the first week of January – and told my DIA chain to expect to be contacted with a request for me to meet with the 9/11 commission on ABLE DANGER. As I recall, I notified my immediate boss Navy Captain Mike Andersen – and the e-mail I believe went even higher up the chain.

(U) I do not hear anything back from the 9/11 commission so I call them again about a week to 10 days after my initial call (second/third week of June 2004). I speak to the same person again, but his tone is different – he tells me that “they have found all the information they need on ABLE DANGER so there would be no need for me to come in to speak to them”. I was shocked in a way – since they had never asked me to provide lead information (i.e. asked the question as to “who else knows this information, too?) – but figured they may have found Capt Phillpott or Dr. Preisser since they had similar knowledge of the project. I had moved my set of ABLE DANGER documents to the third floor of DIA’s Clrendon facility in anticipation that the 9/11 commission would want to see them so I kept them with me in my new office space.

(U) However, life did not go back to normal. Immediately after I notified the chain of command on my contact with the 9/11 commission, my life became strange. I was scrutinized and harassed on virtually every issue I had to deal with – I volunteered to return to serve with the Rangers in Afghanistan (based on a written request from their G2, LTC Mo Morrison) – and was given a written negative counseling by Mike Andersen telling me that I could not volunteer to return to a combat zone!!! I was now being constantly harassed, and my request to return to Afghanistan to continue the fight was initially denied [ ] I was threatened with disciplinary action if I did not show up everyday in military uniform. In other words I was treated like a brand new recruit rather than a seasoned two decade professional who was preparing a team and himself for a deployment into a combat zone.

(U) My senior rater, Captain [ ], the chief of the Pacific Division of Defense HUMINT (who’s oversight included Afghanistan) told me behind closed doors that “they (leadership) are really upset with you this time – they are really out to do something to you” – I asked him to identify who “they” were by name, and what the issue was – he would not answer the questions. He did say that he wanted me to lead the ADVON to show them my abilities and importance to the war – which he did – he pushed me to lead the team and return to Afghanistan in the end. But it was clear that he was getting constant questions and directives regarding me from his leadership. His immediate boss was COL [ ], and above him was Mr. Bill Huntington.

(U) [ ]

(U) While deployed in Afghanistan on this second tour, I was offered a new job by [ ] (GS-15) – the chief of the Iraq Combat Support Task Force. The Afghanistan and Iraq Combat Support Task Forces were to be merged and he asked if I’d serve as the operations officer of the new combined task force. It would mean an extension of active duty for one to two years. After thinking about it for a day, I sent him an e-mail saying he’d let Defense HUMINT leadership know of his decision to select me. Just days before I was due to return to DC (probably the last week of February 2004) Bill sent me a note telling me that he could not offer me the position – that something was going on that he could not talk about and said that I would not be extended on active duty. I requested him to clarify this change of heart and he would not – he would only say that “leadership” would not allow him to put me into the position.

(U) At the conclusion of this fully successful ADVON mission (by all accounts from leadership at both standing task forces in Afghanistan, and from [ ] at DHS HQs), and my return to Washington the first week of March 2004 without warning or reason, my Top Secret/SCI clearance was suspended. Upon my return to DIA, I was called in to Army COL [ ] office, told that the DIA IG had “substantive allegations” against me that required that my clearance be suspended and that I was being transferred to the Headquarters and Headquarters Company (HHC) Ft. Meyer, VA for the duration of my active duty. My DIA badge was confiscated and I was sent to Ft. Meyer to report to report in to the HHC Company Commander.

(U) Upon reporting in, though the HHC commander Captain Vic Harris could not tell me the content, he did say that he had read the DIA IG report and the allegations against me – and his assessment was simple – they were nothing major – I had pissed someone off. He felt that there was nothing to the allegations, but could not tell me what they were. He allowed me casual duty for the remainder of my active duty period (until 1 Jun 2004).

(U) I then dealt with the Army Trial Defense Service (TDS) for the next 90 days – and they were equally confused by the issue as the Amy Judge Advocate General (JAG) who had been given the DIA IG report would not share with them any information – and in the end, no charges of any sort were made against me by the Army. I received an honorable discharge and a favorable DD-214 in June 2004, and returned to my civilian GS-14 status to DIA, Defense HUMINT. DIA continued to refuse to return my access to classified information and placed me on “administrative leave” (which I remain on today).

(U) Instead of trying to resolve the issue DIA chose to go through my entire personal security jacket and drag up every issue they could regarding derogatory allegations and revived them as if they were new – purposely leaving out all positive, exculpatory information regarding the favorable outcome of independent investigations that resolved the allegations in my favor.

(U) I finally learned about what the three allegations were after I had come off of Active Duty in a meeting with USMC Brig Gen Mike Ennis, director of Defense HUMINT in mid June 2004.

(U) For the record, the three DIA IG Investigation issues, from their investigation concluded on me in March of 2004, were the following:

1) (U) Undue award of the Defense Meritorious Service Medal (DMSM). DIA claimed that I received a major decoration unlawfully – despite the fact that the award was for, among service in other reserve leadership positions, my work on ABLE DANGER. Though I provided classified performance evaluation and other background documents that showed the justification for the award, the information was ignored by DIA Security. There was no evidence in the DIA IG report that I did anything wrong, and the Army, after reviewing the data, has allowed me to keep the award.

2) (U) Misuse of a government telephone adding up to $67.00. While in charge of a DIA operating base in which I was responsible for millions of dollars of equipment and the activities of more than a dozen people the government phones were issued to my unit. During an 18 month period, I would periodically program the government phone to forward phone calls to my personal mobile phone – for a .25 cent charge for every call forwarded. This added up to $67.00. As many of you know, while in command of any activity, many things can go wrong – out of my 18 months of command this was the only issue they could get me on – and in the end, I did have the authority to approve the expenditure since I was the unit’s commanding officer.

3) (U) Filing a False Voucher for $180.00. I attented Army training at Ft Dix, New Jersey that was required for my promotion to lieutenant colonel. Despite this being a wholly legal claim – one processed through the DIA financial system – and one that had it been rejected I could have claimed as a professional deduction from my taxes – DIA’s IG falsely stated that it was an illegal claim because I was authorized to attend the Command and General Staff School at “no expense to the government”.

4) (U) Summary of allegations – the total alleged loss was less than *$300.00 – that is right $300.00.* The DIA IG inspector, Mike Kingsley did falsely and without evidence, make conclusions on his investigation which the evidence did not support. There was factual evidence in the report that I followed the guidance given by my leadership in submission of the DMSM; despite an in-depth analysis of phone records, the only expense he could come up with was the call forwarding charge; and the false voucher is not false since I was due reimbursement for attendance of the school, either by direct renumeration or through filing for reimbursement through my income tax return.

(U) In the June 2004 meeting with Brig Gen Ennis, he made it clear that he intended to try and influence MG Jackman, the commander of Army Military District of Washington (MDW) – who I had technically belonged to (administrative control) while on active duty – to take adverse action against me based on the DIA IG report. He told me in addition to the three DIA IG allegations that I had a “record” of bad behavior, to wit, he read a list of allegations he had been given by DIA’s General Counsel. I told him that every one of those allegations had been investigated as part of DSS investigations and resolved in my favor – and that he was not being given the whole story. He clearly did not want to hear “the rest of the story” and that ended the meeting.

(U) I was given “due process” regarding the clearance issue – a process that has no oversight within which DIA had no obligation to follow DoD regulations and guidelines, and patently ignored exculpatory data every step of the way. I have provided separate open testimony to the Government Reform Committee on this issue.

(U) BrigGen Ennis was true to this word – 30 days after I came of active duty (30 Jun 2004) the MDW JAG drafted for and got MG Jackman to sign a General Officer Letter of Reprimand (GOMOR). Because I had come off active duty on 1 Jun 2005, I was advised by my TDS attorney to not accept it unless recalled to active duty so that I could officially respond to the allegations or to allow MDW to forward it to my gaining command, Human Resource Command (HRC) St Louis, MO for their action. I refused “service” of the GOMOR – it was forwarded to HRC who sent it back telling MDW that it was not an appropriate legal action. I was promoted to lieutenant colonel on 1 Oct 2004. The GOMOR was and is an administrative document that is not punitive. DIA continued to put pressure on the MDW JAG to put the action into my official file – which they were finally successful in doing – it was placed into my official permanent file in November of last year, despite the fact that I was never given the opportunity to present the exculpatory information or letters from my former leadership that would have cleared me. All of this effort over less than $300.00 of issues; by our estimate, the U.S. Government has spent $2 million on the attempt to undermine me and suppress the ABLE DANGER information – $2 million buys a whole lot of boy armor – and could have paid for much of the technology needed to resurrect an ABLE DANGER type capability today.

(U) It was during this period (June/July 2004) my ostensible “supervisor” called me in to visit him at Clarendon on some administrative issues and notified me that my office documents and holdings had been moved and that all my classified documents had “been destroyed” – this was curious to me at the time since my clearance had only been suspended – and since there was a due process requirement in place, that, if fairly done, would see my access restored, and my right to have and view those documents restored, it was troubling to me that they had destroyed years of background information that I had kept regarding my [ ] activities. Plus – there were pertinent operational oversight documents that I had kept, such as ABLE DANGER, which were of legal significance.

(U) Based on the frivolous nature of the DIA IG allegations and the rapid destruction of my classified documents, there is no doubt that there was something more at work here.

(U) The fact that through my attorney, Mark Zaid, I provided to DIA exculpatory information to counter the DIA allegations not once but on three occasions – April 2005, June 2005 and in the last appeal in November 2005 – also were of no avail.

(U) The exculpatory letters of support from the Defense Security Agent who verified her positive/exculpatory investigations (for me) that were favorably adjudicated by Army’s Central Clearance Facility in the 1995 and before timeframe, and letters of support from my leadership, COL Gerry York and MG Bob Harding that confirmed that I was indeed due the award for my work for them and provided statements that cleared me of the other allegations of wrongdoing that were alleged from 1997 through 2000. These were all ignored.

(U) In addition, it is a curious fact that DIA Security had purposely left issues “hanging” in my personal security records – issues that I had identified to an Office of Personnel Management (OPM) investigator who conducted my five year bring-up investigation – issues that he noted in his official report that I told him of but that he ‘could find no evidence that the events ever occurred’ – this information is all available to the committee to verify. In other words, DIA had stuck away adverse issues to use against me at the moment of their choosing which illustrates something even more sinister about the DIA security system; it is not focused on catching penetrations of the agency – it is focused on maintaining an Orwellian control on its personnel.

(U) It was clear that DIA leadership chose to take this course of action in retaliation for something – that something I and others now believe was because of my protected disclosures to the 9/11 Commission and to Congress. The DoD IG is currently investigating these issues based on a request from HASC Chairman Duncan Hunter.

(U) My first protected disclosure to Congress on the ABLE DANGER issue came in May of 2005.

(U) My meetings with congress occurred because the navy sent me to Capitol Hill. Army had cleared and promoted me, and Navy (Scott Phillpott) was provided details of the allegations, and the exculpatory information and knew there was nothing to them; I was allowed to start doing reserve activities. Army leadership (Deputy G2 Mr. Terry Ford) provided verbal concurrence and approval for me to be attached to the Navy’s DEEP BLUE (U) think tank (under the Navy N3/N5) to assist Capt Phillpott re-create an ABLE DANGER like capability, nicknamed KIMBERLITE MAGIC/MAZE (U) – this all unclassified and above board due to my lack of clearance. I pulled my reserve drill days with the Navy during the week and during my two-week annual training (attached to the Navy) in May of 2005, I was asked to visit with Congressman Weldon in his office on Capitol Hill to assist the Navy in asking for funds to establish their KIMBERLITE MAZE (U) project.

(U) During my first meeting with Congressman Weldon I was asked some questions about what became of the overall ABLE DANGER effort – he had heard some details from Capt Phillpott in their first meeting (that preceded my meeting with the Congressman by several days) – he asked me to provide my details – which I did. I gave him the same basic SECRET level briefing I had given the 9/11 Commission on Oct of 2003 at Bagram, AFG. During the briefing, Congressman Weldon asked Russ Caso, his chief of staff, to call the 9/11 commission and find out if they (the 9/11 commission) had ever heard of ABLE DANGER. Mr. Caso left the room and called Chris Cojm at the 9/11 Discourse Project and asked him if they had ever “heard of something called ABLE DANGER”. Chris quickly checked and told Russ “Yes – we had heard of it” – Russ then asked him why they had not put it in their final report – Cojm’s answer was this “it did not fit with the story we wanted to tell”. Russ came back in and told Congressman Weldon and me of the comment. Both Congressman Weldon and I could not hide our astonished looks at hearing the news. This was the beginning of the investigation as to why ABLE DANGER information was not examined or included in the 9/11 report that has brought us to where we are today.

(U) I soon called the Army Deputy G2, Mr. Ford and asked him for guidance as to what I should do about Congressman Weldon and his staff asking hard questions about ABLE DANGER and what had happened – his answer was simple and direct: “Tell them the truth and answer their questions”. To whit, I did.

(U) Over the next few weeks, I provided Congressman Weldon and his chief of Staff, Russ Caso, information regarding the timeline of activity and the overall ABLE DANGER effort up to the SECRET level. I then provided similar briefings to other members of congress with oversight responsibilities of DoD, Law Enforcement and Intelligence issues. These briefings and meetings included Congressman Pete Hoeskstra, Chairman HPSCI; Congressman Frank Wolf; Congressman Jim Davis, Chairman, House Governmental Reform Committee; and Congressman Denny Hastert, Speaker of the House of Representatives. Information was also provided to the Senate Judiciary and Senate Intelligence Committees. In each instance I was encouraged to try and help congress get to the bottom of the ABLE DANGER issue to help insure that all the pre-9/11 issues were fixed – and things like ABLE DANGER needed to be reviewed as part of the process.

(U) It was during this time that the link between DIA’s retaliation using my security clearance and effort to fire me became clear. It was my attorneys who first made the connection during their work with the Senate Judiciary Committee and the apparent effort to discredit me by DIA behind the scenes.

(U) Late in the summer, long after Congressman Weldon’s 27 Jun 2005 “special order” on ABLE DANGER I was asked to go public. I did so, in August 2005 knowing that I could never go back to the intelligence world I had served in for the past 23 years – it was not an easy decision or one taken lightly – and one that troubled me greatly up to the point that it was clear that the need for public knowledge was greater than my own personal desires.

(U) As you can see from the testimony above, I have tried to make sure that all of the critical aspects and capabilities that were part of the ABLE DANGER planning effort have remained classified – undisclosed to the public – for obvious reasons. There is no one in this room that would question the need to protect real capabilities that will give us a leg up on our terrorist adversaries. However, this must not be an excuse to avoid or bypass accountability regarding failures and wrongdoing of DoD personnel.

(U) The classified methods and technology are not the key to the ABLE DANGER story – the key is the lack of individual and organizational accountability and their failure to have effectively utilized the intelligence and operational capabilities prior to 9/11; Perhaps to have even used these capabilities to have disrupted, minimized or prevented the 9/11 attacks.

(U) Since coming out publicly in support of Congress and the effort to get the truth, I have been personally attacked, demonized by DIA security. Despite the fact that DIA security and DIA leadership have been given the exculpatory information that counter’s their allegations – and despite the fact that there has been verification from other individuals the existence and effort that was being made within ABLE DANGER I remain on the sideline without a clearance – even preparing this testimony without formal approval. The system is broken – if they can do this to me – slander and malign me and ignore exculpatory evidence – only look at bad issues and consider none of the successes and good work I’ve done over the past 23 years, they can (and would) do this to anyone who stands up to try and set the record straight.

(U) In conclusion I will offer several points.

(U) In November 2004, Army Sgt Pat Tillman, a National Football League star turned Army Ranger was killed in Afghanistan. At first, it was reported that he was killed by Taliban fighters – and this fraudulent statement was perpetrated on the American people for nearly a year before someone came forward and blew the whistle – and revealed the fact that SOCOM and the Army lied – that Sgt Tillman was killed by friendly fire. I was personally attached to the [ ] Rangers [ ] in Nov of 2003 and went on a similar nighttime air assault looking for Al Qaeda leadership in the same exact region of Afghanistan in which Sgt Tillman was killed – and I know first hand the chaos that is present on a “hot LZ” when you are being shot at from multiple directions and it is hard to make out the good guys from the bad – and how easy mistakes can be made. However, to lie about, and cover up, the grim reality of his death is an insult to his memory and the memory of the other soldiers who have fought and died in this war. I feel the same about ABLE DANGER. There has been a wholesale effort to cashier me over allegations of less than $300.00 – while DoD has spent nearly $2 million to damage my reputation and remove me.

(U) If there can be a cover-up on a cut and dry issue like the truth about Sgt Tillman’s death, to what length do you think governmental bureaucrats, who were never held accountable for their failures to detect and prevent the 9/11 attack would do to suppress direct evidence that we had an offensive capability that could well have been used to pre-emptively target and destroy Al Qaeda a full year before we were attacked?

(U) It appears as if ABLE DANGER were in the middle of an Orwellian 1984 rewrite of history when Congressman Weldon found and got the story out. How is it that this information has been “disappearing” over the past five years? How could lawyers misinterpret the law and regulations so clearly as to “delete” the equivalent ¼ of the Library of Congress? How is it that just after I approach the 9-11 commission that I am suspended over three administrative issues that did not then, and do not now hold water, and that my entire issue of ABLE DANGER documents not only go missing, but are later revealed by DIA leadership to have been “destroyed” by DIA without explanation. These are questions that beg to be answered.

(U) I was on the track of being ‘written out’ of history, just like a character in George Orwell’s book 1984 – it was initially a complete mystery as to why DIA was pushing so hard to revoke my clearance, with the clear intent to fire me to revoke my clearance, with the clear intent to fire me to preclude my ever being able to say anything about ABLE DANGER and the issues at hand.

(U) During my tenure as chief of STRATUS IVY, I’ve conducted operations and ran projects that I cannot discuss in open session, but were disclosed in closed session to illustrate what we were doing – and the ‘out of the box’ nature of the efforts.

(U) My final three points are:

(U) First – we nee to have out of the box thinkers who go against conventional conservative thinking – who oppose the bureaucracy’s lethargy and tendency to play it safe and protect itself. My only wrongdoing here is that I opposed the bureaucracy – and thought “out of the box” – and was given by proper military authority the opportunity, resources, and authority to achieve something. I am proud to say that we did achieve something – great things – which my folks and I did on multiple occasions – our greatest successes of which I cannot even discuss at the Top Secret SCI level. The terrorists are elusive, adaptive and persistent. We need folks who can literally outthink them – to anticipate where they are going and get there ahead of time. We need to encourage, not discourage, this thinking, otherwise another, much broader and more destructive 9/11 attack is inevitable.

(U) Second – capabilities that will identify global “centers of gravity” of our adversaries. That is all I can say in open testimony.

(U)Third – We need an out of the box element such as we had in STRATUS IVY; to be adaptive and creative in its approaches to detect emerging threats – and detect existing threat’s change or adaption of methodology and then engage the threats in new and creative ways to neutralize them.

(U) I hope the HASC hearings will pursue answers to the ABLE DANGER questions that I have identified in my testimony.

(U) Further, and more importantly, I hope the HASC will create legislation that will:

1)(U) Recreate an ABLE DANGER capability and insure that such a capability is able to withstand bureaucratic and political forces that oppose its existence.

2)(U) Recreate a STRATUS IVY type task force/unit [ ] using advanced and developing technology to conduct operations support both Title 50 intelligence collection and Title 10 military operations.

3)(U) Establish better lines for protected communications of crucial oversight issues that protect whistleblowers.

(U) Thank you for this opportunity to have briefed you on the issues and aspects of my role in ABLE DANGER and the importance, scope and demise of the project.

Anthony Shaffer
LTC, NI, USAR
All Credit Given to Mike Kasper and Able Danger Blog
http://www.abledangerblog.com/2006/02/lt-col-shaffers-written-testimony.html



Background Article #1

Inside Able Danger – The Secret Birth, Extraordinary Life and Untimely Death of a U.S. Military Intelligence Program

By Jacob Goodwin

In a wide-ranging exclusive interview with GSN on August 23, Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, the military intelligence operative who collaborated with Rep. Curt Weldon (R-PA) to draw worldwide attention to the Able Danger intelligence unit, described Able Danger’s origins, explained how it tracked terrorists as they visited individual mosques around the world, discussed the CIA’s refusal to cooperate with the program, acknowledged the supporting technical role played by the Raytheon Company, and described Able Danger’s ultimate demise.
 
Shaffer said Able Danger was begun in 1999 at the request of General Hugh Shelton, then the chairman of the joint chiefs of staff and under the direct supervision of General Pete Schoomaker, then the commander of the Special Operations Command (SOCOM), based in Tampa, FL. Shaffer described how he was personally recruited to the newly-created unit by General Schoomaker.
 
After briefing the CIA’s representative stationed at SOCOM headquarters, and explaining that Able Danger would not be competing with the CIA’s own separate mission to find and kill Osama bin Laden, Shaffer was surprised by the CIA rep’s stern resistance to sharing any information, said Shaffer.
 
“I clearly understand the difference,” the CIA rep told him, according to Shaffer. “I clearly understand. We’re going after the leadership. You guys are going after the body. But, it doesn’t matter. The bottom line is, CIA will never give you the best information from ‘Alex Base’ or anywhere else. CIA will never provide that to you because if you were successful in your effort to target Al Qaeda, you will steal our thunder. Therefore, we will not support this.”
 
Shaffer told GSN that one key to Able Danger’s success in identifying suspected terrorists was its willingness to buy information from brokers that identified visits by individuals to specific mosques located around the world. By crunching data about such visits during a six-month period, Able Danger’s data miners were able to spot illuminating patterns and identify potential relationships among alleged terrorists, Shaffer explained.
 
Much of this data crunching was facilitated by private contractors, including Raytheon Company, of Waltham, MA, and Orion Scientific (now part of SRA International, Inc., based in Fairfax, VA) which helped execute the sophisticated data mining software packages, said Shaffer. When queried by GSN, a Raytheon spokesperson would neither confirm nor deny the company’s involvement with Able Danger.
 
In a detailed recounting of a face-to-face confrontation with his then commanding officer, Major General Rod Isler, now retired, Shaffer described how the then deputy director of operations at the Defense Intelligence Agency essentially pulled the plug on his involvement with Able Danger. When contacted by GSN, General Isler said he did not recall ever having had such a conversation with Shaffer.
 
Shaffer also told GSN that the ultimate goal that he and his Able Danger colleagues are pursuing is the re-establishment of a similar data mining capability, in a newly-formed program the military is calling Able Providence. Such an effort would require less than $50 million to be launched, said Shaffer, and the military has enlisted the support of Rep. Curt Weldon (R-PA), who has taken a keen interest in the history of Able Danger.
 
 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 

GSN:
Tell me about the beginning of Able Danger. You’re in Tampa, Florida…
 
SHAFFER:
I’m down on a reserve tour as a reserve U.S. Army major, doing my active duty requirement for my annual training. During this training, I was asked to brief [General Pete] Schoomaker, the four-star commander of Special Operations Command on my full time job as a GS 14, regarding “Stratus Ivy,” the special mission unit that I was running.
 
During this briefing -- I’d given a full mission rundown of what I was doing – General Schoomaker stopped in the middle of the briefing and said, “I know about one of the programs you work,” and he named it to me. It’s still classified. I said, “Yeah, I work that,” and he says, “I need you on a special project that we’re working on.” He looked over at the Special Technical Operations Office Chief, who was in the briefing, and said, “Read him into Able Danger.” So that was when I was first made aware that something was being done, and General Schoomaker turned to me and said, “I want you as part of the team doing this.”
 
GSN:
When was this?
 
SHAFFER:
September of ’99.
 
GSN:
The Able Danger program itself was ongoing already?
 
SHAFFER:
No, it was just being tasked. It was still being formulated.
 
They were just getting it together because apparently one of the issues they were negotiating with General [Hugh] Shelton [the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff] was what the scope and parameters would be for this program. This was groundbreaking. This was an entrepreneurial concept. They were looking for partnerships based on what made the best sense, rather than what is normal in military doctrine. [General Shelton] wanted to have “out-of-the-box” thinkers. He said, “Look, you guys are off doing some really new concept things.” I can’t get into a lot of them because they’re so classified, but because of this real out-of-the-box stuff we were doing, he wanted us as a part of this team.
 
GSN:
Who came up with the idea originally to set up Able Danger?
 
SHAFFER:
I’d have to defer that question to either General Schoomaker or General Shelton. I honestly don’t know that answer, but I know that between the two of them, the tasking was to SOCOM, Special Operations Command, as the supported CinC [military short-hand for Commander in Chief of a unified command]. This was the first time ever that Special Operations Command was the supported CinC, which means that they were the prime CinC. They were the lead CinC to do something. This was the first time the Special Operations Command wasn’t supporting someone else.
 
GSN:
And what did you take to be the mission as it was defined that day?
 
SHAFFER:
Simply, to target Al Qaeda globally. All of Al Qaeda. It’s mission, functions and capabilities, so that on call -- one directed by national command leadership – the U.S. could do something to attack them. [To develop] an offensive capability so once we define what Al Qaeda is, we can find a way to stop them, to counter them overseas.
 
GSN:
Did you take that to be the first time that mission was defined and given to some unit or were there already intelligence operations that were trying to pull this Al Qaeda information together.
 
SHAFFER:
I was made aware of, at that point in time -- my lawyer always tells me to reference this for background – that there has already been information in the press regarding the fact that the CIA had a finding to kill Bin Laden. A finding to conduct an assassination of him. I was aware of that at the time.
 
So, one of the issues was we did not want to compete -- or be seen as competing -- with the CIA in what their mission was, or what they were already assigned to do. Within the first 30 days of Able Danger, the operations officer that you now know as [Navy] Captain Scott Philpott, asked me to go talk to the director of central intelligence rep at the [Special Operations] Command, the DCI rep who represented [CIA Director] George Tenet there in the command. My task was to explain to the rep that we’re not competing with him and explain to him Able Danger.
 
GSN:
Isn’t there a difference between the CIA having the mission of killing Osama Bin Laden, and Able Danger having the mission of finding where the Al Qaeda terrorist cells are located? It would seem to be two very different missions.
 
SHAFFER:
Yes, two very different missions. Distinctly different by the fact that they were going after the “head” and we were going after the “body.” Because even if you get the head, the body is still going to be there. Our argument was that no matter if you get him [Osama bin Laden], great. But someone else is probably going to take his place. Therefore, if you’re focusing on the head, we’ll focus on the rest.
 
GSN:
What did the CIA representative say when you explained that Able Danger was not competing with him?
 
SHAFFER:
He told me, “I clearly understand the difference. I clearly understand. We’re going after the leadership. You guys are going after the body. But, it doesn’t matter. The bottomline is, CIA will never give you the best information from ‘Alex Base’ or anywhere else. CIA will never provide that to you because if you were successful in your effort to target Al Qaeda, you will steal our thunder. Therefore, we will not support this.” [Alex Base was the CIA’s covert action element which was conducting the Osama bin Laden finding.]
 
I believe he was being a friend. I believe he was sincerely telling me this because it was the truth. He said, short of General Schoomaker calling George Tenet directly, the best information would never be released. To my knowledge, and my other colleagues’ knowledge, there was no information ever released to us because CIA chose not to participate in Able Danger.
 
GSN:
What reaction did you bring back to your guys at Able Danger after that conversation?
 
SHAFFER:
I was frankly shocked, but I figured the best thing we could do as a country was to go after Al Qaeda, because it was a developing, looming threat. We’d already been attacked twice with the [U.S.] embassy bombings [in Kenya and Tanzania in August 1998]. There was a record of Al Qaeda doing things. We were concerned and, again, the two principal generals, Schoomaker and Shelton, were concerned that this was a developing threat that we needed to look at.
 
GSN:
So, at the time Able Danger got started, at least the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Hugh Shelton, knows it was established because he supposedly was in on creating it.
 
SHAFFER:
Right, right, right, right.
 
GSN:
To your direct knowledge, did the civilian leadership -- whether it was Defense Secretary William Cohen, or the White House or the Justice Department or anyone else – know about Able Danger being set up?
 
SHAFFER:
At the time, it was highly compartmented. The whole idea of going after Al Qaeda was controversial. A lot of folks at DoD that we approached really didn’t know if they wanted to participate fully or not. So the answer is, I don’t believe a lot of those [civilian leadership] folks knew about Able Danger because it was considered a compartmented -- not special access -- but a compartmented planning effort, where we tracked everybody who was knowledgeable. Because we wanted to protect the operational security of the fact that we were going to look at these [Al Qaeda] guys offensively.
 
GSN:
Even when a program is compartmented, wouldn’t the senior leadership on the civilian side know about it?
 
SHAFFER:
I cannot speak to that because I have no direct knowledge. I only know from my direct knowledge that General Shelton was aware because of his tasking this to Special Operations Command. I briefed him on another operation regarding the Internet and data, and I referenced Able Danger to him because we were going to use the same Able Danger methodology to protect U.S. person issues.
 
I briefed [General Shelton] on that other operation in the spring 2001 timeframe, before 9/11. So, from my knowledge, I believe he remembered Able Danger at that point in time because of the reference to this other operation.
 
However, I don’t know how far above him or laterally, he shared information regarding Able Danger. I don’t know about the civilian leadership.
 
The highest level on the civilian side that I’m directly knowledgeable of was that the assistant secretary of defense for special operations and low intensity conflict was aware because I briefed him on this. [Editor’s Note: Brian E. Sheridan held that assistant secretary position at the time.]
 
He received a briefing from me [in 2000] on Stratus Ivy, my unit, and I gave him information on what we were doing for Able Danger. His comment to me was, “You need to get on those guys and push them harder.” That was the way he told me to get on SOCOM to get them to push harder to get this going.
 
GSN:
This was before Able Danger had any success or had identified any results.
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely, yes.
 
GSN:
Tell me about the nuts and bolts of the program.
 
SHAFFER:
Essentially, at the beginning of the program we didn’t know where to start. It had never been done before. To define a global target of this magnitude, which changes and adapts, was daunting. Therefore, the first stop was the Joint Warfare Analysis Center at Dahlgren [VA]. There was a conference there in the November / December timeframe of 1999, which went nowhere. Those guys did not understand the scope of trying to do neural-netting, human factor relationships and looking at linkages. They just didn’t have the capability at the time. Therefore, it was kind of a bust.
 
However, I knew from my personal experience in dealing with the Army, that LIWA, the Land Information Warfare Activity, was developing this cutting edge data mining analytical capability which I had used for other operations. So, I recommended to Captain [Scott] Philpott, “You need to go see [a person that has chosen to remain anonymous] down at LIWA and talk about what [that person] is doing.” [Capt. Philpott] goes down and gets his brief and says, “This is it. This is exactly what we’re looking for,” because they were not only using advanced data mining technology, they were also looking at data that no one else was looking at. [James] J.D Smith [a former contractor on Able Danger] talked about some of this in The New York Times [on August 22, 2005].
 
He talked about the fact that they were going to information brokers on the Internet who were getting information about the mosque system from overseas locations. Nobody else found that to be reliable. That’s why nobody was looking at it. The problem was that nobody was looking at it regarding the right type of vetting. J.D. Smith and company were using these advanced [software] tools to ferret out patterns within that information.
 
GSN:
You’re talking about lists of where mosques were located geographically.
 
SHAFFER:
No, individuals who were going between mosques. Who were they? Who were the contacts? Looking down to the individual level.
 
GSN:
Did they say, for example, “Here’s Abdul and he’s showing up at a mosque in Pakistan and, lo and behold, he’s showing up at another mosque in the Sudan a week later”?
 
SHAFFER:
Yes.
 
GSN:
How did they get down to the level of who’s walking in and out of a mosque?
 
SHAFFER:
Because apparently there are records of who goes where regarding visits to mosques. That was the data that LIWA was buying off the Internet from information brokers.
 
You’d need to talk to [James] Smith to find out more about that. He came forward publicly, but he has not publicly admitted that he was the guy using this type of information that made the link between [Mohammed] Atta and [Sheik Omar Abdel] Rahman, the first World Trade Center bomber. That’s how the link was established, through [Smith’s] research on the Internet.
 
GSN:
Hypothetically, what would you imagine Smith came up with that would have led him to that conclusion? Might he have said, for example, “Hey look at this. Based on this information we’re buying off the Internet, I’m seeing that for a three-week period, every time that Atta -- whoever he is -- shows up at a mosque, Rahman shows up at the same mosque, six times in a row.” Is that what you’re driving at?
 
SHAFFER:
It was a six-month data run. Six months of looking at the data. Whatever he saw in the way of linkages. [Smith] explains it by saying there were eight data points that they pulled out of the identity of each of the bombers that conducted the first World Trade Center attack in ’93. Those eight data points were used to look at relationships with these other [suspected terrorists] they were finding through these information runs. It was that data set which was bounced off constantly for six months through these patterns. Some of this was already ongoing, by the way, before SOCOM showed up to ask for LIWA’s support because LIWA had other classified projects that they were already working on. Some of those are still classified. But, that’s why this all came up so quickly after SOCOM showed up to ask LIWA the question. They were already in the middle of looking at some of these issues.
 
GSN:
I presume this was some of the work that was taking place using the Spire software?
 
SHAFFER:
Yes, Spire, Parentage, Starlight…
 
GSN:
I understand it is pretty interesting visualization software that basically takes these data points and runs them against hundreds of thousands of files, finds correlations and then depicts them visually.
 
SHAFFER:
Right. Then, it’s your job as an analyst or data miner to pull it out and investigate that linkage to verify it or refute it, depending on other available information.
 
GSN:
Was there a moment when somebody said, “C’mon over and look at this,” and actually showed some sort of graph or chart or linkage, and said, “This makes me think that these two guys are connected.” Was there that kind of “Ah ha!” moment?
 
SHAFFER:
No. This was simply a chart showing up with potentialities or clusters of information. That’s what it showed. I took a copy of those clusters of information, a copy of a chart produced by Smith and company which showed, early on in the process, the Atta guy and other terrorists. It was this sheet that I hand-carried personally from LIWA down to Tampa and gave to Captain Philpott.
 
Now, did I know it was important? No. I’m an operator. I’m not an analyst. So, when I took it down from LIWA and gave it to Captain Philpott, he opened it up and said, “Oh my God, this is what we need. This is exactly what we need to do.”
 
So, even when [Capt. Philpott] saw it, he didn’t realize the importance of those names. It was just like, “This is the path. We are now on a path to be able to define the target.” The first step in any good operation is finding the target.
 
GSN:
That essentially means that he saw that the methodology could be used, and here was an example of the methodology showing some specific people that had a high probability of being related, or being connected, to each other…
 
SHAFFER:
…through Al Qaeda.
 
GSN:
Was he saying in effect “This is a great methodology,” or was he saying, “We got our bad guys”?
 
SHAFFER:
He was saying a little bit of both. Primarily, this is a great methodology. By the way, this chart was used to brief General Shelton and General Schoomaker. Again, nobody was focusing on the exact data points. They were recognizing it as a great methodology that we needed to pursue and use. So that was the primary focus.
 
GSN:
Tell me about the Able Danger intelligence unit itself. Are we talking about six guys sitting in a room crunching data?
 
SHAFFER:
We’re talking about the winter 2000 timeframe. At this time, it is only a partnership between LIWA (which isn’t even formalized yet), DIA (my unit, Stratus Ivy) and SOCOM (the Able Danger cell). What we were doing was working together and -- this is key -- we were doing this as an entrepreneurial, just out-of-the-box-thinking type of thing.
 
This is like GM, Ford and Isuzu getting together to do a project, and that was the whole idea. We weren’t trying to go through the bureaucracy. We were keeping the bureaucracy kind of at bay, and focusing only on Al Qaeda and how we could define the target.
 
Now, I personally went up and briefed Colonel [James] Gibbons, the commander of LIWA on Able Danger and asked him to enter the partnership with us, based on General Schoomaker. So, Army, LIWA / Information Dominance Center (the IDC), became a partner. Stratus Ivy became a partner because I briefed my leadership. My immediate leadership was Colonel Jerry York, grandson of Sergeant York, and Major General Paul Barton, then the director of operations for DIA regarding human collection. So, I got their approval. Now you’ve got Colonel Gibbons with Army, and General Newman above him. You’ve got Colonel York over me and General [Bob] Harding above him. So, you’ve got pretty much all Army leadership there.
 
That’s key to the story. You’ve got SOCOM doing its thing down there [in Florida] and yet you had a room about this size, the room we’re in today, full of guys who are trying to crunch everything together. Captain Philpott and his team were trying to crunch us together. You had guys on loan from the intelligence side, you had guys on loan from the operations side. The bottomline was it was being done as a J3 operation; not an intelligence operation but a planning operation.
 
GSN:
What does the J3 group handle?
 
SHAFFER:
J3 was operations; so it was not intelligence. It was intel guys supporting operations. And that was a big distinction -- either benefit or hazard -- as we developed this capability.
 
GSN:
At what stage does Able Danger begin to reach conclusions that are looking interesting?
 
SHAFFER:
When the information from LIWA arrived at Tampa, Scott Philpott and his team started looking at it critically, trying to figure out what this really meant; based on other classified databases and lawyer review. The lawyers started looking at the data as well for any legal issues regarding the fact that this information came from “open sources”.
 
GSN:
Even before anyone at Able Danger made the decision to try to share its findings with other agencies or departments?
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely.
 
GSN:
Even while the data is still being gathered and analyzed?
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely, because there were so many critical issues regarding this, simply because it dealt with open sources. When an intelligence officer, like me, looks at the data, does that somehow magically turn it into “intelligence”? That was the critical issue. Somehow, there is this interpretation that even open source information could be construed as intelligence information because of its use. If Tony Shaffer, intelligence officer, takes data off the Internet and I use it for a project does that make it “intelligence” and subject it to all of the rules that govern the oversight of intelligence information?
 
GSN:
Which legal organization within SOCOM is raising these questions?
 
SHAFFER:
We’re talking about the lawyers. All lawyers in DoD report back to the DoD General Counsel. There’s no exception to that. Therefore, it doesn’t matter if the lawyer sits in SOCOM or Defense Intelligence, they all report back to the General Counsel.
 
GSN:
How big is the group of lawyers sitting in SOCOM?
 
SHAFFER:
I don’t know the exact size of the shop. I suspect it is probably between eight to a dozen folks, for the headquarters itself.
 
GSN:
Do you remember how the battle over this issue began?
 
SHAFFER:
Oh, I do, because from Day One, they were worried about, “Where are you getting this data from? What’s the source of the data? This is open source. How can it be this detailed?”
 
There were a lot of interrogatives the lawyers were asking regarding the sourcing of the information. I had no problem ever with oversight and answering the hard questions. The concern was, again, this was open source, but are we somehow violating some U.S. person’s rights by the fact we’re bringing in [the information] and using it for intelligence purposes?
 
GSN:
Was it one of the staff lawyers or was it the head of SOCOM’s legal department that was the principal mover and shaker of this?
 
SHAFFER:
I don’t know that answer, but the lawyer assigned to Able Danger was the person who explained this to us.
 
GSN:
Was the resistance that you were getting to the methodology -- we haven’t even gotten to the conclusions yet -- driven largely by this individual lawyer or by his organization?
 
SHAFFER:
By the organization. I’m confident because I started getting problems with this issue back in my headquarters in D.C., through the DIA lawyers. I know they were talking to each other and it became a big issue that all the lawyers in DoD were talking about. One of the investigators currently looking into this, when I talked to him this last week, confirmed to having the same problems even now. What open source collection really means, and what level of oversight is appropriate to protect U.S. persons’ rights, even when intelligence officers look at stuff off the open Internet. The debate remains now.
 
GSN:
Did this issue get to the DoD general counsel?
 
SHAFFER:
Yes it did. I know for a fact that it did because I talked to the general counsel lawyer who was the oversight for this issue. I know for a fact that is was being looked at by the DoD general counsel.
 
GSN:
Did the General Counsel’s organization know about this matter?
 
SHAFFER:
Based on direct knowledge, I know they were looking at -- and dealing with -- all these issues because a subsequent operation, the nickname of the operation was Dorhawk Galley, which happened in the spring of 2001, before 9/11, I had to talk to the general counsel about the same set of issues, because this had to do with the Internet and U.S. persons and open source information. I personally briefed George Tenet on this and I briefed the National Security Council twice.
 
GSN:
On the issue of open sourcing?
 
SHAFFER:
On the legal set of issues regarding Dorhawk Galley, which were compatible to the issues we were facing for Able Danger.
 
GSN:
Can you summarize the legal argument barring the use of open source information against U.S. citizens or quasi-citizens?
 
SHAFFER:
There are two concerns. First, the government has to be careful about what information it puts on the open Internet because, obviously, if they put something out there, U.S. people can see it. Therefore, it has to be above board.
 
Second issue, comparing that information to anything else out there regarding open source information. If you put information out [on the Internet], you have the reasonable belief, that it’s not going to be protected. That’s my judgment. If you put something on the Internet, such as a blog statement, it isn’t protected, it’s open. Does the government have the right to look at that and the use it against you if they so choose? That is one of the fundamental issues. Because although it’s not protected, and it’s out there, does the government have the right to do something with it?
 
What can you look at and not look at regarding U.S. citizens? That was one of the issues we were dealing with regarding these open Internet searches, which the lawyers were concerned about.
 
GSN:
What kind of records would be referred to as on the open Internet?
 
SHAFFER:
For example, corporate records. Say a company talks about its business activities overseas and lists them. If I take that information, as an intelligence officer, and say “Gee, I may want to look at this for some intelligence operation down the road.” I take it, print it off and put it in a file. Any file I keep as an intelligence officer is subject to oversight.
 
GSN:
Say, for example, hoovers.com, which presents all kinds of corporate financial information, lists every overseas office of every U.S. publicly-traded company. Now, you look at this and say “Hey, there are 37 companies that have an office in Lagos, Nigeria.”
 
SHAFFER:
Right. You’re spot on.
 
GSN:
You’re saying that someone on the legal side of the intelligence community might have said, “We don’t even have the right to do that. You can’t gather that information off the Internet, which is publicly out there, and use it in an intelligence manner.”
 
SHAFFER:
You hit the nub of it, absolutely. That’s what they were concerned about.
 
GSN:
What was the Able Danger program’s response to that legal argument?
 
SHAFFER:
Well, we aren’t doing intelligence collection operations, we’re doing operational planning. Therefore, whatever we’re doing should not fall under intelligence guidelines.
 
GSN:
That was sort of a stretch, wasn’t it? Here you have this ultra-secret and important intelligence mission which you claim is happening under operational planning, but wasn’t that somewhat bogus?
 
SHAFFER:
No, it wasn’t bogus. It was the operational focus. The idea was that we were trying to use this information for purposes not of intelligence collection. Obviously, we wanted to do it to confirm or vet information, but I wasn’t using this to plan to go after some U.S. citizen. That was not the purpose.
 
The purpose was to look at linkages. That’s what we were doing. So, any given byte of information probably wouldn’t even have been looked at [individually] because it didn’t fit the criteria of our search. There was [vast amounts] of information. Out of all that, we’re only going to look for things that are relevant to the target, Al Qaeda.
 
If I take information off the Internet and put it into a file, I’m doing that electronically, with the database. That was the issue. You’re doing it electronically. The argument was, “When you take all this information off the Internet, how do you then protect U.S. citizen rights?” The lawyers were looking at all the information that was coming in. They had to vet everything. They were personally looking at it and had a validation process.
 
GSN:
What would they have pointed to and said, “This is a violation. We can’t allow you to do this”?
 
SHAFFER:
That’s where the whole issue comes in of lawyers saying, “You can’t look at these guys, who are suspected as being terrorists.” All this information is coming in. They had this vetting process. And then, all this information comes to us regarding these [suspected terrorists] who were here legally, as part of these data runs. But, the lawyers are now saying, “You can’t look at that. We’re going to put that in the ‘U.S person’ category that you can’t look at.”
 
There is a vetting process. They’re trying to protect U.S citizens’ rights. I briefed the general counsel on this. I briefed George Tenet on this. The problem was, where do you draw that line regarding protection of U.S. persons -- between U.S. citizens, such as yourself, and these other folks who are here legally, but not technically deserving of the same protections? That’s the kernel of the issue.
 
GSN:
Was there a group of suspected terrorists who had been identified in some other way and now Able Danger was trying to find additional information about them? Or were these guys emerging out of Able Danger’s own data crunching?
 
SHAFFER:
Once these guys had emerged out of the data crunching, there was an interest to try to confirm or refute their linkage to Al Qaeda, and then to do operations to further exploit them. The reason I can’t go into much more detail is because for the [suspected terrorists based] overseas, the train continued on them. I don’t want to say anything that would violate security, based on the fact that there were other things that came out of this.
 
Our focus of the Able Danger oversight fiasco is the fact that this data also identified a cell here in the states. That became the critical issue -- the fact that the SOCOM lawyers recommended to the chain of command of SOCOM that we could not share that information with the FBI.
 
GSN:
Let’s get to the crunch. Now you’ve identified five cells, one of which is in the United States.
 
SHAFFER:
Right
 
GSN:
At what stage does the Able Danger team say, “We’ve got some pretty hot information here, and we should share this with somebody”?
 
SHAFFER:
Capt. Philpott came to me and said, “Based on our internal discussions within Able Danger, we are concerned by the fact that this appears to be a group of terrorists here within the United States.” It was at that point in time that he asked me to broker a relationship or a meeting with the FBI.
 
Keep in mind, I had been asked to develop a parallel, but different, capability for the FBI on one of their terrorist targets overseas. So, at that point in time, I was negotiating with the FBI about parameters and scope of support. The same basic team that was doing the SOCOM stuff was going to be assembled to support the FBI mission as well. That includes some of the same data miners, the same technicians, the same analysts.
 
GSN:
And you’re fronting for them?
 
SHAFFER:
I’m fronting for them too, yes.
 
GSN:
So, at the same time you’re being asked to set up a meeting with the FBI regarding Able Danger, you’re already talking to the FBI about using almost the same data mining resources on another FBI program.
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely correct. That was why it was so logical for Scott to come to us and ask for that support. So, I called my FBI point of contact and said, “Hey, I’d like to link the special operations guys up. They’re doing a mission -- I can’t tell you about it -- but I’d like to make a meeting for FBI and your ‘Bubbas’ to meet with them and discuss the information they have.”
 
GSN:
When was that?
 
SHAFFER:
My best recollection is between summer of 2000 and fall of 2000, somewhere in that like. Now, I did not personally set up all the meetings. The one I do recall personally setting up was the last one. That I recall was where the O6 colonel in charge of Able Danger, was supposed to meet with officers of the FBI at the FBI’s Washington Field Office to discuss this issue. I personally got the phone number from my FBI point of contact, called the WFO folks and said “This colonel from SOCOM is going to come talk to you. Please receive him.”
 
GSN:
Okay. What happened?
 
SHAFFER:
The colonel never showed up. Later, I found out from Captain Philpott that the reason the colonel didn’t show up was because he was told not to.
 
GSN:
Why not?
 
SHAFFER:
I learned from Capt. Philpot during my next trip down to Tampa that the lawyers had gotten involved and recommended to the chain of command that they not pass the information. According to Captain Philpot -- and again you’ll have to ask him directly -- it went up to the J3, the operations officer, a two-star general at Special Operations Command, where lawyers and Captain Philpot both briefed and the general came down on the side of the lawyers.
 
The thinking at the time this was going on was that there was an investigation of Special Operations Command regarding its support to the siege of the Branch Davidians [which had taken place in Waco, TX, in 1993].
 
The concern, as I understand it from talking to Captain Philpott, was that if SOCOM shares this sensitive [terrorist] information with the FBI, and the FBI takes action with it, and something goes wrong, we at SOCOM will get blamed for the bad outcome.
 
GSN:
Typically, in a military organization, the legal department acts as an advisor to the commander.
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely.
 
GSN:
The legal department doesn’t make the decision; the legal department whispers into the ear of the commander who makes the decision to either overrule them or overrule you.
 
SHAFFER:
Right.
 
GSN:
Who was the commander at the time? General Pete Schoomaker?
 
SHAFFER:
This never got to the commander. This got to the operations officer level and, as I recall, it was General [Geoffrey] Lambert, the J3 special operations command. I believe it was at that level where this decision was stopped.
 
GSN:
This is below the level of General Schoomaker.
 
 
SHAFFER:
I’m confident that General Schoomaker was never told of this.
 
GSN:
So the information gets blocked, basically because of these legal objections. What’s the reaction from you and your Able Danger colleagues? Here you are working hard to get the information together, which you consider very important, and you’re being prevented from sharing it with the FBI by the SOCOM lawyers.
 
SHAFFER:
You have to understand two factors were in play at that time. First off, we did not know Al Qaeda to be the threat it is now. There was no drum beat for us to do something immediately.
 
My second point is that this [objection by the lawyers] is only one of about a dozen operations I was dealing with in any given day, so when SOCOM blew off the meetings I had set up with the FBI, I was perturbed, but it was one of a dozen things I had to deal with in a given day as the overall leader of Stratus Ivy.
 
GSN:
So, you’re saying the Able Danger guys didn’t go ballistic.
 
SHAFFER:
No. We were concerned by the fact that this kept getting turned off, but again we had no fire under our butts to do something. This was but one other bureaucratic roadblock that we’ll have to fight. We’ll get to it. But, I’ve got other things right now that I’ve got to do.
 
GSN:
I can accept that there was no urgency, no great hysteria about Al Qaeda at the time. I understand how, in your position, you might have said, “Alright, I’ve got bigger fish to fry.”
 
SHAFFER:
Absolutely.
 
GSN:
But it’s harder for me to understand how the actual Able Danger people doing the data mining analysis and coming up with their important conclusions could tolerate seeing that the fruits of their labor aren’t going anywhere.
 
SHAFFER:
Not true. Some of the “fruits” were going places. Again, the foreign targets were [being worked.] Keep in mind, the pieces of Able Danger you’ve heard about are only about one quarter of what was actually going on. There are still classified programs which have not been announced, which we’ll not talk about, and other things which are going on internally. There were other things that were going on which were being looked at successfully.
 
It’s just that this aspect of Able Danger was, in my judgment and the judgment of others, the most critical for the events of 9/11.
 
GSN:
Are you suggesting that some or all of the information related to the four terrorist cells outside the U.S. was put into some sort of operational hands overseas -- CIA or whatever -- and actions were taken to do something with that information?
 
SHAFFER:
I have to use this phrase, “I can neither confirm nor deny what happened to the other elements or aspects of the information.”
 
GSN:
Are you telling me that there was some good to come out of Able Danger?
 
SHAFFER:
Yes, the part that the lawyers did approve and tell us that we could do was the overseas part.
 
GSN:
Let’s talk about the Pentagon’s recent effort to verify the existence of Able Danger. It’s beyond my comprehension that the Defense Department, if it genuinely wanted to find some records of Able Danger, couldn’t work its way back to the very office you sat in, to the computers that you used, to the e-mails that you generated, to the reports that you wrote, to the recommendations that you sent forward. I’m sure they can find that information. In your opinion, what is the Defense Department doing right or wrong in trying to determine whether Able Danger reached these important conclusions about Al Qaeda or not?
 
SHAFFER:
First, I think it’s premature at best when we’re talking about a project that had [vast amounts] of information. I don’t think they’ve gone through all the data in two weeks.
 
Second, there’s going to be an e-mail trail, which if people actually look at it, they will realize what we attempted to do. It will prove the veracity of our attempts to move information from point A to point B. This was not done in a vacuum. It was done where we corresponded on these issues.
 
Third, I don’t think they’ve found all the databases. Some of these databases are commercially held. We had contractors. There are contractors out there which had this data. I’m not convinced [DoD officials] have gone to all of the contractors and found it yet.
 
GSN:
Tell me about the commercial contractors that were involved in Able Danger.
 
SHAFFER:
I have to be very careful now as to how I start answering because I’ve been told that there are going to be [congressional] hearings on this. I have to be careful regarding where the data may be.
 
Orion Scientific, [now part of SRA International, Inc., of Fairfax, VA] was helping LIWA [the Army’s Land Warfare Information Activity], but they also had a contract with Defense Intelligence. [James] Smith said in a statement I heard yesterday that Orion got cold feet when it appeared that LIWA was getting ahead of DIA in some of the analysis. Because the contract that Orion had with DIA was much more lucrative than the contract it had with Army, and the fact that the smaller contract was doing more and better things with its advanced technology, was embarrassing the DIA guys. So, I understand from Mr. Smith’s account, DIA put pressure on Orion Scientific to back out of the Army relationship, which then in turn reduced the capability of the Army support to Able Danger.
 
That may have been a contributing factor to why there were problems with Army and Special Operations Command beginning in the spring of 2000. At that point in time, LIWA backed out of the relationship.
 
GSN:
Which other contractors were involved with Able Danger?
 
SHAFFER:
I know that some of the technology you’re talking about were done by Battelle. There were Battelle scientists involved in this. Battelle, Orion and then Raytheon. Raytheon became the lead contractor when Army backed out of it.
 
What happened was the Special Operations Command -- General Schoomaker, in particular -- grew tired of trying to get the Army to do something like this. When Army started backing off for any number of reasons, Special Operations Command made the decision to relocate Able Danger to Texas. It began the effort from that location to do two things: first, recreate the LIWA suite of technology; and second, energize it using some of the same folks. The one common denominator was the senior scientist that moved from Army down to Texas to do that very function.
 
GSN:
Were many of the people working on Able Danger in Tampa relocated to Texas?
 
SHAFFER:
Yes, that is accurate.
 
GSN:
You remained in Washington as the liaison guy.
 
SHAFFER:
But, I did take my time down there in Texas. I deployed several of my officers to go down and augmented the effort on a recurring or rotational basis to include my going down as a reserve major. I took my hat off as the leader of Stratus Ivy and put my hat on as a reserve Army major, going down and helping as a planner at that cell in Texas.
 
GSN:
What role did Ratheon play in support of the eight or 10 or 12 guys that were working for Able Danger in Garland, Texas?
 

SHAFFER:

They played a significant role in establishing the suite of technology, managing the databases and essentially creating the mechanisms for managing the information to display it for leadership to look at and make operational decisions. That’s where I came into it. I was one of the guys looking at the information. Raytheon helped put it together in packages, so that it was usable.
 
GSN:
If the Army wanted to find what was the data and what were the conclusions that Able Danger had reached, would one possible place to look be those databases maintained by Raytheon?
 
SHAFFER:
That would be an assumption I think you could make based on the information I’m aware of. I don’t know what’s resident at Raytheon at this point in time. I have no direct knowledge of that.
 
[Editor’s Note: When contacted by GSN, Raytheon Company said through a spokesperson that it could neither confirm nor deny any involvement with Able Danger.]

GSN:
Okay, after the 2000 presidential elections, the Bush administration comes into power in January of 2001. How, if at all, does that change anything that Able Danger is doing? Do you get new guidance? Do you have a new hope that someone will listen to you? Is there a new round of proposals to get the information out to the FBI? What happens when President Bush takes over?
 
SHAFFER:
I’ve got to say there was a cascade effect after General Schoomaker retired. He was the overall supporter and advocate of Able Danger and [after he left] everything kind of went downhill. He was the intellectual godfather of this effort. He understood what he was trying to achieve, this entrepreneurial, out-of-the-box thinking.
 
In one of my update briefings to him, I brought with me four Power Point slides. Each had about five bullets on it. I figured the update would probably take about 10 minutes, max. I talked to the DIA rep and he said, “You’ve got an hour with General Schoomaker tomorrow,” and I said, “I don’t need an hour, I need 10 minutes.” He said, “No, you don’t understand. Trust me on this.” So I trusted him.
 
I came back the next day and I figured he would have changed the schedule. No, I still had an hour with the CinC. So, I walk in there with four slides and I start my briefing and General Schoomaker gives my briefing. Every bullet that I put up there and talked to, he talks for 10 minutes to his staff. He explains to them what we’re doing as part of Able Danger is essentially trying to recreate the old OSS [Office of Strategic Services, the World War II-era intelligence unit that was the forerunner to the CIA] capability. The idea of having operationalized information that can actually enable us to do things more rapidly, in a more agile fashion. So General Schoomaker understood what he was trying to achieve. Once that intellect of General Schoomaker left, it went away.
 
[Editor’s Note: General Schoomaker retired in 2000. He was brought back to active duty by Defense Secretary Donald Rumself who named him Army chief of staff in 2003]
 
SHAFFER:
Once the four star [General Schoomaker] went away, it was pretty much like the world closing around us. There was no political will to continue this at that point in time. Plus, my direct leadership: Colonel York and General [Bob] Harding had moved on as well.
 
Therefore, I had a new chain of command above me. They were very risk adverse. This [Able Danger] operation, as with other operations which were very high risk / high gain, some of which are still ongoing -- seemed to not be appreciated by the incoming leadership.
 
At one point in time, the then Director of Operations [for the DIA] had me come in and brief him on a series of operations. This was February /March 2001. This general said, “I want you to explain to me every one of your operations in detail.” So, I started going through the laundry list of each operation and describing it to him.
 
From moment one, it was a bad conversation. It was like, “Well, I don’t agree. Well, I don’t agree. Well, I don’t agree.” So, he basically was saying all the operational focus that I had been required to focus on by the previous leadership, by Colonel Harding, was not something he wanted to pursue. No matter how much common sense, no matter how much reason I tried to use with him, it seemed to be an emotional issue with him.
 
GSN:
Did you take that as his personal philosophy or was that somehow reflective of a larger administration view?
 
SHAFFER:
I can’t answer that question because some of these operations were driven by the Office of Secretary of Defense. They were telling him that we needed to do them. It was tasking from that level, plus in this case, from General Schoomaker.
 
GSN:
How do you explain his objections to your various activities?
 
SHAFFER:
I can only speak to the facts. His opinion was, “That’s not part of your job.” As he walked through things, he kept saying, “I don’t see this as your job. This should be done by someone else.”
 
I tried to explain to him how that’s not their job. We’re human intelligence. This is just an aspect of human intelligence. He disagreed with me. It came to the point where we brought up Able Danger, where I was explaining the operation to him -- as you know it now, plus more -- and he looked at me and he said “Well, Tony, that’s not your job.”
 
I said, “Well, sir, with all due respect, this is an important operation focused on the global Al Qaeda target,” and he said, “You’re not hearing me, Tony. This is not your job.”
 
“Well, sir, this is basically using human methodology, combined with data mining to…”
 
“Tony, you’re not listening to me. This is not your job.”
 
“Sir, this is important, I think…”
 
“Tony, I’m the two star here. I’m the two star. I’m telling you I don’t want you doing anything with Able Danger.”
 
“Sir, if not us then who?”
 
“I don’t know, but it’s not your job.”
 
And that effectively ended my direct support and my unit’s support to Able Danger.
 
GSN:
Did it end Able Danger altogether?
 
SHAFFER:
I think it contributed to the failure of it because by that point, Army had already pulled out and Special Operations Command, because of the political change there, had also changed their focus. I remember the last conversation I had with Captain Scott Philpott on this was a desperate call from him asking me to try to help use one of my operational facilities to at least try to exploit the information [Able Danger had collected] before it got lost.
 
GSN:
What was the name of the general who said “No, this is not your job.”
 
SHAFFER:
General Rod Isler.
 
GSN:
He sounds like a bit of a heavy in the story.
 
SHAFFER:
There are good guys and bad guys in the story.
 
[Editor’s Note: When contacted by GSN, General Rod Isler (USA-Ret.) said he recalls Lt. Col. Shaffer as someone who worked under his command at DIA, but had no recollection of any discussion with Shaffer in which Shaffer briefed him on Able Danger or an intelligence mission to find Al Qaeda cells. Isler emphasized that in his role as deputy director for operations at the Defense Intelligence Agency he had no authority over any programs run out of the J-3 unit of the Joint Staff, and no authority over any program run by the Special Operations Command.]
 
GSN:
How soon after the 9/11 attack did you realize that Able Danger had actually identified about a year earlier the Brooklyn cell and several of the actual 9/11 terrorists, including Mohammed Atta?
 
SHAFFER:
It was within two weeks of 9/11, when one of my colleagues, who had kept one of the charts, called me and said, “You’re not going to believe this. He’s on one of our charts -- Atta.” I just felt this sinking in the pit of my stomach like, “You’ve got to be kidding me.”
 
“Nope, you want to come see?”
 
This [colleague] and I get together for coffee.
 
“Here it is,” [said the colleague.]
 
I’m just sitting there shocked, like I can’t believe we have this, and I asked, “What are we going to do about this?” and [the colleague] said, “I don’t know yet.”
 
I was told later that the information [on Able Danger’s findings] was passed by Congressman [Curt] Weldon over to Stephen Hadley [then the deputy national security advisor in the Bush White House]. At that point in time, I was convinced, “Okay, we got the word out. We’re good to go. At least someone will know now that this happened.”
 
GSN:
Was your motivation at this point to be able to say, “I told you so,” or to have it recognized that there had been some good intelligence work carried out and that maybe someone would want to keep that effort going?
 
SHAFFER:
The problem was everything was in total chaos at that time. I accepted recalled active duty and took command of a special mission unit which did another counter terrorism mission. So, we moved on our merry way, to do other things. I can’t speak for Capt. Scott Philpott and my other colleagues, but I do believe that everybody felt that the information got to where it needs to be and we’re just going to let it go now.
 
GSN:
Did you ever hear anything to suggest that anybody either in the White House or in higher military or civilian DoD leadership positions actually said, “Look at what Able Danger found. We should keep this going.”
 
SHAFFER:
I thought that maybe some of the good work we had done was continuing to do good things. But, I heard Richard Ben-Veniste [one of the 9/11 Commission members] confirm that no such capability exists today to try to replicate what we did. So, that’s a 9/11 commissioner confirming that no such [data mining] capabilities exist today.
 
GSN:
How did the thought dawn on you -- or another Able Danger colleague -- that you should talk to the 9/11 Commission?
 
SHAFFER:
It’s interesting how that came up. Going into October of 2003, I was deployed to Afghanistan as the operations officer overseeing all of DIA’s collection activities in that country. The 9/11 Commission shows up and announces, through the chain of command -- I did this above-board, through the chain of command, General [Lloyd] Austin, being the two-star commander of Task Force 180 and Brigadier General [Byron] Bagby, being his deputy. Word came down through them, saying, “Is there anyone here assigned to this command who has information that is relevant to the pre-9/11 intelligence or operations environment? Please tell us so we can have you go talk to the commissioners, to Dr. [Philip] Zelikow.”
 
[Editor’s Note: As executive director, Dr. Zelikow was the Commission’s top staff member.]
 
SHAFFER:
These are my talking points. [Shaffer showed GSN a typed, one-page memo, with a series of bulleted points, but would not allow GSN to publish the memo.]
 
I went through this whole thing with [Zelikow and other staff members.] I talked about the background, what Stratus Ivy was. I went through the integrated human collection planning effort. I talked about how we planned to do that, the application of U.S. technology. You notice how much time we’re taking now to talk about it.
 
GSN:
Right.
 
SHAFFER:
Same thing [in Afghanistan.] It took time to go through these points. The bottomline was, and the way I phrased it was, “We found two of the three cells which conducted 9/11, to include Atta.”
 
That’s the way I phrased it to them. I don’t know if they didn’t recognize the Atta part, but I did specifically mention two of the three cells which conducted 9/11, and at the end of that I threw in Atta.
 
Because my focus, honestly, was that we found two of the three cells. That was to me the most important factor, rather than focusing on Atta, as an individual. And that was what I told them.
 
I basically gave them background on each one of these three agencies and how it worked. The fact was several DoD seniors saw what I was doing [as similar to] the movie “Kelly’s Heroes” with Clint Eastwood?
In “Kelly’s Heroes,” Clint Eastwood takes a bunch of guys and goes off for gold behind enemy lines during World War II. [Some DoD officials] compared us to being some renegade element totally out of control, doing something which made no sense to them. So, the “crazy factor” was a big issue that I was dealing with at that time. I’m showing you exactly what I put in my notes and said to the 9/11 Commission.
 
GSN:
So, as far as you’re concerned, you not only gave a thorough briefing on everything that had happened, but also identified -- maybe as a throwaway line -- that you found these cells and Mohammed Atta?
 
SHAFFER:
Correct.
 
GSN:
That would seem to be the “money” line. How does somebody [working for the 9/11 Commission] not have his eyes pop open when you say, “Oh, by the way sir, we also identified Mohammed Atta a year before the attacks.”
 
SHAFFER:
As I recall, at the end of the meeting, there was silence. People were just silent at what I’d said.
 
Now, I don’t know how to interpret that, but I do know that two things came out of that meeting, some of which are admitted by the 9/11 Commission now.
 
First, Zelikow approached me at the end of the meeting and said, “This is important. We need to continue this dialogue when we get back to the states. Here’s my card.”
 
Now a senior executive handing an [Army] major his card, I would consider that a fairly big indication that “Hey, there’s something to this.”
 
Second thing, by the 9/11 Commission’s own statement of 12 August, it talks about Dr. Zelikow calling back [to the U.S.] immediately. My understanding from talking to another member of the press is that [Zelikow’s] call came into America at four o clock in the morning. He got people out of bed over this.
 
So, I don’t know what they heard. I can only tell you that I was told by Zelikow to re-contact him and we have their own statement here. So, it seems to me that what they’re saying about [Able Danger] not being important is contradicted by the fact that he did tell me to contact him.
 
GSN:
Their statement, more or less, says, “We thought Able Danger was important, we looked into it but then reached the conclusion that either you weren’t entirely credible or the information wasn’t historically significant.”
 
They might have cooled down a little bit. They might have been very hot when they first heard it, but then reached the conclusion, perhaps reasonably, perhaps unreasonably, that, “This isn’t that significant after all.”
 

SHAFFER:

I agree they may have reached that conclusion, but I believe the investigative rigor that would be required to reach that conclusion actually was not done. I’m a trained investigator myself, and you always ask Who, What, When, Where, Why, How. Can you do that in 30 days or 60 days after something like this is given to you?
 
Plus, I offered them access to my full copy of Able Danger documents. I let him know that because I was operating as Able Danger’s forward headquarters -- because they were in Tampa or Texas -- to preclude having to bring all this classified information back and forth. I became their repository of both briefing charts, summations and authority documents, so they didn’t have to worry about bringing all this classified material on aircraft.
 
Therefore, I had a full copy of this. I just kept it because I was worried about something like this happening one day. My former deputy was a finance officer. She kept immaculate records of all the legal documents. We had all this. I informed Dr. Zelikow that I had a copy of all this stuff and I offered it to him. I think that was one of the reasons he wanted me to re-contact him; so he could look at it.
 
GSN:
And what happened?
 
SHAFFER:
I returned in December [2003], took 30 days of leave, came back off of leave, and I called Dr. Zelikow’s number on his card the first week of January [2004] Someone answers the phone and says, “Yes, we remember you. I will talk to Dr. Zelikow and find out when he wants you to come in.”
 
A week goes by, no phone call back. I called them a week later and said, “Hey, what gives?”
 
“Yeah, we know who you are. ummmmm. Dr. Zelikow tells me that he does not see the need for you to come in. We have all the information on Able Danger.”
 
This is the second week of January. To my knowledge, the Able Danger documentation, which they claimed that they did get, which was about two briefcase-sized containers, didn’t show up until February or March. So, I don’t know what they were looking at or what they’d been told about, but I can tell you, from my understanding, they did not have a full set of information at that point in time.
 
GSN:
What is your explanation for Zelikow’s actions.
 
SHAFFER:
Based on my lawyer’s recommendation, I want to remain tied to the facts that I’m aware of. There are some troubling timelines here. I told them about the set of documents in January. Then, in March of 2004, there are some allegations drummed up against me regarding $67 in phone charges, which were accumulated 25 cents at a time over 18 months. Even though when they told me about this issue, I offered to pay it back, they chose instead to spend in our estimation $400,000 to investigate all these issues simply to drum up this information. By the way, these allegations were refuted by the Army by the fact that in the same year, 2004, I was promoted on schedule to lieutenant colonel.
 
GSN:
So you’re suggesting that based in part or entirely on your coming forward to the 9/11 Commission and raising these issues that that might have ruffled somebody’s feathers?
 
SHAFFER:
There are some troubling facts that remain. The last time I saw the data I’m referring to is also the February 2004 timeframe. Since then, the data regarding the Able Danger set of documents has not been located.
 
GSN:
Since GSN broke this Able Danger story in early August, how has the civilian DoD leadership and the uniformed military leadership reacted to your revelations?
 
SHAFFER:
There’s been troubling things occurring to several of us. At this point in time, we have provided [information about] any issues of concern to DoD leadership.
 
As I understand it, the Army, acting as an honest broker in this entire process, is truly trying to investigate to get all the facts out.
 
However, there is an appearance that all the facts are not in yet and that the investigation continues. You are aware that other folks besides me have come forward and said this actually happened. You have Captain Philpott, you’ve got J.D. Smith, who said, “Hey, not only is what they’re saying true; I’m the guy who did the data mining which resulted in the Atta link.” So, you’ve got this now.
 
The question then becomes, “What has DoD really been able to find and are they going to share it with everybody?” It is my opinion, based on what I’ve heard, that DoD has a lot more information that confirms our story than they’ve released to the public.
 
GSN:
Is it your view that DoD, and perhaps other parties, are doing their best to avoid taking the blame for what is, of course, a tragic event?
 
SHAFFER:
I wouldn’t ask you or anyone else to be naïve about that. I’m sure that’s a factor in how they’re planning things. However, I know that the former members of Able Danger have been cooperating fully. Anytime DoD has had a question for us, we’ve come forward and answered it.
 
The only concern we have now is the fact that we’ve not been active participants in that investigation, for two reasons.
 
First, how do you confirm, as DoD, that you have all the Able Danger documents unless you bring in someone who was part of the original Able Danger team? To date, that has not happened. We’d like to believe that it will happen at some point in time.
 
Second, we’re concerned about the fact that there are other folks who we know that have this knowledge -- and we believe that DOD knows also -- yet the statement was issued [by a DoD spokesman] yesterday [August 23,2005], saying, “There’s no evidence…”
 
GSN:
Suppose you get to the point, where everybody says, “Yes, Able Danger existed; yes, they did this great data mining; yes, they identified the cells and Atta; yes, they tried to submit it to the FBI; yes, the lawyers, maybe with good intentions, blocked them; and, yes, that was a royal screw up.” Everyone agrees to all that. What then? What is your goal? What, beyond everybody agreeing that your story is 100 percent accurate, are you looking for?
 
SHAFFER:
The ultimate goal is what created this whole event to begin with. The intent of Congressman Weldon, and the Army and maybe the leadership was to re-create this [data mining] capability. That’s why this all came up. In the January / February timeframe, we started down the path with Captain Philpott in the lead, saying, “We need to look at how we can recreate the suite of Able Danger capabilities.”
 
That’s when I came into it, because of my knowledge of, and having managed part of the process last time. Army and Navy went to Weldon and said, “Wouldn’t it be great if we had some funding for this?” That’s the key. [Rep.Weldon] asked the hard question, “What happened to the previous iteration of this?” And that’s when the story came out.
 
I can tell you that both Army and Navy had told us to tell the truth to Congress about what happened. That is a fact. Every time we’ve talked to Army and Navy leadership, they’ve said, “Tell the truth.” And that is what we’ve tried to do here. The only reason that this is now in front of the public is because [Congressman Weldon] had the courage to take that information and to do something with it.
 
I believe it was his intent to put it into the record on 27 June 2005, just to justify the expense of putting this into the upcoming FY2006 appropriations bill. But that was the ultimate objective here -- to build something called Able Providence. Able Providence being the follow up to [Able Danger.] In the simplest terms, to create a global, 21st century armored cavalry capability. Again, the idea here, going back to Gettysburg, when General Buford went after and seized the high ground of Gettysburg. That was a decisive point of that battle.
 
GSN:
What is the specific recommendation that you may have carried to Congressman Weldon and sought funds for? What’s the essence of what that program would be all about?
 
SHAFFER:
Two parts. First is something called Kimberlite Magic which is the database / technology piece, which was essentially the LIWA technology piece – the data mining, the Spire, the Parentage, all those different software packages doing what LIWA did. That very smart data mining / intelligence neural-netting and processing capability.
 
Kimblerlite is the tunnel from which diamonds are pushed through the earth towards the surface. A great deal of pressure presses the diamonds.
 
GSN:
That’s the first of two parts.
 
SHAFFER:
Right and Able Providence is going to be the larger piece of that which basically uses complex data display tools to allow operational planners, such as myself, who are technology novices, to look at and make sense of the data.
 
GSN:
How much were you looking for in terms of funding? What’s the dollar value?
 
SHAFFER:
You’ll laugh. We’re talking about less than $50 million dollars for the entire thing and that’s small bucks compared to other programs. Just for the technology, we’re talking about $13 million for the Navy, probably about another $12 or $13 million for the Army. With some other upgrades and personnel issues, we’re talking about under $50 million dollars.
 
GSN:
Is that money in the 2006 bill? Where does it stand?
 
SHAFFER:
The last time I discussed this, and this is actually my real job right now, we’re working with a senior staffer. He’s already notified both the Army and the Navy that the intent is for the Hill to fund this capability. So, that’s where the negotiation is right now.
 
GSN:
So, if all is said and done and this whole hullabaloo gets this Kimblerlite Magic and Able Providence launched, it will be a success?
 
SHAFFER:
That will be success. That’s all I want.
 
GSN:
It’s a hell of a lot of effort to go through to get a measly $50 million. Usually, a senior congressman, like Curt Weldon, can get a $50 million program done over lunch; over a bowl of soup.
 
SHAFFER:
That’s what we’re going for. All this public stuff was not our intent. Our intent was simply and quietly to get this capability up-and-running, and focused on the fact that warfare has changed. Fundamentally, we want to find a way to change the culture to match the new war fighting thinking. To be entrepreneurial, to use this technology to establish partnerships of the willing, people who are willing to partner with us.
 
Just like we did in the original Able Danger concept, you took three separate organizations, Army, SOCOM and DIA, small components of each, focused them on one problem. It was like, if you don’t mind me saying, a big apprentice task: go after Al Qaeda. That’s what we’re talking about here. Just being able to think out of the box, to get out of the normal government channels and think like a businessman.
 
GSN:
Just out of curiosity, why was Congressman Weldon willing to talk first with GSN about Able Danger?
 
SHAFFER:
You’re an insider magazine. There was a belief that if we’re going to talk about this with anyone, you’d be the best to get this word out to government insiders because they would take notice of it. And the idea here is to show people, “Hey, this happened before. We want to do it again,” and in some ways maybe even elicit some support from the government to move this forward.
All Credit Given To  Jacob Goodwin and Government Security News
http://www.gsnmagazine.com/sep_05/shaffer_interview.html



Background Article # 2

Gil Spencer: Weldon’s Able Danger now has a voice

Suddenly, there is a name (beside Curt Weldon’s) to put with the allegation that a secret military intelligence unit called Able Danger identified Mohammed Atta more than a year before he led 9/11 attacks against America. The name is Tony Shaffer.

He is a Lt. Colonel in the Army Reserve and was a civilian member of the Able Danger team formed by the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA). That team, Shaffer says, determined in 1999, that Atta and others were connected to the Brooklyn al-Qaida cell.

I talked to Shaffer Tuesday. He was in Weldon’s office in Washington, D.C.

Last week, Weldon went on the record claiming that the Defense Intelligence Agency had information linking Atta and three other men to al-Qaida back in 1999 but had been blocked from sharing the info with the FBI. If they had, Weldon said, the cell might have been broken up and 9/11 might well have been prevented.

Until yesterday, Weldon refused to name any members of the Able Danger team, citing fears that they might be retaliated against for revealing embarrassing truths about how the government failed to protect the country four years ago.

Shaffer himself said that some in the Pentagon are "trying to go dirty on me right now" for what he told the 9/11 Commission about the military’s failure to pass actionable info to the FBI’s anti-terrorism unit.

At the time he met with 9/11 staffers, in Oct of 2003, he was deployed in Afghanistan as a Special Ops officer.

But back in 1999, he was a civilian DIA caseworker and he was impressed with the information Able Danger was able to collect and analyze about the al-Qaida terror network.

Using terms like "massive data mining,’’ ‘‘parallel processing," and "neural networking," Shaffer tried to explain how Able Danger analysts made connections that intelligence agencies weren’t able to make.

"It’s not something that happens overnight. It’s a complex process of algorithms, evaluation, re-evaluation and rigorous review before it is considered a valid assumption or association," said Shaffer.

Later, he said when he tried to explain the process to 9/11 Commission staff members, "I don’t think they understood what we were telling them. It was like trying to show a pig a wrist-watch."

After talking to Shaffer, I know how the pig feels.

Still, he said, "The data we had available (in ’99) indicated these individuals (Atta and the rest) were affiliated with the Brooklyn cell.

"We were able to identify two of the three cells that conducted 9/11. We didn’t ID everybody in the cell, we didn’t know how they were organized or their objective, just their connections to al Qaida."

Yet when he tried to share this information with the FBI, he said he was blocked from doing so by Department of Defense. Part of the reason was recent history and the lack of trust that existed between the federal agencies.

The Branch Davidian debacle in Waco that left 70 people dead was still in the memory banks of all those who had been involved in it, including the U.S. Army Delta Force that advised the siege team.

When it came to al-Qaida, Shaffer believes the mindset of the military was "if we pass the information on to the FBI and they do something with it and if something goes wrong (we’re) going to get the blame for it."

So instead, he says now, the information was withheld, Able Danger was disbanded, and a few months later al-Qaida succeeded in hijacking four U.S. jetliners, flying two into the World Trade Center and one into the Pentagon.

As it happened, on that fateful day, then Maj. Shaffer was scheduled to meet a colleague at the Pentagon to discuss extending the mandatory retirement age for military reservists. If that meeting hadn’t been postponed, Shaffer would have been in the very wing at the Pentagon into which hijacked American Airlines Flight 77 crashed and burned.

Tuesday, Shaffer said he met with Pentagon Intel boss Stephen Cambone, who is looking into the matter.

Shaffer says he’s confident the truth about Able Danger will come out and that others involved in the unit will be coming forward soon to tell what they know and when they knew it.

His goal he says is to help Weldon resurrect the Able Danger model for intel collection so that future 9/11s can be prevented.

"I fought these battles.." says Shaffer, "and the same issues (of bureaucratic turf protecting) still exist today."

If other Able Danger analysts come forward to back up what Shaffer says, the Pentagon is going to have a lot of explaining to do.

Until then, says Shaffer, when it comes to telling what he knew, "I would like to believe I did my part."

Gil Spencer’s column appears Sunday, Wednesday and Friday. E-mail gspencer@delcotimes.com

All Credit Given To Gil Spencer and The Delco Times
http://www.zwire.com/site/news.cfm?newsid=15047394&
©DelcoTimes 2006



S. O'BRIEN: A military intelligence officer says he tried to warn the FBI about an al Qaeda cell a full year before the 9/11 attacks, but was prevented from passing on information.

Lieutenant Colonel Anthony Shaffer was a member of a unit called Able Danger, and he's just now going public with what he says he told the 9/11 Commission. Colonel Shaffer joins us from our Washington bureau this morning.

Good morning. Thanks for being with us.

LT. COL. ANTHONY SHAFFER, U.S. ARMY INTELLIGENCE: Good morning. Thank you, Soledad.


More at :http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0508/17/ltm.05.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

The Fatwa: Too Bad More Arab Liberals Don't Exist!

 "By these Fatwas all terrorists have died, or will die, fully convinced that they will immediately enter Paradise… [These] Fatwas remain the pivotal cause of terrorist acts, which clothe such terrorist acts with legitimacy as being one of the sacred tenets of Muslim faith."

Fatwa to Kill:  When Arab liberals take the matter into their own hands

By Abu Khawla (*)

A Fatwa (religious edict) has always been a serious matter for Muslims. Once issued by a noted cleric, it becomes binding for the gullible faithful. And things get particularly scary when it comes to Fatwas that ask people to kill.

During the liberation of Kuwait war, as an example, some clerics called for Jihad against the mainly infidel international alliance force, while some others justified the foreign help on the basis of self defense. Both camps referred to religious texts to justify their edicts. The confusion was taken one step further on September 3, 2004 when Sheikh Yousef Al-Qaradhawi -a leader of Egypt's Muslim Brotherhood and founding member of Al-Jazeera TV channel- issued a Fatwa which called for the abduction and killing of U.S. citizens in Iraq, military and civilians alike.

This drew a strong reaction, including from clerics in Iraq. And under pressure, Al-Quaradhawi backed off from his earlier statement pretending that he was just calling for resistance against occupation.

Arab Liberals’ counter-attack came on October 24, when a group of intellectuals composed of the Jordanian writer Dr. Shaker Al-Nabulsi, the Tunisian secularist thinker Al-'Afif Al-Akhdhar, and former Iraqi Minister of Planning Dr. Jawad Hashem, published a petition on the Internet, to be sent to the Secretary General of the UN calling for the establishment of an international tribunal which would prosecute religious clerics that issue Fatwas calling for murder. The call is consistent with the UN Security Council Resolution 1566, which called for “practical measures to be imposed upon individuals, groups, or entities involved in or associated with terrorist activities."

The petition went on to say: "we, the signatories of this letter, a group of Arab and Muslim liberals, would like to draw your attention to an extremely dangerous source of terrorism. This source is the purported religious pronouncements Fatwas issued by some psychotic members of dogmatic Muslims encouraging the commission of terrorist acts in the name of and under the banner of Islam…It is not enough for the Security Council to adopt resolutions 'condemning' terrorism. What will be more effective is the establishment of an International Tribunal affiliated to the UN organization for the prosecution of individuals, groups, or entities involved, directly or indirectly, with terrorist activities including, but not limited to Fatwas issued by religious clerics in the name of Islam calling upon Muslims to commit terrorist acts. By these Fatwas all terrorists have died, or will die, fully convinced that they will immediately enter Paradise… [These] Fatwas remain the pivotal cause of terrorist acts, which clothe such terrorist acts with legitimacy as being one of the sacred tenets of Muslim faith."

So far the petition was signed by more than three thousand Arabs from all walks of life. But what is more important is its psychological impact on Arab public opinion. A debate has already started on the Arab liberals Web site Elaph.com. Few opponents, mostly of Islamist background, argued that it is the lack of democracy that has been responsible for breeding terror, hence the urgent need is to establish democracy. The counter-argument was, however, that (1) in many countries in Asia, Africa and South America there is (or was) lack of democracy, but without leading to the type of terror we are witnessing in this part of the world, and (2) there is no harm in claiming for both the prosecution of clerics inciting for murder and for the establishment of democracy and human rights.

As things stand at the writing of this article, opponents of the petition seem to have lost both the debate and the audience. This may herald for a better future for the Arab/secularist movement, which was marginalized and for so long.

(*) The author is a human rights activist and former Chair of the Tunisian section of Amnesty International. His current research focus is on Islamist terror and how to defeat it (E-mail: Abu451@hotmail,.com).

http://www.metransparent.com/texts/abu_khawla_fatwa_to_kill.htm

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Tablighi Jamaat: Jihad's Stealthy Legions and A Trojan Horse for Terror in America?

"The American political system tolerates all views so long as they adhere to the rule of law. Unfortunately, Tablighi Jamaat missionaries may be encouraging African American recruits to break the law. Harkat ul-Mujahideen has boasted of training dozens of African American jihadists in its military camps. There is evidence that African American jihadists have died in both Afghanistan and Kashmir."[43]


Tablighi Jamaat: Jihad's Stealthy Legions

Author: Alex Alexiev
Publication: Middle East Quarterly
Date: Winter 2005
URL: http://www.meforum.org/article/686

Every fall, over a million almost identically dressed, bearded Muslim men from around the world descend on the small Pakistani town of Raiwind for a three-day celebration of faith. Similar gatherings take place annually outside of Dhaka, Bangladesh, and Bhopal, India. These pilgrims are no ordinary Muslims, though; they belong to a movement called Tablighi Jamaat ("Proselytizing Group"). They are trained missionaries who have dedicated much of their lives to spreading Islam across the globe. The largest group of religious proselytizers of any faith, they are part of the reason for the explosive growth of Islamic religious fervor and conversion.

Despite its size, worldwide presence, and tremendous importance, Tablighi Jamaat remains largely unknown outside the Muslim community, even to many scholars of Islam. This is no coincidence. Tablighi Jamaat officials work to remain outside of both media and governmental notice. Tablighi Jamaat neither has formal organizational structure nor does it publish details about the scope of its activities, its membership, or its finances. By eschewing open discussion of politics and portraying itself only as a pietistic movement, Tablighi Jamaat works to project a non-threatening image. Because of the movement's secrecy, scholars often have no choice but to rely on explanations from Tablighi Jamaat acolytes.

As a result, academics tend to describe the group as an apolitical devotional movement stressing individual faith, introspection, and spiritual development. The austere and egalitarian lifestyle of Tablighi missionaries and their principled stands against social ills leads many outside observers to assume that the group has a positive influence on society. Graham Fuller, a former CIA official and expert on Islam, for example, characterized Tablighi Jamaat as a "peaceful and apolitical preaching-to-the-people movement."[1] Barbara Metcalf, a University of California scholar of South Asian Islam, called Tablighi Jamaat "an apolitical, quietist movement of internal grassroots missionary renewal" and compares its activities to the efforts to reshape individual lives by Alcoholics Anonymous.[2] Olivier Roy, a prominent authority on Islam at Paris's prestigious Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, described Tablighi Jamaat as "completely apolitical and law abiding."[3] Governments normally intolerant of independent movements often make an exception for Tablighi Jamaat. The Bangladeshi prime minister and top political leadership, many of whom are Islamists, regularly attend their rallies, and Pakistani military officers, many of whom are sympathetic to militant Islam, even allow Tablighi missionaries to preach in the barracks.

Yet, the Pakistani experience strips the patina from Tablighi Jamaat's façade. Pakistani prime minister Nawaz Sharif (1990-93; 1997-99), whose father was a prominent Tablighi member and financier, helped Tablighi members take prominent positions.[4] For example, in 1998, Muhammad Rafique Tarar took the ceremonial presidency while, in 1990, Javed Nasir assumed the powerful director-generalship of the Inter-Services Intelligence, Pakistan's chief intelligence agency. When Benazir Bhutto, less sympathetic to Islamist causes, returned to the premiership in 1993, Tablighis conspired to overthrow her government. In 1995, the Pakistani army thwarted a coup attempt by several dozen high-ranking military officers and civilians, all of whom were members of the Tablighi Jamaat and some of whom also held membership in Harakat ul-Mujahideen, a U.S. State Department-defined terrorist organization.[5] Some of the confusion over Tablighi Jamaat's apolitical characterization derives from the fact that the movement does not consider individual states to be legitimate. They may not become actively involved in internal politics or disputes over local issues, but, from a philosophical and transnational perspective, the Tablighi Jamaat's millenarian philosophy is very political indeed. According to the French Tablighi expert Marc Gaborieau, its ultimate objective is nothing short of a "planned conquest of the world" in the spirit of jihad.[6]
Origins and Ideology

The prominent Deobandi cleric and scholar Maulana Muhammad Ilyas Kandhalawi (1885-1944) launched Tablighi Jamaat in 1927 in Mewat, India, not far from Delhi. From its inception, the extremist attitudes that characterize Deobandism permeated Tablighi philosophy. Ilyas's followers were intolerant of other Muslims and especially Shi'ites, let alone adherents of other faiths. Indeed, part of Ilyas's impetus for founding Tablighi Jamaat was to counter the inroads being made by Hindu missionaries. They rejected modernity as antithetical to Islam, excluded women, and preached that Islam must subsume all other religions.[7] The creed grew in importance after Pakistani military dictator Zia ul-Haq encouraged Deobandis to Islamize Pakistan.

The Tablighi Jamaat canon is bare-boned. Apart from the Qu'ran, the only literature Tablighis are required to read are the Tablighi Nisab, seven essays penned by a companion of Ilyas in the 1920s. Tablighi Jamaat is not a monolith: one subsection believes they should pursue jihad through conscience (jihad bin nafs) while a more radical wing advocates jihad through the sword (jihad bin saif).[8] But, in practice, all Tablighis preach a creed that is hardly distinguishable from the radical Wahhabi-Salafi jihadist ideology that so many terrorists share.

Part of the reason why the Tablighi Jamaat leadership can maintain such strict secrecy is its dynastic flavor. All Tablighi Jamaat leaders since Ilyas have been related to him by either blood or marriage. Upon Ilyas' 1944 death, his son, Maulana Muhammad Yusuf (1917-65), assumed leadership of the movement, dramatically expanding its reach and influence. Following the partition of India, Tablighi Jamaat spread rapidly in the new Muslim nation of Pakistan. Yusuf and his successor, Inamul Hassan (1965-95), transformed Tablighi Jamaat into a truly transnational movement with a renewed emphasis targeting conversion of non-Muslims, a mission the movement continues to the present day.

While few details are known about the group's structure, at the top sits the emir who, according to some observers, presides over a shura (council), which plays an advisory role. Further down are individual country organizations. By the late 1960s, Tablighi Jamaat had not only established itself in Western Europe and North America but even claimed adherents in countries like Japan, which has no significant Muslim population.

The movement's rapid penetration into non-Muslim regions began in the 1970s and coincides with the establishment of a synergistic relationship between Saudi Wahhabis and South Asian Deobandis. While Wahhabis are dismissive of other Islamic schools, they single out Tablighi Jamaat for praise, even if they disagree with some of its practices, such as willingness to pray in mosques housing graves. The late Sheikh 'Abd al 'Aziz ibn Baz, perhaps the most influential Wahhabi cleric in the late twentieth century, recognized the Tablighis good work and encouraged his Wahhabi brethren to go on missions with them so that they can "guide and advise them."[9] A practical result of this cooperation has been large-scale Saudi financing of Tablighi Jamaat. While Tablighi Jamaat in theory requires its missionaries to cover their own expenses during their trips, in practice, Saudi money subsidizes transportation costs for thousands of poor missionaries. While Tablighi Jamaat's financial activities are shrouded in secrecy, there is no doubt that some of the vast sums spent by Saudi organizations such as the World Muslim League on proselytism benefit Tablighi Jamaat. As early as 1978, the World Muslim League subsidized the building of the Tablighi mosque in Dewsbury, England, which has since become the headquarters of Tablighi Jamaat in all of Europe.[10] Wahhabi sources have paid Tablighi missionaries in Africa salaries higher than the European Union pays teachers in Zanzibar.[11] In both Western Europe and the United States, Tablighis operate interchangeably out of Deobandi and Wahhabi controlled mosques and Islamic centers.

Wolf in Sheep's Clothing

The West's misreading of Tablighi Jamaat actions and motives has serious implications for the war on terrorism. Tablighi Jamaat has always adopted an extreme interpretation of Sunni Islam, but in the past two decades, it has radicalized to the point where it is now a driving force of Islamic extremism and a major recruiting agency for terrorist causes worldwide. For a majority of young Muslim extremists, joining Tablighi Jamaat is the first step on the road to extremism. Perhaps 80 percent of the Islamist extremists in France come from Tablighi ranks, prompting French intelligence officers to call Tablighi Jamaat the "antechamber of fundamentalism."[12] U.S. counterterrorism officials are increasingly adopting the same attitude. "We have a significant presence of Tablighi Jamaat in the United States," the deputy chief of the FBI's international terrorism section said in 2003, "and we have found that Al-Qaeda used them for recruiting now and in the past."[13]

Recruitment methods for young jihadists are almost identical. After joining Tablighi Jamaat groups at a local mosque or Islamic center and doing a few local dawa (proselytism) missions, Tablighi officials invite star recruits to the Tablighi center in Raiwind, Pakistan, for four months of additional missionary training. Representatives of terrorist organizations approach the students at the Raiwind center and invite them to undertake military training.[14] Most agree to do so.

Tablighi Jamaat has long been directly involved in the sponsorship of terrorist groups. Pakistani and Indian observers believe, for instance, that Tablighi Jamaat was instrumental in founding Harakat ul-Mujahideen. Founded at Raiwind in 1980, almost all of the Harakat ul-Mujahideen's original members were Tablighis. Famous for the December 1998 hijacking of an Air India passenger jet and the May 8, 2002 murder of a busload of French engineers in Karachi, Harakat members make no secret of their ties. "The two organizations together make up a truly international network of genuine jihadi Muslims," one senior Harakat ul-Mujahideen official said.[15] More than 6,000 Tablighis have trained in Harakat ul-Mujahideen camps. Many fought in Afghanistan in the 1980s and readily joined Al-Qaeda after the Taliban defeated Afghanistan's anti-Soviet mujahideen.[16]

Another violent Tablighi Jamaat spin-off is the Harakat ul-Jihad-i Islami.[17] Founded in the aftermath of the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, this group has been active not only in the disputed Indian provinces of Jammu and Kashmir but also in the state of Gujarat, where Tablighi Jamaat extremists have taken over perhaps 80 percent of the mosques previously run by the moderate Barelvi Muslims.[18] The Tablighi movement is also very active in northern Africa where it became one of the four groups that founded the Islamic Salvation Front in Algeria. Moroccan authorities are currently prosecuting sixty members of the Moroccan Tablighi offshoot Dawa wa Tabligh in connection with the May 16, 2003 terrorist attack on a Casablanca synagogue.[19] Dutch police are investigating links between the Moroccan cells and the November 2, 2004 murder of Dutch filmmaker Theo van Gogh.[20]

There are many other cases of individual Tablighis committing acts of terrorism. French Tablighi members, for example, have helped organize and execute attacks not only in Paris but also at the Hotel Asni in Marrakech in 1994.[21] Kazakh authorities expelled a number of Tablighi missionaries because they had been organizing networks advancing "extremist propaganda and recruitment."[22] Indian investigators suspect influential Tablighi leader, Maulana Umarji, and a group of his followers in the February 27, 2002 fire bombing of a train carrying Hindu nationalists in Gujarat, India. The incident sparked a wave of pogroms victimizing both Muslims and Hindus.[23] More recently, Moroccan authorities sentenced Yusef Fikri, a Tablighi member and leader of the Moroccan terrorist organization At-Takfir wal-Hijrah, to death for his role in masterminding the May 2003 Casablanca terrorist bombings that claimed more than forty lives.[24]

Tablighi Jamaat has also facilitated other terrorists' missions. The group has provided logistical support and helped procure travel documents. Many take advantage of Tablighi Jamaat's benign reputation. Moroccan authorities say that leaflets circulated by the terrorist group Al-Salafiyah al-Jihadiyah urged their members to join Islamic organizations that operate openly, such as Tablighi Jamaat, in order "to hide their identity on the one hand and influence these groups and their policies on the other."[25] In a similar vein, a Pakistani jihadi website commented that Tablighi Jamaat organizational structures can be easily adopted to jihad activities.[26] The Philippine government has accused Tablighi Jamaat, which has an 11,000-member presence in the country, of serving both as a conduit of Saudi money to the Islamic terrorists in the south and as a cover for Pakistani jihad volunteers.[27]

There is also evidence that Tablighi Jamaat directly recruits for terrorist organizations. As early as the 1980s, the movement sponsored military training for 900 recruits annually in Pakistan and Algeria while, in 1999, Uzbek authorities accused Tablighi Jamaat of sending 400 Uzbeks to terrorist training camps.[28] The West is not immune. British counterterrorism authorities estimate that at least 2,000 British nationals had gone to Pakistan for jihad training by 1998, and the French secret services report that between 80 and 100 French nationals fought for Al-Qaeda.[29]

A Trojan Horse for Terror in America?

Within the United States, the cases of American Taliban John Lindh, the "Lackawanna Six," and the Oregon cell that conspired to bomb a synagogue and sought to link up with Al-Qaeda,[30] all involve Tablighi missionaries.[31] Other indicted terrorists, such as "shoe bomber" Richard Reid, "dirty bomber" Jose Padilla, and Lyman Harris, who sought to bomb the Brooklyn Bridge, were all members of Tablighi Jamaat at one time or another.[32] According to Robert Blitzer, head of the FBI's first Islamic counterterrorism unit, between 1,000 and 2,000 Americans left to join the jihad in the 1990s alone.[33] Pakistani intelligence sources report that 400 American Tablighi recruits received training in Pakistani or Afghan terrorist camps since 1989.[34]

The Tablighi Jamaat has made inroads among two very different segments of the American Muslim population. Because many American Muslims are immigrants, and a large subsection of these are from South Asia, Deobandi influences have been able to penetrate deeply. Many Tablighi Jamaat missionaries speak Urdu as a first language and so can communicate easily with American Muslims of South Asian origin. The Tablighi headquarters in the United States for the past decade appears to be in the Al-Falah mosque in Queens, New York. Its missionaries-predominantly from South Asia-regularly visit Sunni mosques and Islamic centers across the country.[35] The willingness of Saudi-controlled front organizations and charities, such as the World Muslim League, the World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY), the Haramain Foundation, the International Islamic Relief Organization (IIRO) and others, to spend large amounts of money to co-opt the religious establishment has helped catalyze recruitment. As a result Wahhabi and Deobandi influence dominate American Islam.[36]

This trend is apparent in the activities of Tanzeem-e Islami. Founded by long-term Tablighi member and passionate Taliban supporter, Israr Ahmed, Tanzeem-e Islami flooded American Muslim organizations with communications accusing Israel of complicity in the 9/11 terror attacks.[37] A frequent featured speaker at Islamic conferences and events in the United States, Ahmed engages in incendiary rhetoric urging his audiences to prepare for "the final showdown between the Muslim world and the non-Muslim world, which has been captured by the Jews."[38] Unfortunately, his conspiracy theories have begun to take hold among growing segments of the American Muslim community. For example, Siraj Wahhaj, among the best known African-American Muslim converts and the first Muslim cleric to lead prayers in the U.S. Congress, is also on record accusing the FBI and the CIA of being the "real terrorists." He has expressed his support for the convicted mastermind of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman, and advocating the demise of American democracy.[39]

Tablighi Jamaat has appealed to African American Muslims for other reasons. Founded by Elijah Mohammed in the early 1930s, the Nation of Islam was essentially a charismatic African American separatist organization which had little to do with normative Islam. Many Nation of Islam members found attractive both the Tablighi Jamaat's anti-state separatist message and its description of American society as racist, decadent, and oppressive. Seeing such fertile ground, Tablighi and Wahhabi missionaries targeted the African American community with great success. One Tablighi sympathizer explained,

The umma [Muslim community] must remember that winning over the black Muslims is not only a religious obligation but also a selfish necessity. The votes of the black Muslims can give the immigrant Muslims the political clout they need at every stage to protect their vital interests. Likewise, outside Muslim states like Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Pakistan need to mobilize their effort, money, and missionary skills to expand and consolidate the black Muslim community in the USA, not only for religious reasons, but also as a farsighted investment in the black Muslims' immense potential as a credible lobby for Muslim causes, such as Palestine, Bosnia, or Kashmir-offsetting, at least partially, the venal influence of the powerful India-Israel lobby.[40]

Not only foreign Tablighis but also the movement's sympathizers within the United States enunciate this goal. The president of the Islamic Research Foundation in Louisville, Kentucky, a strong advocate of Tablighi missionary work, for instance, insists that "if all the Afro-American brothers and sisters become Muslims, we can change the political landscape of America" and "make U.S. foreign policy pro-Islamic and Muslim friendly."[41] As a result of Tablighi and Wahhabi proselytizing, African Americans comprise between 30 and 40 percent of the American Muslim community, and perhaps 85 percent of all American Muslim converts. Much of this success is due to a successful proselytizing drive in the penitentiary system. Prison officials say that by the mid-1990s, between 10 and 20 percent of the nation's 1.5 million inmates identified themselves as Muslims. Some 30,000 African Americans convert to Islam in prison every year.[42]

The American political system tolerates all views so long as they adhere to the rule of law. Unfortunately, Tablighi Jamaat missionaries may be encouraging African American recruits to break the law. Harkat ul-Mujahideen has boasted of training dozens of African American jihadists in its military camps. There is evidence that African American jihadists have died in both Afghanistan and Kashmir.[43]
Tablighi Jamaat: The Future of American Islam?

Tablighi Jamaat has made unprecedented strides in recent decades. It increasingly relies on local missionaries rather than South Asian Tablighis to recruit in Western countries and often sets up groups which apparently model themselves after Tablighi Jamaat but do not acknowledge links to it.[44]

In the United States, such a role is apparently played by the Islamic Circle of North America (ICNA). Founded in 1968 as an offshoot of the fiercely Islamist Muslim Student Association,[45] ICNA is the only major American Muslim organization that has paid open homage to Tablighi founder Ilyas. The monthly ICNA publication, The Message, has praised Ilyas as one of the four greatest Islamic leaders of the last 100 years.[46] While the relationship between ICNA and Tablighi Jamaat is not clear, the two organizations share a number of similarities. They both embrace the extreme Deobandi and Wahhabi interpretations of Islam. ICNA demonstrates disdain for Western democratic values and opposes virtually all counterterrorism legislation, such as the Patriot Act, while providing moral and financial support to all Muslims implicated in terrorist activities. An editorial in the ICNA organ, The Message International, in September 1989 bemoaned the "uncounted number of Muslims lost to Western values" which was a "major cause for concern."[47] In 2003 and 2004, ICNA has collected money to assist detainees suspected of terrorist activities, participated in pro-terrorist rallies, and mounted campaigns on behalf of indicted Hamas functionary Sami al-Arian.[48] Like Tablighi Jamaat, ICNA initially drew its membership disproportionately from South Asians. As with Tablighi Jamaat, ICNA demands total dedication to missionary work from its members. Because many ICNA members spend at least thirty hours per week on their mission,[49] their ability to independently support themselves is unclear. Many cannot hold full-time jobs. ICNA's recruitment efforts have borne fruit, though. All ICNA members are organized in small study groups of no more than eight people, called NeighborNets. As in a cult, these cells provide support and reinforcement for new recruits, who may have sought to fill a void in their lives. Its yearly convocations, patterned on the annual Tablighi Jamaat meetings in South Asia, now attract some 15,000 people.[50]
Conclusion

The estimated 15,000 Tablighi missionaries reportedly active in the United States present a serious national security problem.[51] At best, they and their proxy groups form a powerful proselytizing movement that preaches extremism and disdain for religious tolerance, democracy, and separation of church and state. At worst, they represent an Islamist fifth column that aids and abets terrorism. Contrary to their benign treatment by scholars and academics, Tablighi Jamaat has more to do with political sedition than with religion.

U.S. officials should focus on reality rather than rhetoric. Pakistani and Saudi support for Tablighi Jamaat is incompatible with their claims to be key allies in the war on terror. While law enforcement focuses attention on Osama bin Laden, the war on terrorism cannot be won unless al-Qaeda terrorists are understood to be the products of Islamist ideology preached by groups like Tablighi Jamaat. If the West chooses to turn a blind eye to the problem, Tablighi involvement in future terrorist activities at home and abroad is not a matter of conjecture; it is a certainty.

Alex Alexiev is vice president for research at the Center for Security Policy in Washington, D.C.

[1] Graham Fuller, "The Future of Political Islam," Foreign Affairs, Mar.-Apr., 2002, p. 49.
[2] Barbara Metcalf, "Traditionalist Islamic Activism: Deoband, Tablighis and Talibs," Social Service Research Council, Nov. 1, 2004.
[3] Le Monde Diplomatique (Paris), May 15, 2002.
[4] B. Raman, "Nawaz in a Whirlpool," South Asia Analysis Group, Oct. 10, 1999.
[5] The News (Lahore), Feb. 13, 1995.
[6] Marc Gaborieau, "Transnational Islamic Movements: Tablighi Jamaat in Politics," ISIM Newsletter (International Institute for the Study of Islam in the Modern World), July 1999, p. 21.
[7] Dietrich Reetz, "Keeping Busy on the Path of Allah: The Self-Organization (intizam) of Tablighi Jamaat," in Daniela Bredi, ed., Islam in Contemporary South Asia (Rome: Oriente Moderno, 2004), pp. 295-305.
[8] B. Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat," South Asia Analysis Group, Sept. 15, 1999.
[9] "Fatwa of Shaykh 'Abdul-'Azeez ibn Baaz regarding the Jamaa'ah at-Tableegh," fatwa-online.com, Safar 11, 1414 (July 31, 1993).
[10] Financial Times, Apr. 12, 1982.
[11] Associated Press, Feb. 22, 2004.
[12] Le Monde (Paris), Jan. 25, 2002.
[13] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
[14] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
[15] Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat."
[16] Ibid.
[17] The News, Feb. 13, 1995, cited in ibid.
[18] Frontline, Public Broadcasting Service, Mar. 16-29, 2003.
[19] Financial Times, Aug. 6, 2003.
[20] The New York Times, Nov. 25, 2004.
[21] Le Monde, Sept. 26, 2001.
[22] Kazakhstan Today News Service, June 13, 2003.
[23] India Today (New Delhi), Feb. 24, 2003.
[24] BBC News, July 12, 2003.
[25] Asharq al-Awsat (London), May 25, 2003.
[26] Mufti Khubaib Sahib, "Advantageous Structure for the Jihaad Organisations," 2600 News, Nov. 16, 2004.
[27] Manila Times, Oct. 12, 2001.
[28] Surya Gangadharan, "Exploring Jihad: The Case of Algeria," Strategic Affairs (New Delhi), Feb. 1, 2001.
[29] Ori Golan, "On the Day the Black Flag of Islam will be Flying over Downing Street," The Jerusalem Post, June 26, 2003; Le Parisien, Dec. 26, 2001.
[30] The Oregonian (Portland), Oct. 11, 2002.
[31] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
[32] Jessica Stern, "The Protean Enemy," Foreign Affairs, July/Aug. 2003.
[33] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
[34] Ibid.
[35] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
[36] Daniel Pipes, Militant Islam Reaches America (New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 2003),
[37] The Independent, Oct. 1, 2001.
[38] Sept. 11, 1995 ISNA convention, cited in Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat."
[39] The Wall Street Journal, Oct. 24, 2003.
[40] Dawn (Karachi), Jan. 12, 1996.
[41] Ibrahim B. Syed, "Juneteenth," Islamic Research Foundation International, Inc., Louisville, Ky., n.d.
[42] Religion News Service, Jan. 23, 1996.
[43] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
[44] Ibid.
[45] Jonathan Dowd-Gailey, "Islamism's Campus Club: The Muslim Students Association," Middle East Quarterly, Spring 2004, pp. 63-72.
[46] "Great Leaders of Last 100 Years," The Message International Online (Jamaica, N.Y.), Dec. 22, 2004.
[47] The Message International, Sept. 1989, p. 6.
[48] The Washington Post, May 29, 2003.
[49] "About ICNA," Islamic Circle of North America, Dec. 22, 2004.
[50] Ibid.
[51] Aminah Mohammad-Arif, "Ilyas et Mawdudi au Pays des Yankees: La Tablighi Jamaat et la Jamaat Islami aux Etats-Unis," Archive des Sciences Sociales des Religions, Jan.-Mar. 2002.

http://www.hvk.org/articles/1206/143.html

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

'Taliban Republic' in Iraqi Province of Diyala

 
Published on Monday, September 25, 2006 by the Independent / UK
A Journey into the 'Taliban Republic' Where the Militias Rule Unchallenged
by Patrick Cockburn
 

Civil war is raging through the Iraqi countryside. Sunni insurgents have largely taken control of the province of Diyala, where local leaders believe the insurgents are close to establishing a "Taliban republic".

Officials in the strategically important province - composed of a mixture of Sunnis and Shias with a Kurdish minority - have no doubt about what is happening. Lt-Col Ahmed Ahmed Nuri Hassan, a weary-looking commander of the federal police, says: "Now there is an ethnic civil war and it is getting worse every day."

At the moment, the Sunni seem to be winning.

As the violence has escalated over the past three years, it has become too dangerous for journalists to find out what is happening in the provinces outside the capital. The UN said last week that 5,106 civilians were killed in Baghdad in July and August and 1,493 in the provinces outside it.

Insurgents have cut the roads out of the capital to the west and the north. As I travelled through the provinces of this vast, war-torn country, despite keeping to the relatively calm tongue of Kurdish territory that extends through the countryside almost to Baghdad, I was keenly aware that it is not a place to make a mistake in map reading.

We drove for a couple of hours beside the Diyala river which rises in Iran's Zagros mountains and looks like a smaller version of the Nile, a streak of vivid green vegetation running through dun-coloured semi-desert. Then we turned abruptly east before the road entered the strongly insurgent district of As-Sadiyah.

What could have happened if we had continued down the main road was evident at Lt-Col Hassan's headquarters. In one corner of the courtyard was the wreckage of a blue-and-white police vehicle, ripped apart by a bomb. "Five policemen were killed in it when it was blown up at an intersection in As-Sadiyah two months ago," a policeman told us. "Only their commander survived but both his legs were amputated."

In Diyala, it is possible to see the anguished break-up of Iraq at ground level. Going by the accounts of police and government officials in the province, the death toll outside Baghdad may be far higher than previously reported. Ibrahim Hassan Bajalan, the head of Diyala's provincial council - who had survived an attempt to assassinate him in Baquba with a mortar attack the previous day - says he believed that "on average, 100 people are being killed in Diyala every week."

The latest were three civilians shot dead yesterday by unidentified assailants. Behind them, as the killers sped away in their car through the streets of Baquba, the families of the dead were left to grieve, falling to their knees and throwing their arms open to the sky in despair.

Many of those who die disappear for ever, thrown into the Diyala river or buried in date palm groves and fruit orchards. The reason for their killings can be spurious, and people have become careful to avoid incurring the wrath of local Sunni insurgents who control much of the province according to strict Islamic laws. "They have even banned the sale of cigarettes in the provincial capital, Baquba, and kill anybody selling cigarettes," Mr Bajalan said. "I have to bring in cigarettes from other places to give them to council members who are smokers."

In a house in Khanaqin, a Kurdish enclave in the north-east of the province, Nazar Ali Mirza, a sorrowful-looking middle-aged woman, described how she had fled too late from Muqdadiyah, the Sunni-dominated town of 200,000 people where she was born. She was caught by surprise when death squads began to target Kurds and Shias in her neighbourhood. Her eldest son, Khalil Mohammed Ahmed, a taxi driver, went out to collect a washing machine in March and never came back. She is beginning to assume he is dead but no body was discovered.

"Kurds and Shias were being driven out of our district," she said. "Men in black masks came to me and said they would kill my sons, even if they flew up into the sky, unless I moved away." One of her other sons was a policeman permanently disabled in a bomb explosion.

Mrs Mirza and her family are among 300,000 Iraqis forced to flee their homes since the beginning of the year. Everywhere, minorities frightened for their lives are on the move. "Nobody waits any longer to find out if a threat is real," says Mamosta Mohsin, the leader of the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan in Khanaqin which, in effect, runs the town. "Even if the threat is organised by two children, people will run." Most often, the threat is real. Lt-Col Hassan has a collection of files in which the names of the latest refugees are registered. Most of them are Kurds coming from Baghdad, Ramadi, Baquba and the rest of the country.

He hands over a piece of paper showing how the number of refugee families arriving in this small town had risen from 29 in January to 318 in June. It was still 239 in August.

Lt-Col Hassan says that neither Sunni nor Shia are particularly well organised: "It is not like Lebanon, because most of the killing is done by local or tribal militias." The problem is not that the insurgents are strong but that the government forces are so weak. A division of 7,000 government soldiers is in Diyala, he said, "but they are all Shias and only arrest Sunnis."

Mr Bajalan confirms that the army is weak in Diyala, saying most of it is tied down at checkpoints. He reckons there is one soldier for every 50 square kilometres of the province. "The soldiers are badly armed," he says.

"They just have Kalashnikovs while the terrorists have rocket launchers and heavy machine guns. When they attack, they always kill 10 or 15 army or police."

The Americans do have a base near Baquba, and act in a supportive role when they are asked to. "That isn't much use against guerrillas," says Mr Bajalan. "They've all gone home by the time the Americans arrive."

Baghdad announced signal successes around Baquba last week, including the capture of leaders of two Sunni insurgent groups. But nobody in Diyala had heard about it, and, without exception, they expected the civil war to grow in intensity.

© 2006 Independent News and Media Limited

http://www.commondreams.org/cgi-bin/print.cgi?file=/headlines06/0925-06.htm

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

Despite the growing danger, the Clinton Administration has failed to mount a credible effort to stem the tide of terrorism."...the Clinton Administration should: ..." Do All Bush 43 Did!

  

"Despite the growing danger, the Clinton Administration has failed to mount a credible effort to stem the tide of terrorism. Although it pays lip service to counterterrorism, the Administration unwisely remains wedded to a State Department reorganization plan that would downgrade the Office of Counterterrorism and signal friends and foes that fighting terrorism is not a high priority. To more fully protect American citizens from the scourge of Middle Eastern terrorism, the Clinton Administration should: Make counterterrorism a top priority in American foreign policy.

The Administration should shelve its plan to downgrade the status of the State Department's Office of Counterterrorism and make terrorism a top permanent agenda item at the annual G-7 summits.

Tackle international terrorism as a form of low-intensity warfare.

Treating it as a purely criminal matter does not effectively address the issue of state-supported terrorism.

Punish state sponsors of terrorism on as many fronts as possible.   James A. Phillips , October , 1994

October 6, 1994
The Changing Face of Middle Eastern Terrorism
Backgrounder #1005

Introduction

Terrorism is a cancer that has plagued the Middle East for decades. It is now metastasizing into new and more deadly forms that pose grave challenges to the United States and the West. Middle Eastern terrorists are striking outside their home region, boldly attacking high-profile targets, and killing in a more indiscriminate manner. Last year the U.S., which had never suffered a major terrorist attack on its soil by Middle Eastern terrorists, was rocked by the bombing of the World Trade Center in New York City, which killed six Americans and wounded over 1,000. This was the highest casualty toll ever recorded for a single terrorist incident. A subsequent bombing campaign against targets in New York City was stopped in its tracks in June 1993 by the Federal Bureau of Investigation.

The World Trade Center bombing embodies several ominous trends in Middle Eastern terrorism. It epitomizes the drift toward large-scale, indiscriminate violence. It also underscores the degree to which radical Islamic extremists have supplanted radical nationalists, such as the Palestine Liberation Organization, as the chief Middle Eastern terrorist threat to the U.S. Moreover, radical Islamic groups are inciting Sunni (orthodox) Muslims to support revolutionary terrorism in Egypt and Algeria, just as radical Shia Muslims were incited by the Iranian revolution. Finally, the Sudanese connection of several of the bombers demonstrates how Sudan has become the "new Lebanon" -- a host for a wide variety of terrorist groups and an important bridge between Shia Iranian radicals and the new wave of Sunni Arab radicals.

The United States cannot afford to ignore the wake-up calls presented by the World Trade Center bombing and the foiled Iraqi- sponsored assassination attempt against former President George Bush during his April 1993 visit to Kuwait. The taboo against international terrorist attacks inside the country and against important national symbols has been broken. Washington must lead a concerted international effort to make such terrorist attacks more difficult, more costly to the perpetrators, and more risky for the states that back them.

The Worldwide Spread of Middle Eastern terrorism
The U.S. is by no means the only country to feel the wrath of Middle Eastern terrorists in recent months. In July, 117 people were killed in a series of four bombings in nine days that swept Argentina, Panama, and Britain. Most, if not all, of this carnage is believed to be the handiwork of the world's most deadly terrorist organization -- Hezbollah (Party of God), an Iranian-sponsored and Syrian-backed terrorist group based in Lebanon that perpetrated the October 1983 bombing of the U.S. Marine barracks in Beirut. In August, radical Islamic terrorists seeking to overthrow the Algerian government killed two Chinese and five French citizens in Algeria, as part of a terrorist campaign against foreigners that has claimed 60 lives since September 1993.

Yet, the U.S. and its citizens have been the world's foremost targets of international terrorism in recent years. The FBI estimates that 32 percent of terrorist attacks worldwide from 1982 to 1992 were targeted against Americans or American property. (FBI Terrorist Research and Analytical Center, "Terrorism in the United States: 1982-1992" (Washington D.C., 1993), p. 11.) Middle Eastern terrorism remains the greatest terrorist threat to the United States. Although some 20 percent of all international terrorist incidents from 1982 to 1992 have been traced to Middle Eastern quarrels, these incidents have accounted for about 35 percent of terrorist-related fatalities. (Testimony of terrorism expert Brian Jenkins before the House Foreign Affairs Committee, Subcommittee on International Security, International Organizations and Human Rights, March 12,1993.) Middle Eastern terrorist incidents repeatedly have drawn the U.S. into international crises. State-sponsored terrorist attacks against Americans have triggered U.S. military retaliation against Iran, Iraq, and Libya.

Iran has been the foremost state sponsor of terrorism since the 1979 Iranian revolution. But terrorist attacks against Western targets dropped off after the 1989 election of President Ali Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani, who was more interested in rebuilding Iran with Western help than in exporting revolution. Now that Rafsanjani is steadily losing ground to more radical leaders in a bitter internal power struggle, there could be an escalation of Iranian-sponsored terrorism. Indeed, this may already have started to happen with Hezbollah's July bombing campaign.

Despite the growing danger, the Clinton Administration has failed to mount a credible effort to stem the tide of terrorism. Although it pays lip service to counterterrorism, the Administration unwisely remains wedded to a State Department reorganization plan that would downgrade the Office of Counterterrorism and signal friends and foes that fighting terrorism is not a high priority. To more fully protect American citizens from the scourge of Middle Eastern terrorism, the Clinton Administration should:

Make counterterrorism a top priority in American foreign policy.

The Administration should shelve its plan to downgrade the status of the State Department's Office of Counterterrorism and make terrorism a top permanent agenda item at the annual G-7 summits.

Tackle international terrorism as a form of low-intensity warfare.

Treating it as a purely criminal matter does not effectively address the issue of state-supported terrorism.

Punish state sponsors of terrorism on as many fronts as possible.

Raise the diplomatic, economic, political, and military costs of state terrorism to the point where they exceed the expected benefits.

Mobilize reluctant allies to maximize pressure on terrorist states and groups.

Washington increasingly should apply public pressure on allied governments, particularly in Europe, that appease terrorist states.

Maintain the option to retaliate unilaterally for terrorist attacks with decisive military force.

The use or threat of force is an essential deterrent to state- supported terrorism.

Stand firmly behind states threatened by Middle Eastern terrorism.

Algeria, Egypt, Israel, and Turkey require firm U.S. support and close cooperation against international terrorism.

Upgrade counterterrorism intelligence.

The FBI, CIA, and other intelligence agencies need to expand their sources of human intelligence on international terrorism and consult closely with allies and other concerned states.

Reform immigration laws to improve internal security.

Deportation proceedings should be streamlined, political asylum requests should be screened more quickly and decisively and visas should be denied to members of groups that use, support, or advocate terrorism. Federal criminal penalties for visa and passport forgeries should be toughened.

Work to restore order in anarchic areas where international terrorist groups thrive.

The U.S. should back efforts by the governments of Lebanon and Afghanistan to roll back the influence of Islamic radicals and dismantle terrorist training camps.

The Upsurge in Radical Islamic Terrorism Outside the Middle East

Middle Easterners are the prime suspects in a series of four terrorist attacks against far-flung Western targets in July. On July 18 a car bomb destroyed a Jewish community center in Buenos Aires, killing 96 people and wounding more than 200. The next day a bomb destroyed a commuter plane in Panama, killing 21, most of them Jewish businessmen. A car bomb exploded outside the Israeli Embassy in Lebanon on July 27, wounding 13 people. The next day another car bomb demolished the London offices of a Jewish charity organization.

A previously unknown group calling itself Ansarallah (Partisans of God) claimed responsibility for the Buenos Aires and Panama bombings. American intelligence specialists believe that the group is a subsidiary of Hezbollah, the Lebanon-based radical Shiite terrorist organization. Sheik Sobhi Toufeili, the leader of Hezbollah's most militant faction, is suspected of being the leader of the group. (Louise Lief, "Partisans of Terror," U.S. News and World Report, August 8, 1994, p. 36.) There has been speculation that the attacks were meant to derail the Arab-Israeli peace negotiations, because the bombings straddled Jordanian King Hussein's July trip to Washington to sign a non-belligerency accord with Israel. A more likely explanation, however, is that this spate of terrorism was a spillover of the intensifying fighting between Israel and Hezbollah in southern Lebanon.

Hezbollah undoubtedly was smarting over Israel's capture of one of its leaders, Mustafa Dirani, in Lebanon on May 21. The radical Islamic terrorists also may have been angry over Israel's June 2 air strike that killed some 45 of its cadres in Lebanon. Israeli and American intelligence officials are said to have little doubt that Iran also was behind the July 18 Buenos Aires bombing. (Testimony of Steven Emerson, before the House Foreign Affairs Committee, Subcommittee on International Security, International Organizations and Human Rights, August 1, 1994.) Up to 20 Iranian Revolutionary Guards, who train and equip Hezbollah forces, apparently were killed in the June 2 air strike. (Michael Parks, "Bombings Underscore World's Vulnerability," The Los Angeles Times, August 1, 1994, p. A3.) Iran was implicated in a similar terrorist operation in Argentina that took the lives of 29 people in March 1992. Hezbollah claimed responsibility for that bombing, which destroyed the Israeli Embassy in Buenos Aires, possibly retaliating for an earlier Israeli attack that killed its military chief. Electronic intelligence intercepts and an extensive forensic investigation revealed that Iranian officials had helped acquire the plastic explosives used in that 1992 bombing. (Steven Emerson, "Diplomacy That Can Stop Terrorism," The Wall Street Journal, July 22, 1994, p. A10.) Iran also has been implicated in the July 18 Buenos Aires bombing by an Iranian defector questioned by Argentine criminal investigators. (Gabriel Escobar, "Iranian Diplomats Said to Be Suspects in Blast at Argentine Jewish Center," The Washington Post, July 29, 1994, p. A27.)

The string of bombings in July greatly concerns U.S. counterterrorism officials. They are worried about the ability of Hezbollah terrorists to mount a sustained, coordinated, and well- organized terrorist campaign against targets all over the globe. (The car bomb used against the Israeli Embassy in London was delivered by a woman, a fact that has led some experts to doubt involvement of Hezbollah in that particular attack, because the organization previously has condemned the use of women in terrorist actions. Nevertheless, the possibility that a secular terrorist group carried out that attack does not necessarily let Iran off the hook, because Tehran has used secular groups such as the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine - General Command.) The attacks apparently were planned well in advance and utilized local support networks for reconnaissance and preparation. (Michael Parks, "Bombings Underscore World's Vulnerability," The Los Angeles Times, August 1, 1994, p. A3.) The July 19 mid-air bombing of a Panamanian commuter plane is especially troubling because it may be the first suicide terrorist attack on an airliner. (British counterterrorism officials secretly have warned British airlines to be on guard for suicide bombers. Jamie Dettner, "Airlines Warned of Suicide Bombers," The Washington Times, August 8, 1994, p. A15.)

The Continuing Mystery of the World Trade Center Bombing

The February 26, 1993, bombing of the World Trade Center was a curious terrorist operation. On the one hand it was well-planned and professional; the terrorists were able secretly to construct and deploy a massive truck bomb. On the other hand, it was a surprisingly amateurish operation. The four terrorists convicted of the attack took unnecessary risks, such as giving a correct name and address when renting a vehicle for delivering the bomb.

So far, no foreign state has been found responsible for the World Trade Center attack. But there are disturbing shreds of circumstantial evidence that point to possible Iranian or Iraqi involvement. Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, the radical Egyptian cleric who inspired and possibly directed the bombers, long has been on the Iranian payroll, according to Vincent Cannistraro, the former head of CIA counterterrorism operations. (Bill Gertz, "Iran Backs Terrorist Networks in U.S., Canada," The Washington Times, March 17, 1993, p. A7.) Sheik Omar regularly was given large sums of money by Iran's intelligence service, using Iran's delegation to the United Nations as a conduit. ("Washington Whispers," U.S. News and World Report, May 31, 1993, p. 23.) U.S. government investigators discovered that about $100,000 was transferred to the suspects before the bombing from banks in foreign countries, including Iran, but it is not known if this was payment for the attack or for other activities such as propaganda or recruitment. (Ralph Blumenthal, "$100,000 Is Linked to Trade Center Suspects," The New York Times, April 25, 1993, p. 41.)

Other signs point toward Iraq. For instance, the attack took place during the second anniversary of the ground offensive against Iraq in Operation Desert Storm. Terrorist attacks launched on anniversaries historically have been a common means of seeking vengeance in the Middle East. Another troubling circumstance is that Ramzi Yousef, who apparently set the plot in motion, entered the U.S. in 1992 on an Iraqi passport on a trip that began in Iraq. Moreover, Abdul Yasin, an Iraqi suspect who cooperated with the FBI and was released from jail, later flew back to Iraq and is now believed to be living in Baghdad. Many New York law enforcement officials reportedly believe that Iraq was involved, although they can not prove it. (Laurie Mylroie, "World Trade Center Bombing -- The Case of Secret Cyanide," The Wall Street Journal, July 26, 1994, p. A16.)

Iraq also would seem to have more to gain from such a terrorist operation than Iran. Saddam would have had a strong incentive to punish the U.S. for its role in Desert Storm. Iraq also may have wanted to provoke a confrontation between the U.S. and its arch-rival Iran by casting suspicion on Tehran for the bombing. This would strengthen Iraq's perceived value in the Middle East as a bulwark against revolutionary Iran, an argument Iraqi diplomats have made in attempts to persuade members of the United Nations Security Council to lift the U.N.-mandated sanctions against Iraq. (Iraq also had sponsored a similarly deceptive terrorist operation in June 1982, when it ordered the Abu Nidal Organization, a renegade Palestinian terrorist group, to shoot the Israeli Ambassador to Britain, an act which provoked Israel to punish the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) by invading Lebanon to destroy its base camps. The payoff for Iraq was that the Israelis dealt Iraq's rival Syria a sharp military setback in the course of the Lebanon War, and precluded Syria from joining its ally Iran in its 1980-1988 war with Iraq.)

A final disquieting consideration was the nature of the World Trade Center bomb itself. Not only was the bomb huge, loaded with 1,200 pounds of explosives, but it was customized with compressed hydrogen to magnify the blast and sodium cyanide to create a poisonous cloud after the explosion. (The sodium cyanide apparently burned up completely instead of turning into a gas. See Mylroie, op. cit., p. A16.) A bomb that big and sophisticated has never before been detonated by a terrorist group that did not have state sponsorship or long-standing experience in building explosive devices.

The New Breed of Radical Islamic Terrorists

The World Trade Center bombers are a new breed of terrorist. Unlike the tightly disciplined cells that dominated terrorism in the past, they functioned in a loosely organized ad hoc manner. Three of the six charged with the bombing were dedicated followers of Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, the fiery spiritual leader of the Islamic Group, a radical fundamentalist movement that has waged a terrorist campaign to overthrow the Egyptian government.

At least three of the six bombers had fought in the war in Afghanistan against Soviet and Afghan communists. The Sheik also made at least three visits there since 1980 and two of his sons reportedly fought there. Thousands of Muslims from roughly 40 countries flocked to Afghanistan following the 1979 Soviet invasion. (Pakistani officials estimated that at least 2800 foreign Muslims remained in Afghanistan in 1993. Edward Gargan, "Where Arab Militants Train and Wait," The New York Times, August 11, 1993, p. A8.) Radicalized veterans from the Afghan war -- called by some journalists the "University of Jihad"(Holy War) -- have returned home and have become the spearheads of radical Islamic movements in Algeria, Azerbaijan, Bosnia, Egypt, Sudan, and many other places around the world. (Tim Weiner, "Blowback From the Afghan Battlefield," The New York Times Magazine, March 13, 1994, p. 53.) Hundreds of these "Afghanis" are being trained by Iranian Revolutionary Guards in Sudanese training camps.

Radical Islamic movements have mushroomed not only in the Muslim world, but also among Muslim immigrants in the West. The World Trade Center bombers were all either recent immigrants or illegal aliens. Although they may have been drawn to America by economic opportunities and political freedoms, these terrorists rejected America's values and what they considered to be its degenerate culture of materialism and secularism. Rejecting assimilation into the resented society of their host country, they were susceptible to incitement by Sheik Omar. What they did mirrors what happened in several other terrorism cases, such as Hezbollah's 1985-1986 bombing campaign in France and its bombings in Buenos Aires in 1992 and 1994. In all three cases, small portions of local immigrant communities provided support for the terrorist operations.

Ironically, many radical Islamic movements outlawed in their own countries have found sanctuary in Western countries. So long as they are in the West, they cannot be arrested by the police back home. Like Sheik Omar, leaders of these radical movements lambaste their host countries while taking advantage of their open political systems to travel freely, organize politically, raise funds, recruit new members, support underground opposition movements in their home countries, and sometimes to direct terrorist activities. Germany long has been a base for Islamic extremists. (German intelligence officials estimate that about 700 Arab extremists live there, along with over 42,000 other foreign extremists. Jim McGee, "U.S. Pledges Global Pursuit in Bombing," The Washington Post, March 13, 1993.) The U.S. has become a safe haven for Hezbollah, the Islamic Group, Algerian fundamentalists, and Palestinian fundamentalists. Israeli officials claim that Hamas (Islamic Resistance Movement), the radical Palestinian Islamic group that is using terrorism to undermine the nascent Palestinian-Israeli peace, actually is directed from a headquarters in the United States. (Ehud Yaari, "A Safe Haven for Hamas in America," The New York Times, January 27, 1993.)

The support networks that these terrorist groups are forming inside the U.S. for fundraising, recruitment, and propaganda activities could become the nucleus for terrorist attacks on American soil. These potential terrorists are dangerous because, unlike hit teams dispatched from the Middle East, they are now blending into Western societies where they have established personal and communal roots. U.S. counterterrorism officials worry that "sleeper cells" already established inside the U.S. could lie dormant for many years until activated for specific terrorist actions. (The FBI discovered a sleeper cell of the Abu Nidal organization inside the U.S. in 1986 and arrested four Palestinian members in April 1993 after one member of the group murdered his daughter. See William Carley, "A Trail of Terror," The Wall Street Journal, June 16, 1993, p. A1.)

Moreover, the decentralized structure of many of the radical Islamic movements makes it difficult for host governments to detect, defend against, or apprehend terrorists lurking within these movements. The loosely linked informal webs of Islamic militants, often organized in small groups around a charismatic cleric, are harder to track and infiltrate than the more rigidly organized Palestinian terrorist groups that have been a major threat for decades. The Palestinian groups had a more straightforward organization and often were corrupt and therefore susceptible to bribery. They also were easier to penetrate because infighting between rival organizations led them to provide information on each other.

The new breed of radical Islamic terrorist is more intractable, less likely to betray other terrorists, and more unpredictable. In contrast to long-established Palestinian terrorist groups who had more predictable targets and objectives, Islamic radicals have more unclear motives and a wider variety of targets. They not only attack Israel, secular governments in Muslim countries, and states that support the secular regimes they oppose, they also target reporters with whom they disagree, intellectuals they despise (such as Salman Rushdie, the author of The Satanic Verses), and Western cultural institutions such as the American University in Beirut.

Most Palestinian terrorist groups refrained from assaulting Americans or launching attacks on American soil. The reason: they wanted to influence American public opinion to change U.S. foreign policy and to drive a wedge between Israel and America. They made the cold-blooded political calculation that killing Americans would hurt, rather than help their political cause.

This self-imposed restraint often is not as strong among Islamic militants. This new breed of terrorist is hostile not only to American policies, but to many American values. For example, they reject secular law and democracy and the separation of church and state. They view American culture as a threat to Islamic piety and revile what they perceive to be the degenerate secular and materialist bias of American society. To Islamic radicals, the U.S. is the villainous successor of the European colonial empires that have sought to dominate the Middle East since the time of the crusades. In their holy war against the West, terrorism is an acceptable instrument for carrying out the will of God. Because they are motivated by apocalyptic zeal, and not sober political calculations, their choice of possible targets is much wider and more indiscriminate than that of other terrorists. Since they are less predictable, they can be more dangerous than Palestinian or other Middle Eastern terrorists.

Islamic radicals also often have a different audience in mind than Palestinian nationalists. Instead of using terrorism to influence Western powers to change their policies, they often use terrorism to punish Western powers and inspire other Muslims to rise up against the West. This focus on the Muslim audience rather than an American audience helps explain how the bombers of the World Trade Center could rationalize their bloody actions. The bombing was meant to demonstrate the power of Islamic radicals and the vulnerability of the U.S., not to lead the U.S. to rethink its Middle East policy.

The Persistent Threat of State-Sponsored Terrorism

The Middle East is a hotbed of state-sponsored terrorism. Five of the seven states that have been branded by the U.S. government as sponsors of international terrorism-- Iran, Iraq, Libya, Sudan, and Syria--are located in the region. (Cuba and North Korea are the other two on the State Department's list of states that sponsor terrorism.) Moreover, 22 of the 41 major international terrorist groups described in the State Department's annual report on global terrorism are based in the Middle East. (See U.S. Department of State, Patterns of Global Terrorism: 1993, April 1994, Appendix B.) The region not only is infested with more terrorist groups than any other region, but these groups subscribe to a wider variety of ideologies and causes, ranging from Marxism to secular Arab, Armenian, Kurdish, and Palestinian nationalism to radical Islamic fundamentalism. Each year the Middle East is the world's foremost exporter of terrorism, with most of the spillover afflicting Western Europe. (Between 1980 and 1989 over 400 terrorist actions spilled over from the Middle East to other regions, with 87 percent of these actions occurring in Western Europe. Paul Wilkinson, "Terrorism, Iran and the Gulf Region," Jane's Intelligence Review, May 1992, p. 222.)

Because of the heavy concentration of terrorist states and terrorist groups, most new trends in terrorism develop in the Middle East, then spread quickly to other regions. Radical Palestinian groups such as the Marxist Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine (PFLP) pioneered the tactic of airline hijackings after the 1967 Arab- Israeli war. When improved airport security measures made hijacking more difficult, Palestinian groups such as the 15 May organization were in the forefront of the trend of airline bombings.

Most terrorist groups prior to 1970 were autonomous organizations of indigenous dissidents that pursued their own agendas without outside support. (Neil Livingston and Terrell Arnold, eds., Fighting Back: Winning the War Against Terrorism (Lexington, Mass: D.C. Heath, 1986) p. 12.) During the 1970s the Soviet Union and its satellites greatly expanded their support for terrorist groups. Moscow often used Middle Eastern client states such as Iraq, Libya, Syria, and the former People's Democratic Republic of South Yemen as intermediaries to mask Soviet arms, training, intelligence, and logistical support for a wide variety of terrorist groups.

The radical Arab states, which regularly used terrorism as a tool of repression against internal opposition, sought their own terrorist surrogates to wield as weapons against Israel, Western powers, and other Middle Eastern states. Libya, Syria, and Iraq courted Palestinian splinter groups or created their own Palestinian puppet organizations to buttress their claims to Arab leadership. These puppets also were used as proxy terrorists who, if caught, would not bring down retaliation on the head of the state sponsor.

The 1979 Iranian revolution brought Iran into the forefront of international terrorism. Iran organized, trained, equipped, and financed Shiite revolutionary movements such as Hezbollah in Lebanon and Ad Dawa (The Call) in Iraq and the Gulf States. Under Iranian supervision, Hezbollah unleashed a lethal terrorist campaign in 1983 to drive the Western peacekeeping forces out of Lebanon, bombing the U.S. Embassy in Beirut in April and the Marine barracks in October. After Ali Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani was elected President in 1989, Iranian support for international terrorism was toned down and the Western hostages held by Hezbollah in Lebanon gradually were released by the end of 1991. But assassinations of Iranian exile leaders continued at an alarming pace. Government-sponsored terrorism also was supplemented by terrorism financed by Iranian so-called charitable foundations, many of which are controlled by radical clerics opposed to many of Rafsanjani's policies. One of these, the Fifteenth of Khordad Foundation, has put a $2 million bounty on the head of Salman Rushdie, condemned to death as a blasphemer by Ayatollah Khomeini in 1989. (Rushdie's publishers, translators, and bookstores that sell his books have been targeted for terrorist attacks. In the last five years 113 people have died in violence related to the Rushdie affair in more than 20 countries. See Bizhan Torabi, "The West, Iran Deadlocked Over Rushdie," The Washington Times, February 16, 1994, p. A13.)

President Rafsanjani's power steadily has been eroded by radical rivals who have gained dominance over the Iranian parliament. He is a lame duck, prohibited by the Iranian constitution from running for re- election for a third term in 1996. As the struggle to succeed him intensifies, there is a good chance that Iran's support for terrorism will escalate. The West and the U.S. make convenient targets for hard- liners in their fight to seize power. In fact, Iran already has become more aggressive in supporting terrorism. In addition to suspected Iranian involvement in the July bombings in Buenos Aires and London, three Iranians await trial in Thailand for an attempt to bomb the Israeli Embassy in Bangkok in March. In April, the British government charged that it had clear evidence of growing contacts between Irish Republican Army terrorists and Iranian embassies in Europe. (In addition to providing money and possibly arms to the I.R.A., London charged that Iran also was building links to the Syria-based Japanese Red Army. Stewart Dalby, "Iran Accused of Terrorist Links," Financial Times, April 29, 1994, p. 1.) In May, more than 300 Iranian Revolutionary Guards arrived in Bosnia to organize Muslim militias and terrorist groups, according to U.S. intelligence sources. (Bill Gertz, "Iranians Move into Bosnia to Terrorize Serbs," The Washington Times, June 2, 1994, p. A1.)

Toward a More Effective U.S. Counterterrorism Policy

The U.S. has an historic opportunity to crack down on Middle East terrorism. The end of the Cold War and collapse of the Soviet Empire have deprived Middle Eastern terrorist states of superpower backing. The embryonic peace agreement between Israel and the PLO has reduced one source of terrorism, although Palestinian rejectionists both within and outside the PLO continue their terrorist war against Israel. Iraq's defeat in the Gulf War and subsequent isolation has constrained state support from that quarter, particularly as long as Baghdad moderates its policies in an effort to wriggle out of U.N.- sponsored economic sanctions. Iran and Libya are isolated and beset by substantial economic problems caused in part by low oil prices. Sudan's radical Islamic regime is drained by a long-running civil war and a grim economic situation. Syria faces a precarious future as President Hafez al-Assad, not in the best of health, plots his personal political endgame.

All of these Middle Eastern regimes, which have exported so much terrorism-related misery, are simultaneously vulnerable on a number of different fronts. In the past they have been able to shrug off Western demands to halt their support of terrorism. But now that they have lost Soviet backing and have become increasingly dependent on the West for economic support, that is no longer true. The West now has more influence and leverage over these states. Moreover, many of these regimes are threatened by internal political opposition, or the prospect of such opposition in the near future. The U.S. and other Western powers, therefore, gain potential leverage by supporting or threatening to support opposition groups hostile to terrorist regimes.

While the threat or actual use of force is the ultimate deterrent to terrorism, experienced terrorist states and groups often are successful in concealing their responsibility for terrorist outrages to avoid military reprisals. To deter terrorism, Washington must convince its allies and other concerned states to increase the diplomatic, economic, military,and political costs of state-supported terrorism. A unified Western campaign to curtail Middle Eastern terrorism now has a greater chance for success than ever before. Only the U.S. can forge and lead such a coalition. To build an international consensus to combat terrorism and to follow through and act on that consensus, the Clinton Administration should:

Make counterterrorism a top priority in American foreign policy.

The Clinton Administration must drop its short-sighted plan for downgrading the State Department's Office of Counterterrorism. This reorganization plan would fold that office into a new Bureau for Narcotics, Terrorism and Crime and demote the Coordinator for Counterterrorism from the current equivalent of an Assistant Secretary of State to the level of a Deputy Assistant Secretary. L. Paul Bremer, a former Ambassador-at-Large for Counterterrorism, noting that the office would be "gutted," charged that: "The Clinton Administration has neglected the terrorist threat, with our public officials paying only lip service to the problem." (L. Paul Bremer, "With Assad, Talk About Terrorism," The Wall Street Journal, January 14, 1994, p. A10.)

Congress has temporarily blocked the Administration's plans. Under the leadership of Representative Benjamin Gilman (R-NY), the House voted on April 18, 1994, to retain an independent Office of Counterterrorism. But the Administration has not given up on its reorganization plan, which originated in the Bush Administration as a cost-cutting measure.

Congress will again have to wrestle with the reorganization plan after April 30, 1995, when the Gilman amendment expires. At that time, Congress should consider insisting that the Administration permanently shelve its plans to downgrade State's counterterrorism office. This office instead must be given the bureaucratic clout to champion tough anti-terrorism policies against other bureaus in the State Department, or in other departments, that have little or no interest in combating terrorism. Therefore, the Coordinator for Counterterrorism, who is the U.S. government's senior full-time counterterrorism official, must have direct access to the Secretary of State, and not be relegated, as the Administration plans, to the bottom of a cumbersome reporting chain. To secure the diplomatic clout that is needed to impress U.S. allies and terrorist nations, the Coordinator should be restored to the status of ambassador-at-large, as was the case during the Reagan Administration.

Washington should aggressively raise the profile of the counterterrorism issue by injecting it into every multilateral diplomatic forum and every high-level bilateral meeting with officials from allied governments or terrorist regimes. The U.S. should ensure that the issue of terrorism appears automatically on the agenda at every G-7 summit. The Coordinator for Counterterrorism should become a permanent fixture at the summits as the prime mover in a multilateral working group on counterterrorism.

Tackle international terrorism as a form of low-intensity warfare.

Terrorism is the most ubiquitous kind of low-intensity conflict. Yet, it is too often treated primarily as a law enforcement issue. While bringing the rule of law to bear on terrorists is desirable, it is not always possible, particularly when terrorists are being protected by a state sponsor. In cases of state-supported terrorism, which the CIA estimates comprise up to 80 percent of all international terrorism, it is not realistic to rely solely on law enforcement agencies to fight terrorists.

State-supported terrorism is in effect an act of war and should be approached as a form of surrogate warfare. The U.S. should not unnecessarily hobble itself in this war against terrorism by treating state-sponsored foreign terrorists the same as it treats domestic terrorist groups. Counterterrorist forces should not require courtroom standards of evidence before they take action. Adopting a narrow legalistic approach to fighting terrorism would lead to American paralysis and terrorism would proliferate unchecked.

The U.S. should make use of the full arsenal of its weapons against terrorism by relaxing self-imposed restrictions on special operations. For example, Executive Order No. 11905, signed in 1976, was designed to prohibit assassinations of foreign leaders, but it also has been interpreted as prohibiting commando assaults on terrorist groups. This executive order should be refined to permit such special operations, particularly against terrorist groups that have killed Americans in the past, such as Hezbollah or the Abu Nidal organization. Counterterrorist teams also should be deployed to apprehend terrorists in anarchic areas such as Lebanon or Afghanistan, and not just in international waters or airspace.

The U.S. should also make greater use of non-violent covert actions, such as the dissemination of disinformation to create dissension inside terrorist groups and psychological warfare to aggravate the terrorists' sense of vulnerability and to encourage distrust of their state sponsors. Agents of influence, wherever they can be inserted, would help to disrupt terrorist operations and turn terrorists against each other. Sabotage operations also should be launched against the safehouses, logistics support networks, and financial assets of terrorist groups.

Punish state sponsors of terrorism on as many fronts as possible.

Middle Eastern states have relied heavily on state-sponsored terrorism because it is a cost-effective tool to their foreign policies. The U.S. should work with its allies and other concerned states to raise the diplomatic, economic, political, and military costs of supporting terrorism so high that it outweighs the strategic benefits.

Diplomatic sanctions.

Countries victimized by terrorism in the past have broken relations or reduced the size of the diplomatic mission of the state sponsor. This helps limit the threat of terrorism, because much of it is directed, supported, and financed by intelligence personnel operating under diplomatic cover. But diplomatic sanctions usually have been unilateral, ad hoc responses that have had little effect on terrorist states. Washington should propose an agreement among the G-7 and NATO allies that would require all of them to expel large numbers of diplomats, if not break diplomatic relations completely, with states that support terrorist attacks. Moreover, diplomatic personnel of these states should be expelled for each confirmed terrorist attack by a surrogate terrorist group.

This measure would raise the public uproar over terrorism and increase the costs of each attack. This may give pause to some terrorist states, particularly those such as Iran and Sudan, that want the West to bail them out of dire economic predicaments. At a minimum, reducing the diplomatic presence of terrorist states will make it harder for them to support terrorism out of their embassies. For example, the expulsion of diplomats greatly undermined Iraq's ability to export terrorism during the 1991 Gulf War.

Regardless of whether it can gain G-7 support for such an agreement, the U.S. should pressure its allies to pare down the diplomatic presence of Iranian and Sudanese diplomats in their countries. Diplomats from Iran and Sudan have been implicated in the July bombing in Buenos Aires and in the 1993 bomb plots in New York City. The Iranian diplomatic presence particularly should be cut back in Germany and Venezuela, which are centers for Iran's intelligence and terrorist networks.

Economic sanctions
Washington should persuade its allies to participate in developing a multilateral version of the State Department's list of states that support terrorism. Once placed on the list, a terrorist state should be denied economic assistance, arms sales, and preferential trade privileges from all participating states. Further, the allies would be committed to voting against financial aid for that state in international financial institutions such as the World Bank. If Western Europe and Japan presented a united front in threatening to impose sanctions, it could have a sobering effect on the five Middle Eastern terrorist states. All, with the possible exception of Libya, will require Western or Japanese economic assistance, loans or renegotiation of existing loans in the near future. Iran already is staggering under the financial burden of its $30 billion foreign debt. Iraq owes foreign creditors more than $14 billion, Syria owes $16.5 billion, and Sudan's foreign debt is in excess of $16 billion. Now that the Soviet Union has dissolved, they have no place else to go. The U.S. should convince its allies to take advantage of their financial leverage and elevate counterterrorism to the forefront of economic aid and loan renegotiation decisions.

Trade sanctions against terrorist states will be more difficult to extract from the Western Europeans and Japanese since they see Iran, Iraq, and Libya as potentially lucrative export markets and important sources of oil supplies. France and other countries already are impatient to lift the U.N.-sponsored economic sanctions on Iraq. To block this, Washington should make Iraq a high-priority test case for Western anti-terrorism cooperation. The U.S. should stress Iraq's abortive plot to assassinate former President George Bush during his visit to Kuwait in April 1993 (For more on Iraq's assassination plot, see James A. Phillips, "Punish Saddam's Terrorism With Military Action," Heritage Foundation Executive Memorandum No. 358, June 11, 1993.) and Baghdad's continuing terrorist attacks on the Kurds and on U.N. personnel in northern Iraq. To test Baghdad's intentions, Washington should request the extradition of Abdul Yasin, an Iraqi who participated in the plot to bomb the World Trade Center, who returned to Iraq. (Yasin was seen outside his father's house in Baghdad by an ABC News reporter earlier this year. Mylroie, op. cit.) If Baghdad balks at observing the terms of the extradition treaty that it signed with the U.S., then it clearly will be in violation of U.N. Security Council Resolution Number 687 (April 1991), which called on Iraq to abandon its support of terrorism. This violation could become a justification for maintaining the U.N. sanctions on Iraq.

The Europeans have been more cooperative in imposing economic sanctions on Libya for its refusal to extradite two suspects in the 1988 Pan Am flight 103 bombing over Lockerbie, Scotland. But these U.N.-imposed sanctions have fallen short of an embargo on Libyan oil. The U.S. should expand the sanctions to include Libya's oil exports. Washington should work through the U.N. Security Council to impose an oil export regime similar to the one imposed on Iraq: oil revenues would be funneled into a U.N.-administered escrow account that could be used to pay reparations to the families of victims of Libyan terrorism. This could be a model to punish other terrorist states that block international efforts to apprehend terrorists.

Another terrorist state that is extremely vulnerable to concerted international economic sanctions because of its crumbling economy is Sudan. It already has sought to appease the West by turning over the notorious Venezuelan-born terrorist Illich Ramirez Sanchez, alias "Carlos the Jackal," to France on August 15. (Carlos was a terrorist playboy who had outlived his usefulness to Syria, which had harbored him until 1991. Carlos's leftist politics did not endear him to Sudan's radical Islamic regime.)

Iran will be a more difficult case because of the reluctance of America's allies, particularly Germany and Japan, to sacrifice their short-term commercial interests in exporting to Iran. Now that Iran is having difficulty repaying its debts, foreign creditors may be more willing to consider trade sanctions against Tehran. In any case, the U.S. could strengthen its case for economic sanctions against Iran if President Clinton blocks the proposed $750 million sale of up to 20 Boeing 737 jetliners to Iran and prohibits U.S. oil companies, the largest purchasers of Iranian oil, from buying Iran's oil exports. (American oil companies currently are prohibited from importing Iranian oil into the U.S. but are allowed to buy it for resale elsewhere. See James Phillips, "Containing Iran," Heritage Foundation Backgrounder No. 980, March 9, 1994.)

The U.S. should drive up the prospective political costs of state-sponsored terrorism. This can be done by supporting opposition groups in countries that engage in international terrorism. All Middle Eastern terrorist states have generated domestic opposition. Washington should provide diplomatic, economic, and even military support to the most viable opposition groups in terrorist states. The Kurds in Iraq, the resistance movements in southern Sudan, pro-Western exile groups and the increasingly restless Azeris, Baluch, and Kurds in Iran, and Libyan dissidents all merit increased American and Western support. The Assad regime in Syria has brutally eliminated most domestic opposition, but President Assad's persistent health problems and the recent death of his son and heir apparent, Basil, has increased uncertainty about the political durability of Syria's minority Alawite regime. Although there may be no viable opposition inside Syria in the short run, the U.S. should increase its diplomatic support for an independent Lebanon free from Syrian domination.

Mobilize reluctant allies to maximize pressure on terrorist states and groups.

Western Europe has borne the brunt of the spillover of Middle Eastern terrorism, yet historically has been reluctant to take determined action against it. Too often, European states have sought to appease terrorist states and cut separate deals with them, rather than take a unified stand against terrorism. Last October, Germany hosted a visit by Iran's Minister of Intelligence and Security, Ali Fallahiyan, the overseer of much of Iran's terrorist operations. France appeased Iran last December by expelling two suspected Iranian terrorists whose extradition had been sought by Switzerland for the 1990 assassination of an Iranian opposition leader in Geneva.

The U.S. must drive home to its allies that appeasement of terrorism is a self-defeating policy that only encourages more terrorism. France may be ripe for persuasion, now that an upsurge in terrorist attacks against French citizens in Algeria led Paris to crack down on exiled Algerian radicals in France in early August. France now criticizes the U.S. and Germany for allowing exiled Algerian radicals to continue to operate freely within their borders. Washington should cooperate with France and closely monitor the activities of Algerian radicals in the U.S., while pressing Paris to support greater international cooperation in isolating terrorist states, particularly Iran.

Germany and Japan, the two biggest exporters to Iran, are the weak links in Western efforts to isolate Iran. Both states argue that they aid Iranian "moderates" by maintaining good trade and diplomatic relations with Iran. This rationale has grown increasingly threadbare in view of Iran's continued support of terrorism. Besides, Iran's "moderates" are losing ground to more radical elements in Tehran who are likely to escalate terrorism unless confronted with firm international pressures. The U.S. should strongly warn Germany and Japan, first privately and increasingly in public, that appeasement only encourages Iran and other terrorist states to believe that terrorism is cost-free. Worse, by conducting preferential trade relations with Iran and granting it foreign aid and loans, Germany and Japan are subsidizing Iran's terrorism.

Washington also should press its allies to establish a high-level central office for coordinating counterterrorism policies. These offices could act as liaisons with allied counterterrorism agencies. Modeled on the U.S. Office of Counterterrorism, these offices would help raise the profile of counterterrorism as an international issue and make international cooperation more effective and timely. Washington also should lobby all its allies to adopt stiffer penalties for terrorism, including longer jail terms and the seizure of the assets of terrorist groups or states. The Europeans, in particular, should be pressed to stop releasing terrorists before their sentences have been completed.

Washington also should press Saudi Arabia to halt the flow of financial aid to radical Islamic movements. Substantial sums of money from private Saudi religious foundations and individuals have bankrolled Sheik Abdul Rahman and other radical fundamentalists. Riyadh placed restrictions on the flow of these funds outside the country in 1993 but needs to more carefully control the activities of the Islamic foundations to prevent them from meddling in the internal affairs of other Muslim countries.

Maintain the option to retaliate unilaterally for terrorist attacks with decisive military force.

The use or threat of use of military force is essential for punishing and deterring state-sponsored terrorism. The military response should be designed to raise the cost of terrorism above the price a terrorist state is willing to pay. The U.S. should not get bogged down in a tit-for-tat exchange by limiting its attacks merely to terrorist training camps. Instead, it should strike targets that the terrorist state highly values, such as its internal security forces and secret police. For example, if Iran or one of its surrogates, such as Hezbollah, lashes out at an American target, the U.S. should not content itself with destroying a few easily replaceable terrorist camps in Lebanon or Iran. Rather, the U.S. should attack Iran's Revolutionary Guards which train terrorists and provide internal security, as well as Iran's Ministry of Intelligence and Security.

A sharp and decisive military reprisal not only can have a deterrent effect on the terrorist state attacked, it also can have a strong demonstration effect on other states that support terrorism. For example, the April 1986 air strikes against Libya had a significant impact on Syria as well as Libya. According to the State Department, Libya reduced its involvement in international terrorism from 19 incidents in 1986 to six in 1987, while Syrian involvement fell from 34 in 1985 to six in 1986 and to one in 1987.

Special operations are an important option for fighting terrorists close to innocent civilians, in hostage rescue operations, and in efforts to apprehend terrorist leaders. The Pentagon must make an effort to maintain the strength and readiness of the Special Operations Command which includes the elite "Delta Force," Army Special Operations Forces, Navy Seals, Marine Reconnaissance teams, and a special assault unit from the 101st Air Assault Division. These forces should be periodically dispatched on anti-terrorism training exercises in friendly Middle Eastern states to give them familiarity with the region and experience with desert warfare.

Stand firmly behind states threatened by Middle Eastern terrorism.

Middle Eastern terrorists pose much more of a threat to secular and moderate regimes in the Muslim world than to the West. Islamic revolutionary movements have used terrorism to undermine and demoralize ruling governments, polarize societies, and intimidate secular opposition. Terrorists have become the shock troops of Islamic revolutionary movements seeking the overthrow of the governments of Egypt and Algeria. The U.S. has a major stake in both countries. A radical Islamic revolution in either of them would send shock waves throughout the Arab world.

Washington should steadfastly support the governments of Egypt and Algeria in their efforts to reach an accommodation with political opposition groups while firmly suppressing terrorists. American diplomats should not meet publicly with radical Islamic leaders because this could undermine the existing government. Nor should Washington permit radical Islamic leaders, such as Tunisian revolutionary Rashid el-Ghanoushi, to visit America unless they reject terrorism. Nor should it pressure any government to enter talks with any group that supports terrorism. Whenever possible the U.S. should share its intelligence on terrorist groups and their supporters with the governments battling revolutionary terrorists.

In addition to supporting moderate Arab regimes threatened by terrorism, the U.S. should cooperate closely with Turkey and Israel in combating terrorism. Both countries are valuable sources of intelligence on international terrorism and should be furnished with American intelligence on terrorist activities in a timely manner. The U.S. also should maintain relentless pressure on Syria to halt its support for the Kurdish Workers Party and the Armenian Secret Army for the Liberation of Armenia, two terrorist groups that have killed scores of Turks. Moreover, Washington should strongly back Israel's demand that any Syrian-Israeli peace agreement must include guarantees that Syria will cease its support for Palestinian terrorists and help end Hezbollah's rein of terror in Lebanon.

Upgrade counterterrorism intelligence.

Fighting terrorism effectively requires detailed and timely intelligence about the operations of terrorist groups, their support networks and their state sponsors. The FBI has made effective use of intelligence information to pre-empt at least 78 terrorist plots since 1982. (Estimate provided by Kevin Giblin, Senior Intelligence Officer for Counterterrorism, FBI, in an August 3, 1993 Forum of the U.S. Global Strategy Council entitled "Terrorism: The Next Phase?") But the new breed of radical Islamic terrorists, organized in informal amorphous groups, presents a new challenge for intelligence-gathering. To maintain and expand its intelligence network, the FBI should make a systematic effort to recruit Arab-Americans and American Muslims.

The CIA needs to upgrade the volume and quality of its human intelligence on terrorist groups and states. It must develop a more extensive network of agents dedicated to counterterrorism intelligence and infiltrate terrorist groups on a long-term basis. The CIA should make every effort to recruit American and foreign personnel with extensive knowledge of and experience in the cultures and societies of their terrorist adversaries. The CIA's Counterterrorist Center, created in 1986 by President Reagan after the hijacking of TWA flight 847, should be expanded and devote more resources to surveillance of the new breed of radical Islamic terrorists. The National Security Agency and various defense intelligence agencies should be directed to give counterterrorism a higher priority in their intelligence- gathering efforts. The Defense Department also should consider dedicating more of its reconnaissance satellites to gathering information on possible military targets related to terrorism, such as terrorist bases and training camps in terrorist states and the Syrian- controlled areas of Lebanon.

In addition, the U.S. should improve its efforts to reward informants who provide useful information about terrorist activities. The State Department's International Counterterrorism reward program provides monetary awards of up to $2 million for information on terrorist activities against Americans. It has led to the defection of more than ten terrorist informants and the prevention of nearly a dozen acts of terrorism against Americans. This program should be publicized more widely in the Middle East. A recent report that a valuable informant was treated shabbily by the U.S. government is disconcerting because it could lead the trickle of informants to dry up. (See Jill Smolowe, "A Hero's Unwelcome," Time, May 9, 1994, p. 50.) Informants who risk their lives to provide important intelligence should be promptly rewarded for their efforts.

Reform immigration laws to improve internal security.

Sheik Abdul Rahman and two of the World Trade Center bombers entered the country illegally. They eventually were caught but were allowed to remain in the country pending subsequent legal proceedings. This situation is intolerable. Congress should reform the immigration laws to accelerate deportation proceedings and simplify and consolidate the lengthy procedural hearings and appeal system that permit illegal and undocumented aliens to evade immigration controls. Applicants for political asylum should be screened to weed out and immediately deport those without a credible basis for asylum.

Tougher penalties should be imposed on the production or use of fraudulent passports and visas. Nine of the original 35 indictable counts in the 1993 New York bombing plots involved visa or passport offenses. The recently passed crime bill contains a measure that will double the maximum prison terms for such crimes from 5 to 10 years (and increase to 20 years if the documents were used to facilitate terrorism) and boost fines from $2,000 to $250,000. A companion measure sponsored by Representative Gilman, which currently is under consideration by the House Judiciary Committee, would allow the government to seize the assets of criminals convicted of creating or using false documents for terrorism or drug smuggling. If passed, this measure would make it harder for terrorists to obtain false documents.

Finally, the U.S. government should automatically deny visas to members of groups that advocate, support, or participate in terrorism. Unfortunately, the 1990 Immigration and Naturalization Act killed the provisions of the 1952 McCarran-Walter Immigration and Nationality Act that allowed the U.S. government to restrict the entry into the U.S. of members of a group deemed a threat to U.S. security. The State Department now wrings its hands over denying visas solely because of membership in a terrorist group. This loophole, which puts the nation at risk, needs to be closed. Congress should pass legislation that enables the U.S. government to deny visas to foreigners because of membership in terrorist groups rather than requiring proof of personal involvement in terrorist acts, as is now the case.

Restore order in anarchic areas where international terrorist groups thrive.

Many of the World Trade Center bombers were supporters of the radical Afghan group Hezbi Islami (Party of Islam) led by Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, a virulently anti-Western Islamic militant. Some reportedly were trained in Hezbi Islami camps and fought in the Afghan war. The U.S. should drop its short-sighted hands-off policy in Afghanistan that has led it to remain neutral in the fighting between Hekmatyar's Islamic zealots and the provisional government of President Burhanuddin Rabbani. With a limited commitment of financial aid, the U.S. can greatly strengthen the ability of the moderate Afghan forces to defeat Hekmatyar's drive to transform Afghanistan into a revolutionary Islamic state. By bolstering Rabbani's regime, the U.S. could help end the anarchy that gives terrorists a foothold in Afghanistan. (See James Phillips, "Winning the Endgame in Afghanistan," Heritage Foundation Backgrounder Update No. 181, May 18, 1992.)

In addition, Washington should press Pakistan and Saudi Arabia to end their support of Hekmatyar.

The U.S. also should revive its efforts to build a stable and independent Lebanon. Syria has sought to keep the Lebanese weak and divided to assure its own dominance there. It has vetoed the efforts of the Lebanese government to extend its control into southern Lebanon and disarm Hezbollah. The U.S. should insist that Syria abide by the terms of the 1989 Taif agreement, which require Syria to withdraw its 40,000 troops to eastern Lebanon and permit the Beirut government to extend its control over its own territory. Only then will Lebanon cease to be a staging area for international terrorism.

Conclusion

Middle Eastern terrorism has become more unpredictable and audacious. Radical Islamic terrorists inspired by Iranian, Algerian, and Egyptian revolutionary movements have overshadowed Palestinian nationalist terrorists as a threat to the West. These new terrorists often are supported by networks of radical Islamic activists who live in Muslim communities in the West. Even more worrisome is the training, arms, financial support, and guidance which radical Islamic terrorists receive from such states as Iran and Sudan.

International terrorism is not likely to be eradicated, but it can be weakened considerably if increased diplomatic, economic, political, and military pressure is brought to bear on the state sponsors of terrorism. The U.S. must lead an international campaign to raise the costs of terrorism. This will require a coordinated, firm, and relentless international effort. This kind of cooperation paid off in disarming Iraqi terrorism during the Gulf War, and it can work again. The U.S. must convince its allies that they now are involved, whether they want to be or not, in an international war against terrorism.

To do so, the Clinton Administration must do more to stop international terrorism. It must shelve its misguided plan to downgrade the State Department's Office of Counterterrorism, toughen its approach to terrorist states, and remain vigilantly on guard against terrorist movements. Only then will its allies sacrifice their short-term commercial interests to advance the long-term security interests of the West and other targets of Middle Eastern terrorists.

James A. Phillips is a Senior Policy Analyst at The Heritage Foundation.

http://www.heritage.org/Research/MiddleEast/BG1005.cfm

© 1995 Persimmon IT, Inc.

  All Credit Given To The Heritage Foundation and James A. Phillips
(10/94 After 1st WTC Bombing)"Despite the growing danger, the Clinton Administration has failed to mount a credible effort to stem the tide of terrorism."...the Clinton Administration should: ..." DoEverything Bush 43 Did!
Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (1) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

The War On Terror Began In 1993 With Iraq! Iraqi Tribal Ditti "Bin Ladin did not do it; the luck of the president [Saddam] did it"

"...it was an Iraqi intelligence operation, led by Ramzi Yousef, ..."


"ON SEPTEMBER 1, 1992, Ramzi Yousef arrived at JFK airport. He presented an Iraqi passport without a U.S. visa, was briefly detained (and fingerprinted) for illegal entry, and granted asylum pending a hearing. "

"That, indeed, is the most straightforward explanation of the World Trade Center bombing: that it was an Iraqi intelligence operation, led by Ramzi Yousef, with the local fundamentalists serving first as aides and then as diversionary dupes. "




The National Interest, Winter, 1995/96

THE WORLD TRADE CENTER BOMB:
Who is Ramzi Yousef? And Why It Matters

by Laurie Mylroie

ACCORDING TO THE presiding judge in last year's trial, the bombing of New York's World Trade Center on February 26, 1993 was meant to topple the city's tallest tower onto its twin, amid a cloud of cyanide gas. Had the attack gone as planned, tens of thousands of Americans would have died. Instead, as we know, one tower did not fall on the other, and, rather than vaporizing, the cyanide gas burnt up in the heat of the explosion. "Only" six people died.

Few Americans are aware of the true scale of the destructive ambition behind that bomb, this despite the fact that two years later, the key figure responsible for building it--a man who had entered the United Stares on an Iraqi passport under the name of Ramzi Yousef--was involved in another stupendous bombing conspiracy. In January 1995, Yousef and his associates plotted to blow up eleven U.S. commercial aircraft in one spectacular day of terrorist rage. The bombs were to be made of a liquid explosive designed to pass through airport metal detectors. But while mixing his chemical brew in a Manila apartment, Yousef started a fire. He was forced to flee, leaving behind a computer that contained the information that led to his arrest a month later in Pakistan. Among the items found in his possession was a letter threatening Filipino interests if a comrade held in custody were not released. It claimed the "ability to make and use chemicals and poisonous gas... for use against vital institutions and residential populations and the sources of drinking water." [1] Quickly extradited, he is now in U.S. custody awaiting trial this spring.

Ramzi Yousef's plots were the most ambitious terrorist conspiracies ever attempted against the United States. But who is he? Is he a free-lance bomber? A deranged but highly-skilled veteran of the Muslim jihad against the Soviets in Afghanistan? Is he an Arab, or of some other Middle Eastern ethnicity? Is there an organization--perhaps even a state--behind his work?

These questions have an obvious bearing not only on past events but on possible future ones as well. [2] It is important to know who Ramzi Yousef is and who his "friends" are, because if he is not just a bomber-for-hire, or an Islamic militant loosely connected to other Muslim fundamentalists, Yousef's "friends" could still prove very dangerous to the United States. It is of considerable interest, therefore, that a very persuasive case can be made that Ramzi Yousef is an Iraqi intelligence agent, and that his bombing conspiracies were meant as Saddam Hussein's revenge for the Gulf War. If so, and if, as U.S. officials strongly suspect, Baghdad still secretly possesses biological warfare agents, then we may still not have heard the last from Saddam Hussein.

This essay will focus on three points. First, it will argue that, as things stand now, coordination between the Justice Department and the relevant national security agencies is such that the latter--and thus national security itself gets very short shrift when it comes to dealing with terror incidents perpetrated on U.S. soil. Second, it will look afresh at the evidence from the World Trade Center bombing case and suggest that the most logical explanation of the evidence points to Iraqi state sponsorship. Third, it will assay briefly what dangers the Iraqi regime may still pose to the United States should this analysis prove correct.

A High Wall

THE SUGGESTION THAT Iraq might well have been behind Ramzi Yousef's exploits may initially strike many as implausible. Wouldn't the U.S. government investigation of the World Trade Center bombing have uncovered evidence to that effect, evidence that the press, in turn, would have broadcast far and wide? Wouldn't America's robust anti-terrorist intelligence capacities have focused on such suspicions long ago?

While these are reasonable questions, they reveal a lack of understanding about how the U.S. government works when legal and national security issues of this special sort overlap. A high wall, in fact, stands between the Justice Department, including the Federal Bureau of Investigation, on the one hand, and the national security agencies on the other. Once arrests are made, the trials of individual perpetrators take bureaucratic precedence over everything else. The Justice Department inherits primary investigatory jurisdiction, and the business of the Justice Department is above all the prosecution and conviction of individual criminals. Once that process is underway, the Justice Department typically denies information to the national security bureaucracies, taking the position that passing on information might "taint the evidence" and affect prospects for obtaining convictions. [3]

In effect, the Justice Department puts the prosecution of individual perpetrators--with all the rights to a fair trial guaranteed by the U.S. judicial system--above America's national security interest in determining who may be behind terrorist attacks. Questions of state sponsorship that are of pressing interest to national security agencies are typically relegated to a distant second place, or never properly addressed at all, because the national security agencies are denied critical information. In particular, whenever early arrests are made regarding a terrorist incident on American soil, the U.S. government cannot properly address both the national security question of state sponsorship and the criminal question of the guilt or innocence of individual perpetrators at the same time.

This is precisely what happened in the World Trade Center bombing. In the case of Ramzi Yousef, the perfectly reasonable questions posed above about who this man is and who may sponsor him have never been properly investigated. Instead of the appropriately trained people conducting a comprehensive investigation, the World Trade Center bombing was followed by an undercover operation, in which an informant of dubious provenance led a handful of local Muslims in a new bombing conspiracy, aimed at the United Nations and other New York landmarks. For this conspiracy Sheikh Omar Abdul Rahman and nine others were found guilty in early October 1995. Yet none of those in the trial of Sheikh Omar et al., as it is formally called, was accused of actually participating in the World Trade Center bombing.[4] They were only charged with conspiracy regarding it. The government contended that other followers of Sheikh Omar--four fundamentalists who stood trial in 1994--were actually responsible for puffing it into effect.

But what if Ramzi Yousef, who eluded the grasp of U.S. authorities until after his second bombing conspiracy, is neither a follower of Sheikh Omar nor a Muslim fundamentalist? That if he is an Iraqi agent? From a legal perspective--as the judge in that trial advised the defense team--whether state sponsorship played a role in the World Trade Center bombing was irrelevant to the guilt or innocence of Sheikh Omar et al. And indeed, the prosecution did not need to address the question of whether the World Trade Center bombing had state sponsorship in order to obtain the convictions sought against Sheikh Omar and the others.

Indeed, that state sponsorship can be irrelevant to a criminal prosecution was explained most clearly by the federal prosecutors in the New York bombing conspiracies, the lead prosecutor in the trial of Sheikh Omar et al., and the lead prosecutor in last year's Trade Center bombing trial, who will also prosecute Ramzi Yousef. When I put it to them that Iraq was probably behind the Trade Center bombing, they replied, "You may be right, but we don't do state sponsorship. We prosecute individuals." Asked who does "do" state sponsorship, they answered, "Washington." "Who in Washington?" No one seemed to know.[6]

Yet by responding to state-sponsored terrorism solely by arresting and trying individual perpetrators, the U.S. government, in effect, invites such states to commit acts of terror in such a way as to leave behind a few relatively minor figures to be arrested, tried, and convicted. Done adroitly, this makes it unlikely that the larger, more important, and more difficult question of state sponsorship will ever be addressed.

The problem is illustrated vividly in the case of Ramzi Yousef since his arrest in February 1995. The Justice Department has passed on very little information to other bureaucracies. The FBI's typical response to any question about Yousef is: "We can't tell you much because of the trial." [7] As a result, the State Department, which is responsible for determining whether a terrorist act had state sponsorship, lacks the most basic information-- even, for example, a point as simple as what passport Yousef was traveling on when he was arrested in Islamabad.

The details of the World Trade Center case are chilling. From the outset, the Justice Department refused to share key information with the national security agencies. The government had two sets of relevant information--foreign intelligence, gathered by the CIA from watching terrorist states such as Iran and Iraq, and evidence gathered by the FBI largely within the United Stares for use in the trial. The FBI flatly told the national security bureaucracies that there was "no evidence" of state sponsorship in the World Trade Center bombing. When the national security agencies asked to see the evidence themselves, the FBI replied, "No, this is a criminal matter. We're handling it." Thus, all that the national security agencies had available to decide the question of state sponsorship was foreign intelligence they themselves had collected.

But many cases of stare-sponsored terrorism cannot be cracked by means of intelligence alone. The crucial element linking the bombing of Pan Am flight 103 to Libya, for example, was not intelligence but a piece of physical evidence--a microchip, part of the bomb's timing device, that could be tied to other bombs built by Libyan agents.

After the World Trade Center bombing, the FBI was the only bureaucracy with both the intelligence and the evidence. Even if the FBI did make a serious effort to examine the evidence for state sponsorship--and it is not clear that it did--the Bureau alone is not competent to carry out such an investigation. "They're head hunters", one official in Pentagon Counterterrorism remarked--that is, they are oriented to the arrest of individuals. A State Department expert described the FBI's new Office of Radical Fundamentalism as "a joke", bereft of any genuine Middle East expertise.

But the more fundamental problem is that the Justice Department in Washington seems not to have been interested in pursuing the question of state sponsorship. In fact, the New York FBI office suspected an Iraqi connection early on, but the Washington brass seemingly wanted to tell America that they had already cracked the case and caught most of the perpetrators. It is always easier to go after the small fry than to catch the big fish, and law enforcement is ever vulnerable to the temptation to cut off a conspiracy investigation at the most convenient point.

Thus, five weeks after the World Trade Center bombing, four Arabs were under arrest. The mastermind, Ramzi Yousef, had fled. Still, at that point in early April 1993, the FBI proclaimed that it had captured most of those involved. The bombing, it claimed, was the work of a loose group of fundamentalists with no ties to any state. The predictable media frenzy followed and, perhaps as a result, some obvious questions were not asked. How could the government know so early in the investigation that those it had arrested had no ties to any state? If the government knew so much so soon, then why did one of those arrested never stand trial for the bombing, and why were three others indicted much later? In short, the Justice Department determined that the bombing had no state sponsorship even before it decided definitively who had been involved.

Moreover, by April it was impossible to have conducted a sufficiently thorough investigation. Such an investigation required, at a minimum, a meticulous examination of all records associated with the defendants to insure that they had had no contact with foreign intelligence agencies--or at least that none could be found. That process simply could not have been accomplished in five weeks. And it must be kept in mind that, at the time, the mastermind of the bomb was a fugitive about whom almost nothing was known. How could anyone therefore declare confidently that he was not a foreign agent, especially in light of the fact that he had entered the United States on an Iraqi passport and had been known among the New York fundamentalists as "Rashid, the Iraqi"?

Ironically, this sort of problem would not have arisen had the bombing occurred abroad. In such cases there are usually two separate investigations by two different bureaucracies, one to determine state sponsorship, the other to catch the individuals responsible. After the bombing of Pan Am 103, for example, the CLA led an inter-agency intelligence investigation addressing the question of state sponsorship. There was also a separate criminal investigation, headed by the FBI, aimed at individual perpetrators.

But there was no intelligence investigation of the World Trade Center bombing. The CIA is, after all, prohibited from operating in America. Of course, a crack inter-agency team could have been established to examine the question of state sponsorship. But Clinton administration officials set up no such team.

In September 1995, the State Department forwarded to Congress the report of an independent panel, established to examine whether mistakes in security training had contributed to the March 8 assassination of two U.S. consular officials in Karachi--apparent retaliation for Ramzi Yousef's extradition. The report expressed concern about the FBI's lack of cooperation with the national security agencies. Clearly, discontent with the FBI is growing among those agencies as issues such as international crime--and with them the Bureau's international role--assume a mare prominent role in the post-Cold War world. Indeed, one State Department official described the FBI'S unwillingness to share information as "the train wreck coming"--meaning that given the FBI's lack of expertise in international politics, there may well come a time when the Bureau will be sitting on information that, in the hands of others, could have been used to avert a disaster.

One may indeed ask whether the World Trade Center bombing itself is not a harbinger of the train wreck coming. For if Saddam Hussein was behind it, then the Justice Department, in effect, has blinded the national security bureaucracies to a serious danger, namely the possibility that in the extreme Iraq might use biological agents, whether for terrorism in America or in the context of military' action in the region, possibly involving U.S. troops.

Of course, that is an important "if." It is to that issue we now turn.

Dramatis Personae

Ramzi Yousef, a.k.a. Abdul Basit Karim -the key man; likely Iraqi agent.

El Sayid Nosair--murderer of Rabbi Meir Kahane, bomb plot initiator.

Emad Salem--FBI informant with ties to Egyptian intelligence.

Mohammed Salameh--Palestinian fundamentalist, Nosair accomplice and early plotter; left a trail of phone calls to Iraq.

Musab Yasin--Iraqi with New Jersey apartment where Yousef first went.

Abdul Rahman Yasin--Musab's brother, led FBI to apartment where bomb was made; employee of Iraqi government; indicted fugitive, presently in Baghdad.

Nidal Ayyad--Palestinian fundamentalist convicted in the World Trade Center bombing.

Mahmud Abu Halima--Egyptian fundamentalist cab driver convicted in the World Trade Center bombing

Eyyad Ismail--Palestinian from Jordan charged with having driven the van.

Forty-Six Calls to Iraq

ALTHOUGH THE national security agencies never received the World Trade Center evidence, at the conclusion of a trial evidence becomes public. Anyone can examine it, and I did so meticulously. The raw data consist mostly of telephone records, passports, and airplane tickets. Such data reveal nothing directly about state sponsorship, but under close analysis certain facts begin to stand out and certain patterns emerge. And it helps to know the Middle East well.

The story begins in November 1990 when an Egyptian fundamentalist, El Sayid Nosair, shot and killed Meir Kahane, an extreme right-wing Israeli-American, in Manhattan. A year later, in November 1991, Nosair's trial became a cause celebre among local fundamentalists, who turned out in force to support their "martyr." Planted among them was an Egyptian, Emad Salem, working as an FBI informant, even as he maintained ties to Egyptian intelligence. In December, the jury returned a bizarre verdict, acquitting Nosair of murder and finding him guilty on lesser charges. An outraged judge gave Nosair a maximum sentence on those lesser charges, and sent him to Attica.

The fundamentalists continued to support Nosair, arranging bus trips from their mosques to visit him in prison. Salem, the FBI plant, remained among them. In early June 1992, with Salem acting as an agent provocateur, Nosair convinced his friends to execute a bomb plot. He wanted them to make twelve pipe bombs, to be used for assassinating his judge and a Brooklyn assemblyman, the others to be used against Jewish targets. A cousin was to organize the plot, and Salem was to build the bombs.

A twenty-six year old Palestinian, Mohammad Salameh, was soon recruited into the plot. Salameh comes from a long line of terrorists on his mother's side. His maternal grandfather fought in the 1936 Arab revolt against British rule in Palestine, and even as an old man joined the PLO and managed to get himself jailed by the Israelis. A maternal uncle was arrested in 1968 for terrorism and served eighteen years in an Israeli prison before he was released and deported, making his way to Baghdad where he became number two in the "Western Sector", a PLO terrorist unit under Iraqi influence.

Despite this pedigree, Salameh himself is naive and manipulable. When one considers that he was arrested in the process of returning to collect the deposit on the van he had rented to carry the Trade Center bomb, it is not so surprising that on June 10, soon after being recruited into Nosair's plot, Salameh made the first of forty-six calls to Iraq, the vast majority to his terrorist uncle in Baghdad. We can only speculate about what Salameh told his uncle, but it seems very likely that he spoke about the bold new project Nosair was organizing, perhaps seeking his help and advice. Salameh's telephone bills suggest that the pipe bombing plot was one of the most exciting events in his life: In six weeks he ran up a bill of over four thousand dollars and lost his phone service.

Iraq is one of the few remaining Stalinist states. Iraqis routinely assume their telephones are bugged, and are even cautious about discussing sensitive issues in their own homes. The more significant the person, the greater the likelihood his activities are monitored--at least that is what Baghdadis assume. My own experience in Baghdad makes clear that when Iraqis want to be sure that a conversation is not monitored, it takes place out of doors. It is thus more than likely that Iraqi intelligence learned of Nosair's bombing plot and Salameh's participation in it through Salameh's phone calls to his uncle. In any event, key preparatory steps to the World Trade Center bombing were taken within days of Salameh's first call-including steps taken in Baghdad.

On June 21, an Iraqi living in Baghdad, Abdul Rahman Yasin (subsequently an indicted fugitive in the Trade Center bombing) appeared at the U.S. embassy in Amman asking for a U.S. passport. Born in America, Abdul Rahman received his passport, which he soon used to travel to this country.

Just at this crucial point, unfortunately, the FBI lost track of the Nosair-Salameh conspiracy. It did not fully trust its informant, Emad Salem, and Salem's ties to Egyptian intelligence; the Bureau severed relations with him in early July when he refused to follow its procedures relating to criminal investigations.

Salameh's phone bills and other evidence raise the distinct possibility that, Iraqi intelligence having learned of Nosair's plans from Salameh's calls to his uncle, Baghdad decided to help out, transforming the plot in the process. If so, the speed of the reaction suggests that Iraqi intelligence may have already been planning some operation against America, and that Salameh1s calls to his uncle provided it with a fortuitous means of carrying it out. Here probably lies the source of Ramzi Yousef s exploits in America.

Enter Ramzi Yousef

ON SEPTEMBER 1, 1992, Ramzi Yousef arrived at JFK airport. He presented an Iraqi passport without a U.S. visa, was briefly detained (and fingerprinted) for illegal entry, and granted asylum pending a hearing. Yousef went to stay at the apartment of Musab Yasin, an Iraqi living in Jersey City. So too did Abdul Rahman Yasin, Musab's younger brother, who arrived in America from Iraq soon after Yousef. (Musab had an unlisted telephone number under an Israeli-sounding alias, Josie Hadas.)

Musab lived in the same building as Mohammad Salameh. Many young Arab men used their two apartments, praying and eating together; relations were so close that the apartments were connected by an intercom. Once established within this group, Ramzi Yousef befriended Salameh, and the two left to share an apartment elsewhere in Jersey City. From then on, the impressionable Salameh was under Yousef s wing.

Although the principal conspirators had been in place since September, it was not until after the U.S. elections on November 3 that Yousef began to prepare the World Trade Center bomb. In mid-November the first of many calls to chemical companies appears on his phone bills. At the same time, Yousef also began calling surgical supply companies for the gloves, masks, and rubber tubing he needed to make the bomb. In the meantime, two other local fundamentalists were recruited into the plot, Nidal Ayyad and Mahmud Abu Halima. Ayyad, a Palestinian, was the same age as Salameh and Salameh's friend. Abu Halima, a thirty-four year old Egyptian cab driver, was a friend of Nosair. Abu Halima was older and generally savvier than the two Palestinians.

In January 1993, Yousef and Salameh moved into another Jersey City apartment where the bomb was actually built. Set well back from the street, the building provided seclusion. On February 21 a twenty-one year old Palestinian named Eyyad Ismail arrived from Dallas. Ismail is charged with having driven the bomb-laden van.[8] On February 23, Salameh went to a Ryder rental agency to rent the van to carry the bomb. On the morning of February 26, the conspirators gathered at a local Shell gas station where they topped up the tank--one last explosive touch--before driving to Manhattan. Shortly after noon, the bomb went off, on--let it be well noted--the second anniversary of the ending of the Gulf War.

That evening Salameh drove Yousef and Ismail to JFK airport; Yousef escaped to Pakistan on falsified travel documents, and Ismail flew home to Jordan. But Salameh looks to have been deliberately left behind by Yousef, not provided with money he needed for a plane ticket. Salameh had a ticket to Amsterdam on Royal Jordanian fight 262, which continues on to Amman, dated for March 5, but it was an infant ticket that had cost him only $65. While Salameh had been able to use this ticket to get himself a Dutch visa, he could not actually travel on it Needing more money for an adult fare, he tried to get his van deposit back by telling the rental agency that the van had been stolen. With either desperate or inane persistence, he returned three times before he was finally arrested on March 4.

Salameh had used Musab Yasin's phone number when renting the van, and Abdul Rahman Yasin was picked up the same day in a sweep of sites associated with Salameh. Abdul Rahman was taken to New Jersey FBI headquarters in Newark. He is reported to have been extremely cool, as a trained intelligence agent would be. He was helpful to investigators who themselves faced tremendous pressure to produce answers. He told them, for instance, the location of the apartment that was used to make the bomb, a key bit of information. They thanked him for his cooperation and let him walk out. This, although he had arrived just six months before from Iraq, and might well attempt to return there. And indeed, the very next day, Abdul Rahman Yasin boarded Royal Jordanian 262 to Amman, the same plane Salameh had hoped to catch. From Amman he went on to Baghdad. An ABC news stringer saw him there last year, outside his father's house, and learned from neighbors that he worked for the Iraqi government.

Meanwhile, as U.S. authorities searched for Abdul Rahman Yasin in March 1993, after his "helpful" session with the FBI and before they knew for certain that he had fled, an FBI agent who had worked with Emad Salem in June 1992 speculated:

"Do you ever think that Iraqi intelligence might have known of these people who were willing to do something crazy, and that Iraqi intelligence found them out and encouraged them to do this as a retaliation for the bombing of Iraq. . . . So the people who are left holding the bag here in America are Egyptian. . . or Palestinian. . . . But the other people we are looking for, Abdul Rahman, he is gone. . I hate to think what's going to happen if this guy turns out to be. . an Iraqi intelligence operative...and these people were used." [9]

Mahmud Abu Halima had similar thoughts. As he told a prison companion who later turned state's evidence:

"The planned act was not as big as what subsequently occurred. . . Yousef showed up on the scene. and escalated the initial plot. . . . Yousef used [them]. . .as pawns and then immediately after the blast left the country." [10]

That, indeed, is the most straightforward explanation of the World Trade Center bombing: that it was an Iraqi intelligence operation, led by Ramzi Yousef, with the local fundamentalists serving first as aides and then as diversionary dupes.

Since Yousef's arrest and extradition to the United States, the evidence for this explanation has, if anything, grown stronger. First of all, he is clearly no fundamentalist. According to neighbors, he had a Filipina girlfriend and enjoyed Manila's raucous night life.[11] Yousef's nationality and ethnicity have also become known: He is a Pakistani Baluch.

The Baluch are a distinct ethnic group, speaking their own language, one of several Middle Eastern peoples without their own homeland. They live in eastern Iran and western Pakistan in inhospitable desert terrain over which neither Tehran nor Islamabad exercises much control. Baluchistan is a haven for smuggling, both of drugs and of arms. The Baluch are Sunni and are at sharp odds with Tehran's Shia clerical regime. Through Iraq's many years of conflict with Iran, first in the early 1970s and then during the Iran-Iraq war a decade later, Iraqi intelligence developed close ties with the Baluch on both sides of the Iranian-Pakistani border. Above all, it used them to carry out terrorism against Iran.

Yousef's associates in Pakistan, too, were anti-Shia. This fact, taken together with his Baluch ethnicity, make it nearly impossible that Iran could be behind Yousef. The most recent inquiries, made since Yousef's arrest, have reduced the question to two possibilities: He is a free-lancer connected to a loose network of fundamentalists; or he worked for Iraq. [12]

Of Passports and Fingerprints

THE SINGLE MOST important piece of evidence pointing to Iraq is the passport on which Yousef fled America. It was no ordinary passport.

On November 9,1992, just after the final green light for the bombing had been given, Yousef reported to Jersey City., police that he had lost his passport. He claimed to be Abdul Basit Mahmud Abdul Karim, a Pakistani born and reared in Kuwait. Then, between December 3 and December 27, Yousef made a number of calls to Baluchistan. Several of them were conference calls to a few key numbers, a geographical plotting of which suggests that they were related to Yousef's probable escape route--through Pakistani and Iranian Baluchistan--across the Arabian Sea to Oman, after which the "telephone trail" ends. After Yousef s arrest, a National Security Council staffer confirmed to me that Yousef had indeed fled from the United States through Baluchistan.

On December 31, 1992, Yousef went to the Pakistani consulate in New York with photocopies of Abdul Basit's current and previous passports. Consistent with his story to police in Jersey City, he claimed to have lost his passport and asked for a new one. The consulate suspected his non-original documentation enough to deny him a new passport. But it did provide him a six-month, temporary passport and told him to straighten things out when he returned "home." This turned out to be good enough for the purpose at hand.

By now it should be clear that the World Trade Center bomber's real name is probably neither Ramzi Yousef nor Abdul Basit. After all, would someone intending to blow up New York's tallest tower go to such trouble to get a passport under his own name? Yousef was a man of many passports; he had three on his person when he was arrested in Pakistan. Rather, it seems that Ramzi Yousef risked going to the Pakistani consulate with such flimsy documents because he wanted investigators to conclude that he was in fact Abdul Basit, and so would stop trying to determine his real identity. And that is pretty much what happened.

But why Abdul Basit Karim? Here we come to one of the most intriguing and vital aspects of the case. Because there really was an Abdul Basit Karim, a Pakistani born in Kuwait, who later attended Swansea Institute, a technical school in Wales. After graduating in 1989 with a two-year degree in computer-aided electronic engineering, he returned to a job in Kuwait's planning ministry. As Abdul Basit and his family were permanent residents of Kuwait, Kuwait's Interior Ministry maintained files on them. But the files for Abdul Basit and his parents in Kuwait's Interior Ministry have been tampered with. Key documents from the Kuwaiti files on Abdul Basit and his parents are missing. There should be copies of the front pages of the passports, including a picture, a notation of height, and so forth, but that material is gone. There is also information in the file that should not be there, especially a notation stating that Abdul Basit and his family left Kuwait for Iraq on August 26, 1990, transiting to Iran at Salamchah (a crossing point near Basra) on their way to Pakistani Baluchistan, where, according to the file, they now live.

Who put that notation into Abdul Basit's file and why? Consider the circumstances of the moment. The Kuwaiti government had ceased to exist, and Iraq was an occupation authority; bent on establishing control over a hostile population amid near-universal condemnation, as an American-led coalition threatened war. The situation was chaotic as hundreds of thousands of people were fleeing for their lives. While the citizens of Western countries were pawns in a high stakes game, held hostage by Iraq, little attention was paid to the multitude of Third World nationals bent on escape. It truly boggles the imagination to believe that under such circumstances an Iraqi bureaucrat was sitting calmly in Kuwait's Interior Ministry taking down the flight plans--including the itinerary and final destination--of otherwise non-descript Baluchis fleeing Kuwait. Rather, it looks as if Iraqi intelligence put that information into Abdul Basit's file to make it appear that he left Kuwait rather than died there, and that, like Ramzi Yousef, he too was Baluch.

Moreover, Iraqi intelligence apparently switched fingerprint cards, removing the original with Abdul Basit's fingerprints and replacing it with one bearing those of Yousef. Fingerprints are decisive for investigators because no two people's match. But the very fact that fingerprints are so decisive makes them the perfect candidate for careful manipulation. Thus, after U.S. authorities learned that Yousef had fled as Abdul Basit, they sent his fingerprints (taken by the Immigration and Naturalization Service at JFF airport when he was briefly detained for illegal entry) to Kuwait, asking if they matched those of Abdul Basit. When the Kuwaitis said that they did, everyone assumed the question settled--forgetting that Kuwait's files were not secure during the Iraqi occupation.

Pakistan also maintains files on those of its citizens permanently resident abroad, at the embassy in the country in which they live. On August 9, Baghdad ordered all embassies in Iraq's "nineteenth province" to close. Most did, including the Pakistani embassy. The files on Abdul Basit and his family that should be in the Pakistani embassy in Kuwait are missing. The Pakistani government now has no record of the family.

What does all this suggest? To me it suggests that Abdul Basit and his family were in Kuwait when Iraq invaded in August 1990; that they probably died then; and that Iraqi intelligence then tampered with their files to create an alternative identity for Ramzi Yousef. Clearly, only Iraq could reasonably have: 1) known of, or caused, the death of Abdul Basit and his family; 2) tampered with Kuwait's Interior Ministry files, above all switching the fingerprint cards; and 3) filched the files on Abdul Basit and his family from the Pakistani embassy in Kuwait.

Of course, the best way to verify or falsify this would be to check with people who knew Abdul Basit before August 1990. To this end, Brad White, a former Senate Judiciary Committee investigator and CBS newsman, contacted an overseas source he knew in the United Kingdom who had looked into the matter. Two people had a good memory of Abdul Basit but, shown photos of Yousef, were unable to make a positive identification. They both felt that while there was some similarity in looks, it was not the same person. "Our feeling is that Ramzi Yousef is probably not Basit", White was told.[13]

Logic and circumstance also suggest the same conclusion. Is it likely to be mere coincidence, after all, that during Iraq's occupation of Kuwait key documents were removed from Abdul Basit's and his parents files, while the same files were filched in their entirety from the Pakistani embassy? Moreover, Abdul Basit had no criminal record in Britain, nor did he or his parents have any security record in Kuwait. The first concrete knowledge we have of Ramzi Yousef/Abdul Basit comes in early 1991, around the end of the Gulf war when he showed up in the Philippines seeking contact with a Muslim group there. Introduced as "the chemist", he proposed to collaborate in

bombing conspiracies. Now, how did a young man who had led a seemingly normal life up until August 1990 suddenly become a world class terrorist six months after Iraq invaded his country of residence? Where did he get such sophisticated explosives training in just six months? (The real Abdul Basit's degree, remember, was in electronic engineering, not chemistry, which Swansea Institute does not even teach.)

And where are Abdul Basit's parents? They never returned to Kuwait after its liberation, nor have they appeared anywhere else. Did they too take up a life of crime after decades of abiding by the law?

Ramzi Yousef's arrest has made it easy enough to resolve a key question and perhaps produce important evidence implicating Iraq in the World Trade Center bombing: Is "Ramzi Yousef" really Abdul Basit or not? Let those who remember Abdul Basit from before August 1990 meet Yousef in person and tell us. It sounds simple and logical, but strangely, the Justice Department has shown no interest in arranging such a meeting. Moreover, it has decided to try, the bomber as Ramzi Yousef even though no one, including Yousef by now, maintains that that is his real name. If the government believes that Yousef is really Abdul Basit, why doesn't it try him as Abdul Basit? Why is the Justice Department uninterested even in definitively determining his identity, even though doing so might help get to the bottom of the matter. I recently asked a Justice Department official, who maintains his confident view that Yousef is indeed Abdul Basit, "Why don't you bring the people who knew Abdul Basit to the prison to meet Yousef, so they can say for sure if they are the same?" "But you", I was told, "are interested in an intelligence question." Earlier I had been told, "It does not matter what we call him. We just try a body."

And so back we come to the high wall. As before, those who have the information about Ramzi Yousef and his bombing conspiracies are not concerned with the question of state sponsorship, or at least consider it secondary to their trials; while those who are concerned with state sponsorship are denied the information that they need to investigate the question properly.

Threats From Baghdad

MOST MEMBERS OF the U.S. national security bureaucracies think that Saddam Hussein has largely lain low since the Gulf War, constrained by economic sanctions and swift American reactions to his occasional feints to the south. But if in February 1993, Saddam ordered his agents to try to topple New York's tallest tower onto its twin, and if, in January 1995, Iraq sponsored an effort to destroy eleven U.S. airplanes in the Far East, then Saddam has not been quiescent.

This, simply put, is why it is important to find out who Ramzi Yousef is and who may have put him up to his murderous work. Maybe Iraq had nothing to do with him, despite all the circumstantial evidence suggesting otherwise. But if it did, then the otherwise peculiar, bombastic, and extremely violent statements emanating from Baghdad might make more sense than they at first seem to.

In the fall of 1994, Baghdad's official press, in essence, threatened that Saddam might use his remaining unconventional agents, biological and chemical, for terrorism in America, or in missiles delivered against his enemies in the region if and when he became fed up with sanctions.[14] On September 29, 1994, following an otherwise cryptic statement of Saddam Hussein's, the government newspaper, Babil, warned: "Does the United States realize the meaning of every Iraqi becoming a missile that can cross to countries and cities?"

Other threats followed almost daily;

When peoples reach the verge of collective death, they will be able to spread death to all. [15]

When one realizes that death is one s inexorable fate, there remains nothing to deter one from taking the most risky steps to influence the course of events. [16]

We seek to tell the United States and its agents that the Iraqi patience has run out and that the perpetuation of the crime of annihilating the Iraqis will trigger crises whose nature and consequences are known only to God.[17]

These statements occurred in the context of Saddam's second and abortive lunge at Kuwait, which was thwarted by the swift U.S. deployment to the region. Saddam then turned around and formally recognized Kuwait, removing what then seemed to be the last major obstacle to lifting sanctions, and the Iraqi press soon began to call 1995, "the year of lifting sanctions."

But that was not to be. The UN Special Commission (UNSCOM) started to uncover evidence of a large, undeclared biological program. As Baghdad's disappointment grew, the Iraqi press began to repeat the threats it had made in the fall. The number two man in Iraq's information ministry warned, "Iraq's abandonment of part of its weapons-the long-range missiles and chemical weapons. . does not mean it has lost everything."[18] Al-Quds al-Arabi, a London paper financed by Baghdad and close to the Iraqi regime, cautioned. "Iraq still has options. But they are all destructive options. Yet if the Americans continue to humiliate them, they will have no option but to bring the temple down on everyone's head."19

After Baghdad succeeded in getting a clean bill of health from UNSCOM in mid-June on its chemical and missile programs, it finally acknowledged in July having had an offensive biological program and having produced anthrax and botulinim. But it denied that it had ever tried to weaponize those agents and, in any case, claimed to have destroyed them in the fall of 1990. The claim was neither credible nor verifiable, particularly as Iraq produced no documents detailing their destruction. Indeed, the Iraqi "revelations" may even have been meant as a threat, an attempt to intimidate the United Nations by hinting at what Baghdad was still capable of doing.[20]

In early August 1995, as Iraq pressed UNSCOM for a clean bill of health on its biological program, Hussein Kamil--Saddam's cousin and son-in-law, and the man responsible for overseeing the build-up of Iraq's unconventional weapons program defected. This precipitated a flood of stunning revelations from Baghdad. They included the admission that Iraq had indeed weaponized botulinim and anthrax. At the very same time that it had earlier claimed to be destroying those agents, the Iraqi regime now acknowledged that it had been stuffing them into bombs and missiles. Yet Iraq still claimed that whatever biological agents it had produced had been destroyed, even as it still failed to produce any documents to confirm their purported destruction.

It looks as if Iraq is holding on to prohibited weapons of mass destruction, even as it insists that sanctions be lifted. Why? In early September, a former adviser to Saddam Hussein predicted that Iraq would not give up any more unconventional agents. Instead, Saddam would probably employ them for blackmail and brinkmanship to get sanctions lifted. And failing that, he would use them.[21] General Wafiq Samarrai, former head of Iraqi military intelligence, told me much the same: "Tell the allies that they have to destroy Iraq's biological agents before Saddam can use them." Iraq could attack its neighbors by missile, or America through terrorism. The United Stares might retaliate with nuclear weapons, but by then "the disaster will already have happened", Samarrai warned. [22]

Would Saddam actually do such a thing? When asked about the possibility of Saddam's using biological agents for terrorism in America, UNSCOM chairman RoIf Ekeus replied, "It is obviously possible."[23] Yet such thoughts seem far from the minds of most U.S. officials, who believe that Saddam is trapped by sanctions and can do no real harm. They feel no urgency about bringing Saddam down; they sense no danger.

Unfinished Business

YET IF RAMZI YOUSEF is in fact an Iraqi intelligence agent, there obviously is a danger. Even if we cannot yet be absolutely certain of this, so many American and allied lives are potentially at stake that it seems the least a responsible government can do is to make every reasonable effort to find out. As Saddam Hussein senses his ever-increasing isolation and sees the prospects for lifting sanctions receding, his desperation may lead him to order other, and even more ghastly, deeds.

If Saddam Hussein still hungers for revenge, the question of Ramzi Yousef's terrorism is much too important to be left solely to the Justice Department, while the FBI continues to withhold critical information from the national security bureaucracies.

The following are among the steps that could and should be taken to address the issue of whether Iraq is behind Ramzi Yousef and to strengthen America's anti-terrorism efforts generally:

Bring those who knew Abdul Basit Karim before August 1990 to meet Yousef in prison and pronounce definitely if they are one and the same man.

Demand the immediate and unconditional extradition of Abdul Rahman Yasin from Baghdad.

Establish a "tiger team", drawn from the best and brightest within the national security bureaucracies, to examine all the information in the U.S. government's possession related to Yousef and his bombing conspiracies. Yousef's apparent use of chemical agents in New York and his threat to use them in the Philippines deserve special attention.

Establish appropriate procedures so that whenever a terrorist attack occurs against U.S. targets that might be state-sponsored, a qualified team will address the question of state sponsorship regardless of whether the terror occurs on U.S. soil or whether early arrests are made.

Individually, the pieces of this puzzle--the elusive identity and affiliation of the World Trade Center bomber; the series of explicit threats against the United States issuing from Baghdad; the question of Iraqi biological capabilities--raise troubling questions. Taken together, they provide the outline of a very frightening possibility. The lack of coordination between the Departments of Justice and State may have created a niche for terrorism within America's borders; while the lack of any adequate response to the two major bombing conspiracies may have already begun to undermine the credibility of the threat of deterrence. So far, State Department officials have been content to leave the issue of Iraq's possible resort to biological terrorism on the back burner, secure in the belief that the threat of nuclear retaliation will be sufficient deterrent. But Saddam has previously miscalculated the American reaction to his provocations. It would be reassuring to know that, somewhere in the policy-apparatus of the State Department, someone is looking seriously at the possibility of future terrorist acts and at the requirements of effective deterrence.


Laurie Mylroie, formerly of Harvard University and the U.S. Naval War College. is currently with the Foreign Policy Research Institute of Philadelphia. She was co-author of the bestseller, Saddam Hussein and the Crisis in the Gulf (Random House 1990), and has just completed a sequel, 'Study of Revenge': Saddam's Terror Against America, January 1993-??


1. Washington Post, October 7,1995.

2. Indeed, there is good reason to suspect an Iraqi hand in the November 13,1995 bombing of the U.S. military office in Riyadh.

3. Interview with Vincent Cannistraro, former Chief of Counterterrorism Operations for the CIA's Counterterrorism Center. There is no formal or legal reason for the FBI position and standard practice. It is largely a matter of protecting bureaucratic turf.

4. Wall Street Journal, September 22,1995. This point was repeatedly made in the New York Times--April 4,7, 9 and 26; June 22 and 28; July 26 and 30; August 2 and 22; October 2, 1995.

5. Ken Wasserman, lawyer for one of the defendants in Sheikh Omar et. al. to the author.

6 Author's meeting with federal prosecutors in New York, January, 1995, arranged by the New York District Attorney's office. Another Trade Center prosecutor, since retired, expressed his frustration with the FBI to a Yale Law School alumni gathering, complaining that they had done no "overall policy review." Allan Gerson, former Chief Counsel of the U.S. delegation to the United Nations (1981-5), to the author-

7. Sources in the State Department, CIA, and Pentagon all told me that those at the working level were not getting information from the FBI on Yousef, and were all very unhappy about it,

8. lsmail was indicted in September 1994 and arrested in August 1995 at his family home in Jordan. He was identified by comparing Yousef's telephone records to the passenger manifests of planes leaving JFK the night of the bombing. I believe that Ismail was probably an unwitting participant and meant to be caught. After Yousef was arrested in February, he mentioned the existence of another conspirator and expressed surprise that he had not yet been arrested.

9. John Anticev to FBI plant Emad Salem. Salem taped most of his phone conversations, including those with the FBI.

10. FD-302, [Proffer Session], p.3, Mohammad Abdul Haggag.

11. New York Times, February 12,1995.

12. See Charles Wallace, Los Angeles Times, May 30, 1995; David Ottaway and Steven Croll, Washington Post, June 5, 1995; Maryanne Weaver, New Yorker, June 5, 1995.

13. Brad White to the author, September 23,1995.

14. See Laurie Mylroie and James Ring Adams. "Saddam's Germs", The American Spectator, November 1995.

15. a1-Jumhuriyah, October 4, 1994.

16. al-Jumhuriyah, October 5, 1994.

17. al-Jumhuriyah, October 8, 1994.

18, Al-Iraq, April 11, 1995.

19. Al-Quds al-Arabi, June 15,1995.

20. This was suggested by Frank Gaffney in a Center for Security Policy "Decision Brief," July 7,1995.

21 "Saddam Nears End-game," The Guardian, September 4, 1995.

22. Telephone interview with Samarrai, in Damascus, September 1995.

23. McNeil-Lehrer Newshour, August 28, 1995.

http://www.fas.org/irp/world/iraq/956-tni.htm_________________________________________________
Excerpt from
The Continuing Mystery of the World Trade Center Bombing

October 6, 1994
The Changing Face of Middle Eastern Terrorism
Backgrounder #1005

The February 26, 1993, bombing of the World Trade Center was a curious terrorist operation. On the one hand it was well-planned and professional; the terrorists were able secretly to construct and deploy a massive truck bomb. On the other hand, it was a surprisingly amateurish operation. The four terrorists convicted of the attack took unnecessary risks, such as giving a correct name and address when renting a vehicle for delivering the bomb.

So far, no foreign state has been found responsible for the World Trade Center attack. But there are disturbing shreds of circumstantial evidence that point to possible Iranian or Iraqi involvement. Sheik Omar Abdul Rahman, the radical Egyptian cleric who inspired and possibly directed the bombers, long has been on the Iranian payroll, according to Vincent Cannistraro, the former head of CIA counterterrorism operations. (Bill Gertz, "Iran Backs Terrorist Networks in U.S., Canada," The Washington Times, March 17, 1993, p. A7.) Sheik Omar regularly was given large sums of money by Iran's intelligence service, using Iran's delegation to the United Nations as a conduit. ("Washington Whispers," U.S. News and World Report, May 31, 1993, p. 23.) U.S. government investigators discovered that about $100,000 was transferred to the suspects before the bombing from banks in foreign countries, including Iran, but it is not known if this was payment for the attack or for other activities such as propaganda or recruitment. (Ralph Blumenthal, "$100,000 Is Linked to Trade Center Suspects," The New York Times, April 25, 1993, p. 41.)

Other signs point toward Iraq. For instance, the attack took place during the second anniversary of the ground offensive against Iraq in Operation Desert Storm. Terrorist attacks launched on anniversaries historically have been a common means of seeking vengeance in the Middle East. Another troubling circumstance is that Ramzi Yousef, who apparently set the plot in motion, entered the U.S. in 1992 on an Iraqi passport on a trip that began in Iraq. Moreover, Abdul Yasin, an Iraqi suspect who cooperated with the FBI and was released from jail, later flew back to Iraq and is now believed to be living in Baghdad. Many New York law enforcement officials reportedly believe that Iraq was involved, although they can not prove it. (Laurie Mylroie, "World Trade Center Bombing -- The Case of Secret Cyanide," The Wall Street Journal, July 26, 1994, p. A16.)

Iraq also would seem to have more to gain from such a terrorist operation than Iran. Saddam would have had a strong incentive to punish the U.S. for its role in Desert Storm. Iraq also may have wanted to provoke a confrontation between the U.S. and its arch-rival Iran by casting suspicion on Tehran for the bombing. This would strengthen Iraq's perceived value in the Middle East as a bulwark against revolutionary Iran, an argument Iraqi diplomats have made in attempts to persuade members of the United Nations Security Council to lift the U.N.-mandated sanctions against Iraq. (Iraq also had sponsored a similarly deceptive terrorist operation in June 1982, when it ordered the Abu Nidal Organization, a renegade Palestinian terrorist group, to shoot the Israeli Ambassador to Britain, an act which provoked Israel to punish the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) by invading Lebanon to destroy its base camps. The payoff for Iraq was that the Israelis dealt Iraq's rival Syria a sharp military setback in the course of the Lebanon War, and precluded Syria from joining its ally Iran in its 1980-1988 war with Iraq.)

A final disquieting consideration was the nature of the World Trade Center bomb itself. Not only was the bomb huge, loaded with 1,200 pounds of explosives, but it was customized with compressed hydrogen to magnify the blast and sodium cyanide to create a poisonous cloud after the explosion. (The sodium cyanide apparently burned up completely instead of turning into a gas. See Mylroie, op. cit., p. A16.) A bomb that big and sophisticated has never before been detonated by a terrorist group that did not have state sponsorship or long-standing experience in building explosive devices.

http://www.heritage.org/Research/MiddleEast/BG1005.cfm
__________________________________________________________________________Sodium cyanide    ( Toxicity )   From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Cyanide salts are among the most rapidly acting of all known poisons. Cyanide is a potent inhibitor of respiration, acting on mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase and hence blocking electron transport. This results in decreased oxidative metabolism and oxygen utilization. Lactic acidosis then occurs as a consequence of anaerobic metabolism. Initially, acute cyanide poisoning causes a red or ruddy complexion in the victim because the tissues are not able to use the oxygen in the blood.

The effects of sodium cyanide are similar to potassium cyanide. Once more than 100–200 mg of sodium cyanide is consumed, consciousness is lost within one minute, sometimes within 10 seconds, depending on the strength of the body's immunity and the amount of food present in the stomach. After a span of about 45 minutes, the body goes into a state of coma or deep sleep and the person may die within two hours if not treated medically. During this period, convulsions may occur. Death occurs mainly by cardiac arrest.     http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodium_cyanide

__________________________________________________________________

Disturbing scenes of death show capability with chemical gas 
From Nic Robertson     CNN

ATLANTA, Georgia (CNN) – Possibly the saddest and scariest tape of all those included in the archive of 64 al Qaeda tapes obtained by CNN is the one that shows the killing of three dogs.

Coalition intelligence sources who have examined this tape said it appears to be an al Qaeda experiment with lethal chemicals at the terrorist group's former Darunta camp in remote Afghanistan. The coalition sources said no intelligence agency is believed to have seen such poison-gas experiments before this tape, which is part of a large archive that sheds new light on Osama bin Laden's terror network, with images of lessons on making explosives, terrorist training tactics and previously unseen images of bin Laden and his top aides. (Full story)

The disturbing tape begins with several men, some wearing Afghan style sandals, rushing from a room, shouting to each other to hurry. A dog is left behind in the enclosure, and after the men leave, a white liquid that gives off a gas is seen seeping from the left. The men's identity is never revealed.

 CNN NewsPass Video 
  •  Face of Evil: Tapes offer evidence of al Qaeda's global reach and links to other groups
  •  Explosive Force: Training tape reveals al Qaeda's expertise in using easy-to-get ingredients to fashion deadly high explosives
  •  Roots of Hatred: Osama bin Laden declares war on the United States
  •  The Meeting: Osama bin Laden and top al Qaeda aides arrive at a pivotal summit
  •  Chemical Tests: Exclusive video obtained by CNN shows lethal chemicals testing on dogs. (Note: This video is very graphic and difficult to watch and is not recommended for children and some adults. Viewer discretion is advised.)
  •  The Journey: How CNN obtained the tapes
  •  Al Qaeda complex: CNN's Matthew Chance visits the rubble of camps in eastern Afghanistan
 MORE STORIES
  •  Tapes give evidence of al Qaeda's global reach
  •  Bomb-making video reveals scope of al Qaeda threat
  •  Tapes show al Qaeda trained for urban jihad against West
  •  Terrorism analyst: al Qaeda's quantum leaps
  •  Bin Laden's call to war
  •  Tapes shed new light on bin Laden's network
  •  Disturbing scenes of death show capability with chemical gas
  •  CNN analyst: Tapes a how-to terrorism manual
  •  White House official: Tapes 'disturbing'
  •  Nerve-racking trip brings tapes to light
 EXTRA INFORMATION
  •  Timeline: Bombing attacks, suspects and plots linked to al Qaeda
  •  Interactive: A revealing look at al Qaeda documents
  •  Timeline: A history of chemical weapons
  •  Gallery: Caught on tape
  •  Interactive: Understanding chemical weapons
  •  Profile: Osama bin Laden

Soon, the dog begins reacting to the gas, licking his lips in a sign of increased salivation – a sign, say some of the experts who were shown the tape by CNN, of a nerve agent.

"The first impression I had is that it's a test or a demonstration of a very powerful and quick-acting chemical that behaves like a nerve agent...such as sarin, which was used in the Tokyo subway terrorist attacks in the 1990s," said John Gilbert, a chemical weapons specialist for Science Applications International Corporation who advises the U.S. government.

David Kay, formerly a United Nations weapons inspector in Iraq, watched the tapes along with Gilbert. For Kay, the tapes raise the specter of weapons of mass destruction.

"It's a powerful segment of tape, first of all, and the emotional response to seeing it is there," Kay said, adding that his second reaction was one of "horror". "Here again is another group that has managed to open the door to serious WMD capability."

Kay said he was convinced "above a reasonable doubt" that the gas on the tape is a nerve agent, possibly an improvised nerve agent or possibly sarin.

Al Qaeda documents examined by CNN last fall in the bombed out ruins of the Darunta camp showed chemical formulas for sarin. Other documents connect the Darunta camp, a series of mud and stone buildings, to chemical testing.

"You're looking at the classical symptoms that the dog demonstrates," Kay said, such as the loss of muscle control, leading to the loss of the ability to breathe and then to death.

A senior Bush administration official, who was shown the tape by CNN, said he was "very troubled" by the implications. The official, who has knowledge of chemical weapons issues, said the video of the chemical tests on the dogs suggest a very strong desire to acquire the capability to use such weapons "obviously against humans."

"This tape," said the official, "is unquestionable documentation that he [bin Laden] has some capability."

Until now, he said, he had seen nothing that indicated bin Laden or al Qaeda had chemical weapons capability.

CNN also asked Jonathan Tucker, a chemical and bio-weapons specialist from the Monterey Institute, to examine the tape. He, too, said he was shocked by what he saw. But Tucker believes that the dog's reaction to the gas indicate a form of cyanide, not a nerve agent.

"We saw visible fumes from the material that you would not see from a nerve agent, but it is consistent with production of crude hydrogen cyanide gas," Tucker said, adding that it appears to be a very crude binary weapon that terrorists would be attracted to because it is low-tech and safe to use.

Frederick Sidell, another expert consulted by CNN who is retired from the U.S. Army's Medical Research Institute of Chemical Defense, said evaluation of the chemical is very difficult.

"The most common medical agent is something called mustard, which is a blister agent. And it's certainly not that," he said, adding that it also did not seem to him to be a nerve agent or cyanide.

Bombed-out ruins of the Darunta training camp, where experts believe al Qaeda tested lethal chemicals.
Bombed-out ruins of the Darunta training camp, where experts believe al Qaeda tested lethal chemicals.  

Whatever the substance may be, the implication of the laboratory tests was unmistakable for the experts consulted by CNN.

"The implication is that al Qaeda, or another terrorist group, could create a number of different ways of attacking people, for example, in an enclosed area, such as an airport lobby, or in a theater or a train or a bus," Gilbert said. "Another is that it could be used against individuals selectively, who are targeted for assassination."

Gilbert said the tape is highly significant. "I know there's been a lot of speculation about the state of technology, and how far they may have advanced toward having a usable chemical weapon," he said. "The fact that they were able to repeat tests or demonstrations on this tape indicates that they clearly have a way to produce a predictably lethal chemical."

Still, the tapes hide as much as they reveal.

"Only in one instance do you actually see the liquid, which appears to be either poured or pumped out, going out," Kay said. "You don't see it the rest of the time. So, you really don't know at what level they are – in terms of weaponizing it.

"There are a lot more questions this tape leaves than answers, unfortunately," he said. "Well, the questions are really bad questions."
August 19, 2002 Posted: 3:46 PM EDT (1946 GMT)
http://archives.cnn.com/2002/US/08/19/terror.tape.chemical/
__________________________________________________________________

US agents tipped off London about 7/7 bomber, claims author  By Alec Russell in Washington  (Filed 19,6, 2006)

"...But perhaps the most chilling claim in the book is that al-Qa'eda has mastered how to make a simple device to release hydrogen cyanide into enclosed spaces.

Al-Qa'eda agents were 45 days from attempting a cyanide attack on the New York subway before it was vetoed by Ayman al-Zawahiri, Osama bin Laden's deputy, the book claims."

Intelligence officials and senior Bush aides speculate in the book that al-Zawahiri feared it would not cause enough carnage as he wanted the next attack on the US mainland to eclipse the September 11 attacks. But it is unclear how accurate the intelligence is.

American agents first learned about the supposed plot in February 2003 from the contents of a laptop belonging to a Bahraini jihadist captured by the Saudis. It contained encrypted plans for building a simple delivery system for hydrogen cyanide gas - a canister with two chambers separated by a seal. Sodium cyanide would be in one and a hydrogen product in the other.

Once the seal was broken, by a fuse that could be triggered by a mobile phone, the two would form the gas, unleashing one of the great nightmares of public transport officials.

An al-Qa'eda cell planned to release cyanide gas into the New York subway before the Iraq war, but the plot was called off by Osama bin Laden's deputy, it was claimed yesterday.

The alleged plot is one of a number of striking assertions in a new book about the fight against terrorism. They include the claim that the CIA has had a high-ranking mole inside al-Qa'eda in Pakistan and further evidence that Saudi Arabia has tried to cover up the extent of the organisation's network on its soil.

The most chilling allegation in the book, The One Percent Doctrine, by Ron Suskind, a Pulitzer-prize winning journalist, is that al-Qa'eda has mastered how to manufacture a simple device to release hydrogen cyanide into enclosed spaces. Al-Qa'eda agents were 45 days from trying to carry it out before it was vetoed by Ayman al-Zawahiri, bin Laden's deputy, the book claims.

Intelligence officials and senior Bush aides speculate in the book that al-Zawahiri feared it would not cause enough carnage, as he wanted the next attack on the US mainland to eclipse the September 11 attacks. But it is unclear how developed the planning was and how accurate the intelligence is.

American intelligence first learned about the supposed plot in February 2003 from the contents of a laptop belonging to a Bahraini jihadist captured by the Saudis.

It contained encrypted plans for building a simple delivery system for hydrogen cyanide gas. It would consist of a canister with two containers separated by a seal. Sodium cyanide would be in one part and a hydrogen product in the other. Once the seal was broken, by a fuse which could be triggered by a mobile phone, the two would form the gas, unleashing one of the great nightmares of public transport officials.

New York City officials confirmed yesterday they had been alerted about such a plot but some intelligence sources queried the claims.

One intelligence official told the New York Times yesterday: "None of it has been confirmed in three years, who these guys were, whether in fact they had a weapon or whether they were able to put together a weapon, whether that weapon has been defined or what it would cause, or whether they were even in New York."

All Credit to:© Copyright of Telegraph Media Group Limited 2006. |
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2006/06/19/wterr19.xml&sSheet=/news/2006/06/19/ixnews.html
__________________________________________________________________


On December 3, 2001, a poem was recited by Sheikh Ali Bin Shallal, head of the al-Sharji tribes, at a meeting with the tribal chiefs of Basra and Maysan—and Saddam Hussein. It is highly likely this will startle you, here is the text:



We love you as much as a bird loves its nest when it rains.
Your gold is pure, the gold of others is copper whose engravings are false.

But fatigue and injustice are over. They remain engraved letters.
You triumphed over injustice; you will not be blamed should you beat them.

You are fastened with a bullet-belt for the one fooled by his troops.
You are the guard, you are the guard, Saddam, and we are the watchful eyes.

Just order us to proceed and repel the attacks,
just order us to proceed and repel the attacks [line chanted repeatedly by the audience].

From inside America, how five planes flew.
Such a mishap never happened in the past!
And nothing similar will happen.
Six thousand infidels died.
Bin Ladin did not do it; the luck of the president [Saddam] did it.”[87]

From:Saddam Hussein and Bin Laden:
A Match Made Up in Propaganda?

Compiled By: Ryan Mauro
tdcanalyst@optonline.net    and   http://www.worldthreats.com  

Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

To: Senators Kerry and Dodd, "Syria Is Terrorist State". Syrian journalist and Saddam's No. 2, Sada says "Iraq's WMD Secreted in Syria"

"Nizar Nayuf (Nayyouf-Nayyuf), a Syrian journalist who recently defected from Syria to Western Europe and is known for bravely challenging the Syrian regime, said in a letter Monday, January 5, to Dutch newspaper “De Telegraaf,” that he knows the three sites where Iraq's Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) are kept. The storage places are: ..." (See Additional Articles Below)



"The man who served as the no. 2 official in Saddam Hussein's air force says Iraq moved weapons of mass destruction into Syria before the war by loading the weapons into civilian aircraft in which the passenger seats were removed.

The Iraqi general, Georges Sada, makes the charges in a new book, "Saddam's Secrets," released this week. He detailed the transfers in an interview yesterday with The New York Sun.

"There are weapons of mass destruction gone out from Iraq to Syria, and they must be found and returned to safe hands," Mr. Sada said. "I am confident they were taken over." Georges Sada,

 
"I know Saddam's weapons are in Syria due to certain military deals that were made going as far back as the late 1980's that dealt with the event that either capitols were threatened with being overrun by an enemy nation. Not to mention I have discussed this in-depth with various contacts of mine who have confirmed what I already knew. At this point Saddam knew that the United States were eventually going to come for his weapons and the United States wasn't going to just let this go like they did in the original Gulf War. He knew that he had lied for this many years and wanted to maintain legitimacy with the pan Arab nationalists. He also has wanted since he took power to embarrass the West and this was the perfect opportunity to do so. After Saddam denied he had such weapons why would he use them or leave them readily available to be found? That would only legitimize President Bush, who he has a personal grudge against. What we are witnessing now is many who opposed the war to begin with are rallying around Saddam saying we overthrew a sovereign leader based on a lie about WMD. This is exactly what Saddam wanted and predicted. " Ali Ibrahim Al-Tikriti 


Kerry, Dodd meet with Syrian president

By ALBERT AJI, Associated Press Writer2 hours, 7 minutes ago

Sens. John Kerry and Christopher Dodd met with Syrian President Bashar Assad on Wednesday and discussed the need for Damascus to cooperate with efforts to maintain the unity and stability of war-ravaged Iraq, state media reported.

The U.S. Embassy in Damascus said the meeting, which lasted two and a half hours, covered "a full-range of topics relating to U.S.-Syrian relations and regional issues."

"I feel quite confident in saying this was a conversation worth having and that the (Bush) administration ought to pursue it," Kerry said in a telephone interview with the Associated Press from Jerusalem where he traveled after the meeting with Assad. "I feel very strongly about that...It's worth following up on a number of avenues."

Kerry said he told Assad the new Democratic-controlled Congress has serious concerns about issues such as the flow of "money, weapons and terrorists" through Syria into Iraq and Lebanon.

Kerry has criticized the Bush administration for refusing to engage with Syria and Iran, a move that was recommended by the recently released Iraq Study Group, a bipartisan panel.

The Democratic senators, both prospective 2008 presidential candidates, and Assad "reviewed the situation in Iraq and stressed the importance of supporting the current political process to arrive at setting a timetable for the withdrawal of foreign troops," SANA said.

Talks also dealt with ways of stopping the escalating violence in the Palestinian territories, the agency said.

The Bush administration has accused Kerry, Dodd and other senators who have met with Assad of sending mixed signals and has insisted that the U.S. will not make concessions to Damascus to win its help in Iraq.

"We discourage the travel of members of Congress to Syria because we believe it undermines the cause of democracy in the region and particularly" Lebanon's government, White House spokesman Blair Jones said Wednesday night.

Syrian-U.S. relations have been strained for several years. The U.S. government has expressed reluctance to seek help from Damascus on Iraq until the Syrians curb their support to radical Palestinian groups and to the Lebanese Hezbollah and reduce their influence in Lebanon.

The two American lawmakers arrived in Damascus on Tuesday as part of a Middle East tour to investigate Syria's readiness to help bring about stability and security to neighboring Iraq.

AP writers Barry Schweid and Andrew Miga in Washington contributed to this report.

Kerry, Dodd meet with Syrian president b
y ALBERT AJI, Associated Press Writer 2 hours, 7 minutes ago
http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20061221/ap_on_re_mi_ea/syria_us_3&printer=1
__________________________________________________________________________

Syria a State of Terror

Home | Terror on Lebanese | Terror on Syrians | Terror on Americans | Terror on Europeans | Lebanon  December 21, 2006
Click here to send this page to a friend

A senior Syrian journalist reports Iraq WMD located in three Syrian sites

06 January, 2004

AFP

Nizar Nayuf (Nayyouf-Nayyuf), a Syrian journalist who recently defected from Syria to Western Europe and is known for bravely challenging the Syrian regime, said in a letter Monday, January 5, to Dutch newspaper “De Telegraaf,” that he knows the three sites where Iraq's Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) are kept. The storage places are:

Iraq's WMD locations in Syria
click for images of Iraq's WMD location in Syria

-1- Tunnels dug under the town of al-Baida near the city of Hama in northern Syria. These tunnels are an integral part of an underground factory, built by the North Koreans, for producing Syrian Scud missiles. Iraqi chemical weapons and long-range missiles are stored in these tunnels.

-2- The village of Tal Snan, north of the town of Salamija, where there is a big Syrian air force camp. Vital parts of Iraq's WMD are stored there.

-3-. The city of Sjinsjar on the Syrian border with the Lebanon, south of Homs city.

Nayouf writes that the transfer of Iraqi WMD to Syria was organized by the commanders of Saddam Hussein's Special Republican Guard, including General Shalish, with the help of Assif Shoakat , Bashar Assad's cousin. Shoakat is the CEO of Bhaha, an import/export company owned by the Assad family.

In February 2003, a month before America's invasion in Iraq, very few are aware about the efforts to bring the Weapons of Mass Destruction from Iraq to Syria, and the personal involvement of Bashar Assad and his family in the operation.
Nayouf, who has won prizes for journalistic integrity, says he wrote his letter because he has terminal cancer.

Click here for Satellite Images of the Syrian-Iraq's WMD Locations

Ad: Hate your job? Take the Tickle.com Free Career Test to discover your ideal career.

First Message from the Syrian source to Nizar Nayouf
Iraq's WMD locations in Syria
First messages from a Syrian Source, WMD Location

"Dear Nizar.

We received confirmations that the Iraqi weapons, which were moved to Syria by the help of General Zoul-Himla Chalich are now hidden in three places inside Syria:

First place: a tunnel dug in the mountain close to the Al-Baïdah village, which is roughly two kilometers from Misyaf village. This place is under the 489 Safety cipher Documents' office control .

Second place: the factory of the Air Armed Forces in the village of Tal Sinan, between the town of Hama and Salamiyyah. This factory is under the Air Force control.

Third place: the location of Shinsar, 40 kilometers south of Homs, two kilometers east of the Homs - Damascus road. There are underground tunnels there, controlled by Brigade 661 of the armed air Forces. It is a Brigade of air Patrol. The tunnels are several tens of meters deep.

The weapons were transported in large wooden cases and barrels, under the supervision of the General Zoul-Himla Chalich and the son of his brother Assef, who works at Al-Bachaer company.

The company is owned by the Assad family and has offices in Beirut, Damascus and Baghdad.

This company also undertook the illegal Iraqi oil importation in Syria, and supplied weapons to Saddam. I will try to send you all the new information as i get .

Take care and be safe."


Second Message to Nizar Nayuf
Iraq's WMD locations in Syria
Second messages from a Syrian Source, WMD Location

"Dear Nizar.

I have sent you another chart of the positions which tells where the weapons which were sent from Iraq into Syria, are hidden. Because the preceding chart that I sent you earlier is not clear.

Until now, the authorities in Syria did not worry of what was being published by the Dutch television news about this subject.

New information: The weapons were evacuated by the means of ambulances. Mohammed Mansoura also took part in the operation.

There are other serious, detailed pieces of information concerning the money of Saddam being moved into Syria and into Lebanon and those who took part in moving it - Syrians and Lebanese.Also there are more details about the assassination of the General Moustapha Tajer which took place last summer.

Take care of yourself.

Damascus, January 7, 2004."


Read Also : Iraq explosives has been moved to Syria by Russians
News About the Weapons of Mass Destruction from around the world:
Western spies: Syria storing WMD in Sudan
Washington Times, DC -  Apr 8, 2004
... of mass destruction components to Sudan so they won't be detected anywhere in Syria . ... to face heavy US and international pressure to open its WMD facilities in ...

SYRIA SMUGGLES MISSILES, WMD TO SUDAN
Middle East Newsline, Middle East -  Apr 8, 2004
LONDON [MENL] -- Syria's Defense Ministry has been smuggling missile and weapons of mass ... Scud C and Scud D extended-range missiles as well as WMD components to ...

Iraq minister says Saddam's WMD carefully hidden
Reuters AlertNet -29 Jan 2004
... Iraq's foreign minister said on Thursday Saddam Hussein's weapons of mass destruction, which inspectors have failed to find, were carefully hidden but Hoshiyar Zebari said he was confident they could be discovered.

Syria Role On Iraqi Arms Is Studied(Washington Post)

Sent to Syria?(FOX NEWS)

WMD in Syria: Kay
Winnipeg Sun, Canada -
... to Syria shortly before last year's US invasion of Iraq ... officials that a lot of material
went to Syria before the war, including some components of Saddam's WMD ...

       Powell: Possible Iraq May Have Had No WMD - Miami Herald
       WMD row: Kay's resignation sparks controversy - NDTV.com
       
and more »

Conflicting statements on Iraq WMD issue
CTV, Canada -
... on weapons of mass destruction," said Hoshyar Zebari, Iraq's ... who would have had direct
knowledge of any WMD ... or some of them are still sitting somewhere in Syria ...

       Frontline: Chasing Saddam's Weapons - Washington Post
       
and more »

Former US weapons search team chief says Iraq's WMD in Syria
Albawaba Middle East News, Middle East -
... Kay, who last week resigned as head of the Iraq ... before the war, including some components
of Saddam's WMD ... Precisely what went to Syria, and what has happened ...

       Saddam's WMD hidden in Syria, says Iraq survey chief - Telegraph.co.uk
       Kay says some Iraq weapons in Syria: report - ABC Online
       Iraqi weapons sent to Syria: Kay - The Age
       
and more »

Iraq WMD's in Syria...
Crosswalk.com -
WORLD NET DAILY today breaking the story of the unlocked mystery
of where the WMD's had gone. Many months ago, military experts ...

Top US Senator: Iraq WMD May Have Gone to Syria
Washington Post, DC - Jan 21, 2004
... vowed to carry on searching for such arms in Iraq. ... I think that there is some concern
that shipments of WMD (weapons of mass destruction) went to Syria ...

Fears Iraq WMD may have gone to Syria
Reuters, UK - Jan 21, 2004
... I think that there is some concern that shipments of WMD (weapons of mass destruction)
went to Syria." He did not elaborate. Syria, which borders Iraq, has in ...

Fears Iraq WMD may have gone to Syria
swissinfo, Switzerland - Jan 21, 2004
... think that there is some concern that shipments of WMD (weapons of mass destruction)
went to Syria." He. ... in the international community over the Iraq war. ...

Top US Senator says Iraq WMD may have gone to Syria
Khaleej Times, United Arab Emirates - Jan 21, 2004
... I think that there is some concern that shipments of WMD (weapons of mass destruction)
went to Syria.” He did not elaborate. Syria, which borders Iraq, has ...

Chaos Under Heaven, and More to Come
Inter Press Service (subscription), World - 13 hours ago
... administration ally, Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Pat Roberts, also suggested
this week that Iraq's alleged WMD stockpiles were transported to Syria ...


http://www.2la.org/syria/iraq-wmd.php



ANOTHER FORMER HIGH-RANKING IRAQI OFFICIAL CONFIRMS WMD WENT TO SYRIA

The Changed Baathist: Interview with Ali Ibrahim Al-Tikriti

By: Ryan Mauro
TDCAnalyst@aol.com

Ali Ibrahim al-Tikriti was a southern regional commander for Saddam Hussein’s Fedayeen militia in the late 1980s and a personal friend of the dictator. Units under his command dealt with chemical and biological weapons. He was known as the “Butcher of Basra” due to his campaigns and defected shortly before the Gulf War in 1991. This interview aims to gain some insight into the current situation in Iraq.

RM: Is there a single incident that you can point to that made you regret your actions and turn against the Baath Party?

IT: The single incident was my wife being willing to stand before me, not as my wife but as an Iraqi, and before one of Saddam's most brutal enforcers and question my tactics. This really made me think because no one has ever even considered to question the tactics of myself or any others and lived to tell about it. This courageous move made me think deep and hard.

RM: Do you still maintain good sources inside Iraq to draw information from?

IT: I will maintain very close sources in Iraq and outside of Iraq. Some of Saddam's key scientists are personal friends of mine as well as other key leaders in the former Iraqi military. I have helped draw information since my defecting to the United States government voluntarily and with the permission of these contacts. The only difference between many of them and I, is that I had the opportunity to defect and they didn't.

RM: Many observers say the Syrian and Iraqi Baath Parties did not trust each other and were rivals until around 2000. How serious were the disagreements between Syria and Saddam Hussein?

IT: The disagreements were not as dramatic as many would lead you to believe. Yes they were deep enough that Iraq and Syria could never move in the direction of forming one pan-Arab nationalist state but both remained the closest of allies. The ideologies of both were identical in almost every respect but the biggest problem was with the fact that Saddam and Assad were so alike they couldn't bear each other in terms of sharing power.

RM: What can you tell us about Iraqi sponsorship of terrorists, from Palestinian groups to Al-Qaeda?

IT: Iraq had sponsored Palestinian militant organizations for the longest time with logistical and some material support. Most of the material support came around after the first Gulf War in terms of buying munitions for the various terrorist organizations in the West Bank and Gaza. As far as Al-Qaeda is concerned this support was limited for a long time, mainly due to the fact that Al-Qaeda had the hopes of creating an Islamic empire while Saddam wanted a secular Arab nationalist empire. They only really came to terms in the mid-90's due to the fact that both knew they shared the same short term enemy. Once they came to terms on this Saddam provided Al-Qaeda with intelligence support and whatever money or munitions they could provide. Saddam has had very long standing contacts in the black market as well as with Moscow and would provide whatever munitions he could through these contacts.

RM: In your experience, would either side (the Iraqi Baathists or radical Islamists) be able to put aside their differences to cooperate against the United States?

IT: Yes, as I have noted above they did and will continue to strengthen ties until both are defeated. If you look in Iraq today you are witnessing Arab nationalist terrorist organizations and Islamist terrorist organizations working together to fight the United States.

RM: Is it true the United States helped bring Saddam Hussein to power, as some allege, and then arm him with WMDs?

IT: This is absolutely ludicrous. I was in the Ba'athist Revolution who received support from the Soviet Union because of the socialist ideology behind it. The Soviet Union openly supported and backed the Ba'athist revolution in Iraq at the time and I am sure you can find news articles about it in European press agencies and others at the time. I was there helping with the revolution and worked on two occasions with Soviet KGB officials to help train us, much like the United States did with the Taliban during the Soviet campaign in Afghanistan. The United States never directly gave us any WMDs but rather ingredients. They were not mixed and these 'ingredients' could have been easily used for commercial use but were rather used to build low life chemical weapons.

RM: Why do you think Iraq's weapons of mass destruction are in Syria? Why didn't he use them or simply destroy them before the war?

IT: I know Saddam's weapons are in Syria due to certain military deals that were made going as far back as the late 1980's that dealt with the event that either capitols were threatened with being overrun by an enemy nation. Not to mention I have discussed this in-depth with various contacts of mine who have confirmed what I already knew. At this point Saddam knew that the United States were eventually going to come for his weapons and the United States wasn't going to just let this go like they did in the original Gulf War. He knew that he had lied for this many years and wanted to maintain legitimacy with the pan Arab nationalists. He also has wanted since he took power to embarrass the West and this was the perfect opportunity to do so. After Saddam denied he had such weapons why would he use them or leave them readily available to be found? That would only legitimize President Bush, who he has a personal grudge against. What we are witnessing now is many who opposed the war to begin with are rallying around Saddam saying we overthrew a sovereign leader based on a lie about WMD. This is exactly what Saddam wanted and predicted.

RM: What can you tell us about Iraqi and Iranian relations? There have been reports that small amounts of Iraqi WMDs went to Iran and that Iran is currently helping the Iraqi insurgency.

IT: The reports on weapons being sent to Iran are absolutely false. They have no basis and are written by people who have no knowledge of Middle Eastern affairs or they are being written by people who are just intellectually dishonest. As far as the support for the insurgency today, there is no doubt in my mind that Tehran is backing the Islamist insurgency of the Shiites. Iran would want nothing more than a destabalized Iraq, not because they want to control Iraq as much as they want something to throw at the United States politically on the international stage.

RM: On what levels did Iraq and Libya cooperate? Some reports indicate Iraq was involved in Libya's nuclear program.

IT: Iraqi scientists were turned over to Libya along with many documents and research from Iraq on nuclear weapons. There is no doubt that Saddam was attempting to use Libya as a laboratory to further his nuclear development just like he was attempting to do by sending his weapons to Syria. Saddam knew after the Gulf War he needed to start shipping his weapons and programs outside of his borders to avoid detection which is exactly why Saddam became so emboldened and laughed at the West every time he stood in front of the camera. If you were to compare him in the 80's and 90's you would see a much more confident and defiant Saddam in the latter due to the fact he knew there was nothing to materially pin him on within the borders of Iraq.

RM: Why do you think the insurgency is still living on in Iraq? What can be done to win the guerilla war there?

IT: The insurgency is still alive and well in Iraq today due to mismanagement and failure on the part of those managing the rebuilding effort. If you want to break the back of the insurgency what is needed is, obviously, to continue the military campaign and train the Iraqi forces BUT you need to rebuild more schools, provide more jobs and increase the standard of living. You can't rely on the Army Corps of Engineers to do most of the civil rebuilding. They are a great company and have done much good but something of this magnitude requires large private companies to be engaged. If you provide the Iraqis with jobs and really show them a better way of life you will win their hearts and minds which will cripple the insurgency's efforts to find safe haven in Iraq, material support in Iraq and above all, recruits in Iraq.

RM: Are you optimistic or pessimistic about the near-term future of Iraq?

IT:There is no doubt that the United States military has learned the mistakes of the past and are really getting on track in terms of the learning curve of the reconstruction of Iraq. My criticism was aimed at the politicians on the Hill who are beginning to run the war from Congress and taking this role from the military. I see this in the very near future. I have a lot of fears that with upcoming elections and poll numbers down for the Iraq war the politicians are sticking their fingers in the air and they are wanting to cut and run essentially and isolate themselves from the war.

I am optimistic that the Iraqis and the U.S. military can salvage whatever damage may be done due to this. There is much more progress in Iraq today than there was in Vietnam when we pulled out than. The biggest hurdle is going to be putting enough pressure on the Hill to just let the Pentagon run the war and allow our military establishment to do what we entrusted them to do. Win the war and reconstruct the country. The day the politicians take that away from the Pentagon is the day I really see a serious escalation in terrorism to continue a propaganda war from Iraq to persuade the politicians to cut and run. Zarqawi and the rest have been attempting to do this from day one and they are getting closer to their goal if you look at the sentiment within the Senate alone.

I am still quite optimistic that the Iraqis will prevail due to the amount of progress and reconstruction the United States military has made in Iraq but there is always that small amount of doubt and fear which I have. I have seen politicians try to rake the reigns of a war from the military and the war is lost almost immediately. The ball though is in the Iraqis court in terms of defending their newfound democracy and being able to energize the public enough to make this work irregardless of what happens in Washington or the number of troops left in Iraq in the near future.

That being said I think the Iraqis have a very good shot of developing a true and vibrant democracy but it really is up to them and how badly the Iraqis public really wants it and if they are up to the sacrifice, both financially and in terms of body count.

RM: Do you support the rumored partial withdrawal of American troops in spring of 2006?

IT: Now of course I would like to see a drawing down of U.S. troops as to have them return back stateside and be with their families. It would also give the Iraqi security forces the opportunity to prove what themselves to the Iraqi people. The problem though is the political climate here in Washington as I explained earlier.

If there is no sight of the political environment changing in the near future than there is no doubt that drawing down U.S. troops will be more disastrous in the long run than just leaving them there until the Administration or the political climate changes here at home. We can not take the chance of allowing another Vietnam to occur because this will be the Mujahadeens victory over the Soviet Union to the 10th power.

####
http://www.netscape.com/viewstory/2006/10/17/iraqi-commander-some-iraq-wmd-moved-to-syria/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.worldthreats.com%2Fmiddle_east%2Ftalk_tikriti.htm&frame=true
__________________________________________________________________________

Iraq's WMD Secreted in Syria, Sada Says

By IRA STOLL
Staff Reporter of the Sun
January 26, 2006

The man who served as the no. 2 official in Saddam Hussein's air force says Iraq moved weapons of mass destruction into Syria before the war by loading the weapons into civilian aircraft in which the passenger seats were removed.

The Iraqi general, Georges Sada, makes the charges in a new book, "Saddam's Secrets," released this week. He detailed the transfers in an interview yesterday with The New York Sun.

"There are weapons of mass destruction gone out from Iraq to Syria, and they must be found and returned to safe hands," Mr. Sada said. "I am confident they were taken over."

Mr. Sada's comments come just more than a month after Israel's top general during Operation Iraqi Freedom, Moshe Yaalon, told the Sun that Saddam "transferred the chemical agents from Iraq to Syria."

Democrats have made the absence of stockpiles of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq a theme in their criticism of the Bush administration's decision to go to war in 2003. And President Bush himself has conceded much of the point; in a televised prime-time address to Americans last month, he said, "It is true that many nations believed that Saddam had weapons of mass destruction. But much of the intelligence turned out to be wrong."

Said Mr. Bush, "We did not find those weapons."



The discovery of the weapons in Syria could alter the American political debate on the Iraq war. And even the accusations that they are there could step up international pressure on the government in Damascus. That government, led by Bashar Assad, is already facing a U.N. investigation over its alleged role in the assassination of a former prime minister of Lebanon. The Bush administration has criticized Syria for its support of terrorism and its failure to cooperate with the U.N. investigation.

The discovery of the weapons in Syria could alter the American political debate on the Iraq war. And even the accusations that they are there could step up international pressure on the government in Damascus. That government, led by Bashar Assad, is already facing a U.N. The State Department recently granted visas for self-proclaimed opponents of Mr. Assad to attend a "Syrian National Council" meeting in Washington scheduled for this weekend, even though the attendees include communists, Baathists, and members of the Islamist Muslim Brotherhood group to the exclusion of other, more mainstream groups.

Mr. Sada, 65, told the Sun that the pilots of the two airliners that transported the weapons of mass destruction to Syria from Iraq approached him in the middle of 2004, after Saddam was captured by American troops.

"I know them very well. They are very good friends of mine. We trust each other. We are friends as pilots," Mr. Sada said of the two pilots. He declined to disclose their names, saying they are concerned for their safety. But he said they are now employed by other airlines outside Iraq.

The pilots told Mr. Sada that two Iraqi Airways Boeings were converted to cargo planes by removing the seats, Mr. Sada said. Then Special Republican Guard brigades loaded materials onto the planes, he said, including "yellow barrels with skull and crossbones on each barrel." The pilots said there was also a ground convoy of trucks.

The flights - 56 in total, Mr. Sada said - attracted little notice because they were thought to be civilian flights providing relief from Iraq to Syria, which had suffered a flood after a dam collapse in June of 2002.

"Saddam realized, this time, the Americans are coming," Mr. Sada said. "They handed over the weapons of mass destruction to the Syrians."

Mr. Sada said that the Iraqi official responsible for transferring the weapons was a cousin of Saddam Hussein named Ali Hussein al-Majid, known as "Chemical Ali." The Syrian official responsible for receiving them was a cousin of Bashar Assad who is known variously as General Abu Ali, Abu Himma, or Zulhimawe.

Short of discovering the weapons in Syria, those seeking to validate Mr. Sada's claim independently will face difficulty. His book contains a foreword by a retired U.S. Air Force colonel, David Eberly, who was a prisoner of war in Iraq during the first Gulf War and who vouches for Mr. Sada, who once held him captive, as "an honest and honorable man."

In his visit to the Sun yesterday, Mr. Sada was accompanied by Terry Law, the president of a Tulsa, Oklahoma based Christian humanitarian organization called World Compassion. Mr. Law said he has known Mr. Sada since 2002, lived in his house in Iraq and had Mr. Sada as a guest in his home in America. "Do I believe this man? Yes," Mr. Law said. "It's been solid down the line and everything checked out."

Said Mr. Law, "This is not a publicity hound. This is a man who wants peace putting his family on the line."

Mr. Sada acknowledged that the disclosures about transfers of weapons of mass destruction are "a very delicate issue." He said he was afraid for his family. "I am sure the terrorists will not like it. The Saddamists will not like it," he said.

He thanked the American troops. "They liberated the country and the nation. It is a liberation force. They did a great job," he said. "We have been freed."

He said he had not shared his story until now with any American officials. "I kept everything secret in my heart," he said. But he is scheduled to meet next week in Washington with Senators Sessions and Inhofe, Republicans of, respectively, Alabama and Oklahoma. Both are members of the Senate Armed Services Committee.

The book also says that on the eve of the first Gulf War, Saddam was planning to use his air force to launch a chemical weapons attack on Israel.

When, during an interview with the Sun in April 2004, Vice President Cheney was asked whether he thought that Iraqi weapons of mass destruction had been moved to Syria, Mr. Cheney replied only that he had seen such reports.

An article in the Fall 2005 Middle East Quarterly reports that in an appearance on Israel's Channel 2 on December 23, 2002, Israel's prime minister, Ariel Sharon, stated, "Chemical and biological weapons which Saddam is endeavoring to conceal have been moved from Iraq to Syria." The allegation was denied by the Syrian government at the time as "completely untrue," and it attracted scant American press attention, coming as it did on the eve of the Christmas holiday.

The Syrian ruling party and Saddam Hussein had in common the ideology of Baathism, a mixture of Nazism and Marxism.

Syria is one of only eight countries that has not signed the Chemical Weapons Convention, a treaty that obligates nations not to stockpile or use chemical weapons. Syria's chemical warfare program, apart from any weapons that may have been received from Iraq, has long been the source of concern to America, Israel, and Lebanon. In March 2004, the director of Central Intelligence, George Tenet, testified before the Senate Armed Services Committee, saying, "Damascus has an active CW development and testing program that relies on foreign suppliers for key controlled chemicals suitable for producing CW."

The CIA's Iraq Survey Group acknowledged in its September 30, 2004, "Comprehensive Report," "we cannot express a firm view on the possibility that WMD elements were relocated out of Iraq prior to the war. Reports of such actions exist, but we have not yet been able to investigate this possibility thoroughly."

Mr. Sada is an unusual figure for an Iraqi general as he is a Christian and was not a member of the Baath Party. He now directs the Iraq operations of the Christian humanitarian organization, World Compassion.

http://www.netscape.com/viewstory/2006/10/16/iraqi-general-some-iraq-wmd-moved-to-syria-by-plane/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.nysun.com%2Farticle%2F26514&frame=true

The New York Sun
105 Chambers Street, New York, NY 10007
© 2006 The New York Sun, One SL, LLC. All rights reserved.

Reference: Saddam's Secrets: How an Iraqi General Defied & Survived Saddam Hussein (Hardcover
_________________________________________________________________________

Ex-Official: Russia Moved Saddam's WMD

Kenneth R. Timmerman
Sunday, Feb. 19, 2006

A top Pentagon official who was responsible for tracking Saddam Hussein's weapons programs before and after the 2003 liberation of Iraq, has provided the first-ever account of how Saddam Hussein "cleaned up" his weapons of mass destruction stockpiles to prevent the United States from discovering them.

"The short answer to the question of where the WMD Saddam bought from the Russians went was that they went to Syria and Lebanon," former Deputy Undersecretary of Defense John A. Shaw told an audience Saturday at a privately sponsored "Intelligence Summit" in Alexandria, Va. (www.intelligencesummit.org).

"They were moved by Russian Spetsnaz (special forces) units out of uniform, that were specifically sent to Iraq to move the weaponry and eradicate any evidence of its existence," he said.

Shaw has dealt with weapons-related issues and export controls as a U.S. government official for 30 years, and was serving as deputy undersecretary of defense for international technology security when the events he described today occurred.

He called the evacuation of Saddam's WMD stockpiles "a well-orchestrated campaign using two neighboring client states with which the Russian leadership had a long time security relationship."

He estimated that Saddam had amassed 100 million tons of munitions - roughly 60 percent of the entire U.S. arsenal. "The origins of these weapons were Russian, Chinese and French in declining order of magnitude, with the Russians holding the lion's share and the Chinese just edging out the French for second place."

But as Shaw's office increasingly got involved in ongoing intelligence to identify Iraqi weapons programs before the war, he also got "a flow of information from British contacts on the ground at the Syrian border and from London" via non-U.S. government contacts.

"The intelligence included multiple sightings of truck convoys, convoys going north to the Syrian border and returning empty," he said.

Shaw worked closely with Julian Walker, a former British ambassador who had decades of experience in Iraq, and an unnamed Ukranian-American who was directly plugged in to the head of Ukraine's intelligence service.

The Ukrainians were eager to provide the United States with documents from their own archives on Soviet arms transfers to Iraq and on ongoing Russian assistance to Saddam, to thank America for its help in securing Ukraine's independence from the Soviet Union, Shaw said.

In addition to the convoys heading to Syria, Shaw said his contacts "provided information about steel drums with painted warnings that had been moved to a cellar of a hospital in Beirut."

But when Shaw passed on his information to the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) and others within the U.S. intelligence community, he was stunned by their response.

"My report on the convoys was brushed off as ‘Israeli disinformation,'" he said.

One month later, Shaw learned that the DIA general counsel complained to his own superiors that Shaw had eaten from the DIA "rice bowl." It was a Washington euphemism that meant he had commited the unpardonable sin of violating another agency's turf.

The CIA responded in even more diabolical fashion. "They trashed one of my Brits and tried to declare him persona non grata to the intelligence community," Shaw said. "We got constant indicators that Langley was aggressively trying to discredit both my Ukranian-American and me in Kiev," in addition to his other sources.

But Shaw's information had not originated from a casual contact. His Ukranian-American aid was a personal friend of David Nicholas, a Western ambassador in Kiev, and of Igor Smesko, head of Ukrainian intelligence.

Smesko had been a military attaché in Washington in the early 1990s when Ukraine first became independent and Dick Cheney was secretary of defense. "Smesko had told Cheney that when Ukraine became free of Russia he wanted to show his friendship for the United States."

Helping out on Iraq provided him with that occasion.

"Smesko had gotten to know Gen. James Clapper, now director of the Geospacial Intelligence Agency, but then head of DIA," Shaw said.

But it was Shaw's own friendship to the head of Britain's MI6 that brought it all together during a two-day meeting in London that included Smeshko's people, the MI6 contingent, and Clapper, who had been deputized by George Tenet to help work the issue of what happened to Iraq's WMD stockpiles.

In the end, here is what Shaw learned:

  • In December 2002, former Russian intelligence chief Yevgeni Primakov, a KGB general with long-standing ties to Saddam, came to Iraq and stayed until just before the U.S.-led invasion in March 2003.

  • Primakov supervised the execution of long-standing secret agreements, signed between Iraqi intelligence and the Russian GRU (military intelligence), that provided for clean-up operations to be conducted by Russian and Iraqi military personnel to remove WMDs, production materials and technical documentation from Iraq, so the regime could announce that Iraq was "WMD free."

  • Shaw said that this type GRU operation, known as "Sarandar," or "emergency exit," has long been familiar to U.S. intelligence officials from Soviet-bloc defectors as standard GRU practice.

  • In addition to the truck convoys, which carried Iraqi WMD to Syria and Lebanon in February and March 2003 "two Russian ships set sail from the (Iraqi) port of Umm Qasr headed for the Indian Ocean," where Shaw believes they "deep-sixed" additional stockpiles of Iraqi WMD from flooded bunkers in southern Iraq that were later discovered by U.S. military intelligence personnel.

  • The Russian "clean-up" operation was entrusted to a combination of GRU and Spetsnaz troops and Russian military and civilian personnel in Iraq "under the command of two experienced ex-Soviet generals, Colonel-General Vladislav Achatov and Colonel-General Igor Maltsev, both retired and posing as civilian commercial consultants."

  • Washington Times reporter Bill Gertz reported on Oct. 30, 2004, that Achatov and Maltsev had been photographed receiving medals from Iraqi Defense Minister Sultan Hashim Ahmed in a Baghdad building bombed by U.S. cruise missiles during the first U.S. air raids in early March 2003.

  • Shaw says he leaked the information about the two Russian generals and the clean-up operation to Gertz in October 2004 in an effort to "push back" against claims by Democrats that were orchestrated with CBS News to embarrass President Bush just one week before the November 2004 presidential election. The press sprang bogus claims that 377 tons of high explosives of use to Iraq's nuclear weapons program had "gone missing" after the U.S.-led liberation of Iraq, while ignoring intelligence of the Russian-orchestrated evacuation of Iraqi WMDs.

  • The two Russian generals "had visited Baghdad no fewer than 20 times in the preceding five to six years," Shaw revealed. U.S. intelligence knew "the identity and strength of the various Spetsnaz units, their dates of entry and exit in Iraq, and the fact that the effort (to clean up Iraq's WMD stockpiles) with a planning conference in Baku from which they flew to Baghdad."

  • The Baku conference, chaired by Russian Minister of Emergency Situations Sergei Shoigu, "laid out the plans for the Sarandar clean-up effort so that Shoigu could leave after the keynote speech for Baghdad to orchestrate the planning for the disposal of the WMD."

  • Subsequent intelligence reports showed that Russian Spetsnaz operatives "were now changing to civilian clothes from military/GRU garb," Shaw said. "The Russian denial of my revelations in late October 2004 included the statement that "only Russian civilians remained in Baghdad." That was the "only true statement" the Russians made, Shaw ironized.

    The evacuation of Saddam's WMD to Syria and Lebanon "was an entirely controlled Russian GRU operation," Shaw said. "It was the brainchild of General Yevgenuy Primakov."

    The goal of the clean-up was "to erase all trace of Russian involvement" in Saddam's WMD programs, and "was a masterpiece of military camouflage and deception."

    Just as astonishing as the Russian clean-up operation were efforts by Bush administration appointees, including Defense Department spokesman Laurence DiRita, to smear Shaw and to cover up the intelligence information he brought to light.

    "Larry DiRita made sure that this story would never grow legs," Shaw said. "He whispered sotto voce [quietly] to journalists that there was no substance to my information and that it was the product of an unbalanced mind."

    Shaw suggested that the answer of why the Bush administration had systematically "ignored Russia's involvement" in evacuating Saddam's WMD stockpiles "could be much bigger than anyone has thought," but declined to speculate what exactly was involved.

    Retired Air Force Lt. Gen. Thomas McInerney was less reticent. He thought the reason was Iran.

    "With Iran moving faster than anyone thought in its nuclear programs," he told NewsMax, "the administration needed the Russians, the Chinese and the French, and was not interested in information that would make them look bad."

    McInerney agreed that there was "clear evidence" that Saddam had WMD. "Jack Shaw showed when it left Iraq, and how."

    Former Undersecretary of Defense Richard Perle, a strong supporter of the war against Saddam, blasted the CIA for orchestrating a smear campaign against the Bush White House and the war in Iraq.

    "The CIA has been at war with the Bush administration almost from the beginning," he said in a keynote speech at the Intelligence Summit on Saturday.

    He singled out recent comments by Paul Pillar, a former top CIA Middle East analyst, alleging that the Bush White House "cherry-picked" intelligence to make the case for war in Iraq.

    "Mr. Pillar was in a very senior position and was able to make his views known, if that is indeed what he believed," Perle said.

    "He (Pillar) briefed senior policy officials before the start of the Iraq war in 2003. If he had had reservations about the war, he could have voiced them at that time." But according to officials briefed by Pillar, Perle said, he never did.

    Even more inexplicable, Perle said, were the millions of documents "that remain untranslated" among those seized from Saddam Hussein's intelligence services.

    "I think the intelligence community does not want them to be exploited," he said.

    Among those documents, presented Saturday at the conference by former FBI translator Bill Tierney, were transcripts of Saddam's palace conversations with top aides in which he discussed ongoing nuclear weapons plans in 2000, well after the U.N. arms inspectors believed he had ceased all nuclear weapons work.

    "What was most disturbing in those tapes," Tierney said, "was the fact that the individuals briefing Saddam were totally unknown to the U.N. Special Commission."

    In addition, Tierney said, the plasma uranium programs Saddam discussed with his aids as ongoing operations in 2000 had been dismissed as "old programs" disbanded years earlier, according to the final CIA report on Iraq's weapons programs, presented in 2004 by the Iraq Survey Group.

    "When I first heard those tapes" about the uranium plasma program, "it completely floored me," Tierney said.

  • http://www.netscape.com/viewstory/2006/10/16/russia-moved-some-iraq-wmd-to-syria-and-lebanon/?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.newsmax.com%2Farchives%2Farticles%2F2006%2F2%2F18%2F233023.shtml%3Fs%3Dlh&frame=true

  • China: Some Iraqi WMD Moved To Syria

    News – A meeting in Beijing was held between the Prime minister of China and the German Chancellor Schroeder. Schroeder was asked about the information that was obtained by the Chinese intelligence and it says that Iraq has moved his mass of destruction weapon to Syria.

  • http://news.netscape.com/story/2006/10/16/china-some-iraqi-wmd-moved-to-syria

  • Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

    The Tablighi Jamaat has made inroads among the American Muslim population.

    The Tablighi Jamaat, A Trojan Horse for Terror in America?

    "Within the United States, the cases of American Taliban John Lindh, the "Lackawanna Six," and the Oregon cell that conspired to bomb a synagogue and sought to link up with Al-Qaeda,
    all involve Tablighi missionaries. Other indicted terrorists, such as "shoe bomber" Richard Reid, "dirty bomber" Jose Padilla, and Lyman Harris, who sought to bomb the Brooklyn Bridge, were all members of Tablighi Jamaat at one time or another. According to Robert Blitzer, head of the FBI's first Islamic counterterrorism unit, between 1,000 and 2,000 Americans left to join the jihad in the 1990s alone. Pakistani intelligence sources report that 400 American Tablighi recruits received training in Pakistani or Afghan terrorist camps since 1989."

    Tablighi Jamaat: Jihad's Stealthy Legions

    by Alex Alexiev
    Middle East Quarterly
    Winter 2005

    Every fall, over a million almost identically dressed, bearded Muslim men from around the world descend on the small Pakistani town of Raiwind for a three-day celebration of faith. Similar gatherings take place annually outside of Dhaka, Bangladesh, and Bhopal, India. These pilgrims are no ordinary Muslims, though; they belong to a movement called Tablighi Jamaat ("Proselytizing Group"). They are trained missionaries who have dedicated much of their lives to spreading Islam across the globe. The largest group of religious proselytizers of any faith, they are part of the reason for the explosive growth of Islamic religious fervor and conversion.

    Despite its size, worldwide presence, and tremendous importance, Tablighi Jamaat remains largely unknown outside the Muslim community, even to many scholars of Islam. This is no coincidence. Tablighi Jamaat officials work to remain outside of both media and governmental notice. Tablighi Jamaat neither has formal organizational structure nor does it publish details about the scope of its activities, its membership, or its finances. By eschewing open discussion of politics and portraying itself only as a pietistic movement, Tablighi Jamaat works to project a non-threatening image. Because of the movement's secrecy, scholars often have no choice but to rely on explanations from Tablighi Jamaat acolytes.

    As a result, academics tend to describe the group as an apolitical devotional movement stressing individual faith, introspection, and spiritual development. The austere and egalitarian lifestyle of Tablighi missionaries and their principled stands against social ills leads many outside observers to assume that the group has a positive influence on society. Graham Fuller, a former CIA official and expert on Islam, for example, characterized Tablighi Jamaat as a "peaceful and apolitical preaching-to-the-people movement."[1] Barbara Metcalf, a University of California scholar of South Asian Islam, called Tablighi Jamaat "an apolitical, quietist movement of internal grassroots missionary renewal" and compares its activities to the efforts to reshape individual lives by Alcoholics Anonymous.[2] Olivier Roy, a prominent authority on Islam at Paris's prestigious Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, described Tablighi Jamaat as "completely apolitical and law abiding."[3] Governments normally intolerant of independent movements often make an exception for Tablighi Jamaat. The Bangladeshi prime minister and top political leadership, many of whom are Islamists, regularly attend their rallies, and Pakistani military officers, many of whom are sympathetic to militant Islam, even allow Tablighi missionaries to preach in the barracks.

    Yet, the Pakistani experience strips the patina from Tablighi Jamaat's façade. Pakistani prime minister Nawaz Sharif (1990-93; 1997-99), whose father was a prominent Tablighi member and financier, helped Tablighi members take prominent positions.[4] For example, in 1998, Muhammad Rafique Tarar took the ceremonial presidency while, in 1990, Javed Nasir assumed the powerful director-generalship of the Inter-Services Intelligence, Pakistan's chief intelligence agency. When Benazir Bhutto, less sympathetic to Islamist causes, returned to the premiership in 1993, Tablighis conspired to overthrow her government. In 1995, the Pakistani army thwarted a coup attempt by several dozen high-ranking military officers and civilians, all of whom were members of the Tablighi Jamaat and some of whom also held membership in Harakat ul-Mujahideen, a U.S. State Department-defined terrorist organization.[5] Some of the confusion over Tablighi Jamaat's apolitical characterization derives from the fact that the movement does not consider individual states to be legitimate. They may not become actively involved in internal politics or disputes over local issues, but, from a philosophical and transnational perspective, the Tablighi Jamaat's millenarian philosophy is very political indeed. According to the French Tablighi expert Marc Gaborieau, its ultimate objective is nothing short of a "planned conquest of the world" in the spirit of jihad.[6]

    Origins and Ideology

    The prominent Deobandi cleric and scholar Maulana Muhammad Ilyas Kandhalawi (1885-1944) launched Tablighi Jamaat in 1927 in Mewat, India, not far from Delhi. From its inception, the extremist attitudes that characterize Deobandism permeated Tablighi philosophy. Ilyas's followers were intolerant of other Muslims and especially Shi‘ites, let alone adherents of other faiths. Indeed, part of Ilyas's impetus for founding Tablighi Jamaat was to counter the inroads being made by Hindu missionaries. They rejected modernity as antithetical to Islam, excluded women, and preached that Islam must subsume all other religions.[7] The creed grew in importance after Pakistani military dictator Zia ul-Haq encouraged Deobandis to Islamize Pakistan.

    The Tablighi Jamaat canon is bare-boned. Apart from the Qu'ran, the only literature Tablighis are required to read are the Tablighi Nisab, seven essays penned by a companion of Ilyas in the 1920s. Tablighi Jamaat is not a monolith: one subsection believes they should pursue jihad through conscience (jihad bin nafs) while a more radical wing advocates jihad through the sword (jihad bin saif).[8] But, in practice, all Tablighis preach a creed that is hardly distinguishable from the radical Wahhabi-Salafi jihadist ideology that so many terrorists share.

    Part of the reason why the Tablighi Jamaat leadership can maintain such strict secrecy is its dynastic flavor. All Tablighi Jamaat leaders since Ilyas have been related to him by either blood or marriage. Upon Ilyas' 1944 death, his son, Maulana Muhammad Yusuf (1917-65), assumed leadership of the movement, dramatically expanding its reach and influence. Following the partition of India, Tablighi Jamaat spread rapidly in the new Muslim nation of Pakistan. Yusuf and his successor, Inamul Hassan (1965-95), transformed Tablighi Jamaat into a truly transnational movement with a renewed emphasis targeting conversion of non-Muslims, a mission the movement continues to the present day.

    While few details are known about the group's structure, at the top sits the emir who, according to some observers, presides over a shura (council), which plays an advisory role. Further down are individual country organizations. By the late 1960s, Tablighi Jamaat had not only established itself in Western Europe and North America but even claimed adherents in countries like Japan, which has no significant Muslim population.

    The movement's rapid penetration into non-Muslim regions began in the 1970s and coincides with the establishment of a synergistic relationship between Saudi Wahhabis and South Asian Deobandis. While Wahhabis are dismissive of other Islamic schools, they single out Tablighi Jamaat for praise, even if they disagree with some of its practices, such as willingness to pray in mosques housing graves. The late Sheikh ‘Abd al ‘Aziz ibn Baz, perhaps the most influential Wahhabi cleric in the late twentieth century, recognized the Tablighis good work and encouraged his Wahhabi brethren to go on missions with them so that they can "guide and advise them."[9] A practical result of this cooperation has been large-scale Saudi financing of Tablighi Jamaat. While Tablighi Jamaat in theory requires its missionaries to cover their own expenses during their trips, in practice, Saudi money subsidizes transportation costs for thousands of poor missionaries. While Tablighi Jamaat's financial activities are shrouded in secrecy, there is no doubt that some of the vast sums spent by Saudi organizations such as the World Muslim League on proselytism benefit Tablighi Jamaat. As early as 1978, the World Muslim League subsidized the building of the Tablighi mosque in Dewsbury, England, which has since become the headquarters of Tablighi Jamaat in all of Europe.[10] Wahhabi sources have paid Tablighi missionaries in Africa salaries higher than the European Union pays teachers in Zanzibar.[11] In both Western Europe and the United States, Tablighis operate interchangeably out of Deobandi and Wahhabi controlled mosques and Islamic centers.

    Wolf in Sheep's Clothing

    The West's misreading of Tablighi Jamaat actions and motives has serious implications for the war on terrorism. Tablighi Jamaat has always adopted an extreme interpretation of Sunni Islam, but in the past two decades, it has radicalized to the point where it is now a driving force of Islamic extremism and a major recruiting agency for terrorist causes worldwide. For a majority of young Muslim extremists, joining Tablighi Jamaat is the first step on the road to extremism. Perhaps 80 percent of the Islamist extremists in France come from Tablighi ranks, prompting French intelligence officers to call Tablighi Jamaat the "antechamber of fundamentalism."[12] U.S. counterterrorism officials are increasingly adopting the same attitude. "We have a significant presence of Tablighi Jamaat in the United States," the deputy chief of the FBI's international terrorism section said in 2003, "and we have found that Al-Qaeda used them for recruiting now and in the past."[13]

    Recruitment methods for young jihadists are almost identical. After joining Tablighi Jamaat groups at a local mosque or Islamic center and doing a few local dawa (proselytism) missions, Tablighi officials invite star recruits to the Tablighi center in Raiwind, Pakistan, for four months of additional missionary training. Representatives of terrorist organizations approach the students at the Raiwind center and invite them to undertake military training.[14] Most agree to do so.

    Tablighi Jamaat has long been directly involved in the sponsorship of terrorist groups. Pakistani and Indian observers believe, for instance, that Tablighi Jamaat was instrumental in founding Harakat ul-Mujahideen. Founded at Raiwind in 1980, almost all of the Harakat ul-Mujahideen's original members were Tablighis. Famous for the December 1998 hijacking of an Air India passenger jet and the May 8, 2002 murder of a busload of French engineers in Karachi, Harakat members make no secret of their ties. "The two organizations together make up a truly international network of genuine jihadi Muslims," one senior Harakat ul-Mujahideen official said.[15] More than 6,000 Tablighis have trained in Harakat ul-Mujahideen camps. Many fought in Afghanistan in the 1980s and readily joined Al-Qaeda after the Taliban defeated Afghanistan's anti-Soviet mujahideen.[16]

    Another violent Tablighi Jamaat spin-off is the Harakat ul-Jihad-i Islami.[17] Founded in the aftermath of the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, this group has been active not only in the disputed Indian provinces of Jammu and Kashmir but also in the state of Gujarat, where Tablighi Jamaat extremists have taken over perhaps 80 percent of the mosques previously run by the moderate Barelvi Muslims.[18] The Tablighi movement is also very active in northern Africa where it became one of the four groups that founded the Islamic Salvation Front in Algeria. Moroccan authorities are currently prosecuting sixty members of the Moroccan Tablighi offshoot Dawa wa Tabligh in connection with the May 16, 2003 terrorist attack on a Casablanca synagogue.[19] Dutch police are investigating links between the Moroccan cells and the November 2, 2004 murder of Dutch filmmaker Theo van Gogh.[20]

    There are many other cases of individual Tablighis committing acts of terrorism. French Tablighi members, for example, have helped organize and execute attacks not only in Paris but also at the Hotel Asni in Marrakech in 1994.[21] Kazakh authorities expelled a number of Tablighi missionaries because they had been organizing networks advancing "extremist propaganda and recruitment."[22] Indian investigators suspect influential Tablighi leader, Maulana Umarji, and a group of his followers in the February 27, 2002 fire bombing of a train carrying Hindu nationalists in Gujarat, India. The incident sparked a wave of pogroms victimizing both Muslims and Hindus.[23] More recently, Moroccan authorities sentenced Yusef Fikri, a Tablighi member and leader of the Moroccan terrorist organization At-Takfir wal-Hijrah, to death for his role in masterminding the May 2003 Casablanca terrorist bombings that claimed more than forty lives.[24]

    Tablighi Jamaat has also facilitated other terrorists' missions. The group has provided logistical support and helped procure travel documents. Many take advantage of Tablighi Jamaat's benign reputation. Moroccan authorities say that leaflets circulated by the terrorist group Al-Salafiyah al-Jihadiyah urged their members to join Islamic organizations that operate openly, such as Tablighi Jamaat, in order "to hide their identity on the one hand and influence these groups and their policies on the other."[25] In a similar vein, a Pakistani jihadi website commented that Tablighi Jamaat organizational structures can be easily adopted to jihad activities.[26] The Philippine government has accused Tablighi Jamaat, which has an 11,000-member presence in the country, of serving both as a conduit of Saudi money to the Islamic terrorists in the south and as a cover for Pakistani jihad volunteers.[27]

    There is also evidence that Tablighi Jamaat directly recruits for terrorist organizations. As early as the 1980s, the movement sponsored military training for 900 recruits annually in Pakistan and Algeria while, in 1999, Uzbek authorities accused Tablighi Jamaat of sending 400 Uzbeks to terrorist training camps.[28] The West is not immune. British counterterrorism authorities estimate that at least 2,000 British nationals had gone to Pakistan for jihad training by 1998, and the French secret services report that between 80 and 100 French nationals fought for Al-Qaeda.[29]

    A Trojan Horse for Terror in America?

    Within the United States, the cases of American Taliban John Lindh, the "Lackawanna Six," and the Oregon cell that conspired to bomb a synagogue and sought to link up with Al-Qaeda,[30] all involve Tablighi missionaries.[31] Other indicted terrorists, such as "shoe bomber" Richard Reid, "dirty bomber" Jose Padilla, and Lyman Harris, who sought to bomb the Brooklyn Bridge, were all members of Tablighi Jamaat at one time or another.[32] According to Robert Blitzer, head of the FBI's first Islamic counterterrorism unit, between 1,000 and 2,000 Americans left to join the jihad in the 1990s alone.[33] Pakistani intelligence sources report that 400 American Tablighi recruits received training in Pakistani or Afghan terrorist camps since 1989.[34]

    The Tablighi Jamaat has made inroads among two very different segments of the American Muslim population. Because many American Muslims are immigrants, and a large subsection of these are from South Asia, Deobandi influences have been able to penetrate deeply. Many Tablighi Jamaat missionaries speak Urdu as a first language and so can communicate easily with American Muslims of South Asian origin. The Tablighi headquarters in the United States for the past decade appears to be in the Al-Falah mosque in Queens, New York. Its missionaries—predominantly from South Asia—regularly visit Sunni mosques and Islamic centers across the country.[35] The willingness of Saudi-controlled front organizations and charities, such as the World Muslim League, the World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY), the Haramain Foundation, the International Islamic Relief Organization (IIRO) and others, to spend large amounts of money to co-opt the religious establishment has helped catalyze recruitment. As a result Wahhabi and Deobandi influence dominate American Islam.[36]

    This trend is apparent in the activities of Tanzeem-e Islami. Founded by long-term Tablighi member and passionate Taliban supporter, Israr Ahmed, Tanzeem-e Islami flooded American Muslim organizations with communications accusing Israel of complicity in the 9/11 terror attacks.[37] A frequent featured speaker at Islamic conferences and events in the United States, Ahmed engages in incendiary rhetoric urging his audiences to prepare for "the final showdown between the Muslim world and the non-Muslim world, which has been captured by the Jews."[38] Unfortunately, his conspiracy theories have begun to take hold among growing segments of the American Muslim community. For example, Siraj Wahhaj, among the best known African-American Muslim converts and the first Muslim cleric to lead prayers in the U.S. Congress, is also on record accusing the FBI and the CIA of being the "real terrorists." He has expressed his support for the convicted mastermind of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman, and advocating the demise of American democracy.[39]

    Tablighi Jamaat has appealed to African American Muslims for other reasons. Founded by Elijah Mohammed in the early 1930s, the Nation of Islam was essentially a charismatic African American separatist organization which had little to do with normative Islam. Many Nation of Islam members found attractive both the Tablighi Jamaat's anti-state separatist message and its description of American society as racist, decadent, and oppressive. Seeing such fertile ground, Tablighi and Wahhabi missionaries targeted the African American community with great success. One Tablighi sympathizer explained,

    The umma [Muslim community] must remember that winning over the black Muslims is not only a religious obligation but also a selfish necessity. The votes of the black Muslims can give the immigrant Muslims the political clout they need at every stage to protect their vital interests. Likewise, outside Muslim states like Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Pakistan need to mobilize their effort, money, and missionary skills to expand and consolidate the black Muslim community in the USA, not only for religious reasons, but also as a farsighted investment in the black Muslims' immense potential as a credible lobby for Muslim causes, such as Palestine, Bosnia, or Kashmir—offsetting, at least partially, the venal influence of the powerful India-Israel lobby.[40]

    Not only foreign Tablighis but also the movement's sympathizers within the United States enunciate this goal. The president of the Islamic Research Foundation in Louisville, Kentucky, a strong advocate of Tablighi missionary work, for instance, insists that "if all the Afro-American brothers and sisters become Muslims, we can change the political landscape of America" and "make U.S. foreign policy pro-Islamic and Muslim friendly."[41] As a result of Tablighi and Wahhabi proselytizing, African Americans comprise between 30 and 40 percent of the American Muslim community, and perhaps 85 percent of all American Muslim converts. Much of this success is due to a successful proselytizing drive in the penitentiary system. Prison officials say that by the mid-1990s, between 10 and 20 percent of the nation's 1.5 million inmates identified themselves as Muslims. Some 30,000 African Americans convert to Islam in prison every year.[42]

    The American political system tolerates all views so long as they adhere to the rule of law. Unfortunately, Tablighi Jamaat missionaries may be encouraging African American recruits to break the law. Harkat ul-Mujahideen has boasted of training dozens of African American jihadists in its military camps. There is evidence that African American jihadists have died in both Afghanistan and Kashmir.[43]

    Tablighi Jamaat: The Future of American Islam?

    Tablighi Jamaat has made unprecedented strides in recent decades. It increasingly relies on local missionaries rather than South Asian Tablighis to recruit in Western countries and often sets up groups which apparently model themselves after Tablighi Jamaat but do not acknowledge links to it.[44]

    In the United States, such a role is apparently played by the Islamic Circle of North America (ICNA). Founded in 1968 as an offshoot of the fiercely Islamist Muslim Student Association,[45] ICNA is the only major American Muslim organization that has paid open homage to Tablighi founder Ilyas. The monthly ICNA publication, The Message, has praised Ilyas as one of the four greatest Islamic leaders of the last 100 years.[46] While the relationship between ICNA and Tablighi Jamaat is not clear, the two organizations share a number of similarities. They both embrace the extreme Deobandi and Wahhabi interpretations of Islam. ICNA demonstrates disdain for Western democratic values and opposes virtually all counterterrorism legislation, such as the Patriot Act, while providing moral and financial support to all Muslims implicated in terrorist activities. An editorial in the ICNA organ, The Message International, in September 1989 bemoaned the "uncounted number of Muslims lost to Western values" which was a "major cause for concern."[47] In 2003 and 2004, ICNA has collected money to assist detainees suspected of terrorist activities, participated in pro-terrorist rallies, and mounted campaigns on behalf of indicted Hamas functionary Sami al-Arian.[48] Like Tablighi Jamaat, ICNA initially drew its membership disproportionately from South Asians. As with Tablighi Jamaat, ICNA demands total dedication to missionary work from its members. Because many ICNA members spend at least thirty hours per week on their mission,[49] their ability to independently support themselves is unclear. Many cannot hold full-time jobs. ICNA's recruitment efforts have borne fruit, though. All ICNA members are organized in small study groups of no more than eight people, called NeighborNets. As in a cult, these cells provide support and reinforcement for new recruits, who may have sought to fill a void in their lives. Its yearly convocations, patterned on the annual Tablighi Jamaat meetings in South Asia, now attract some 15,000 people.[50]

    Conclusion

    The estimated 15,000 Tablighi missionaries reportedly active in the United States present a serious national security problem.[51] At best, they and their proxy groups form a powerful proselytizing movement that preaches extremism and disdain for religious tolerance, democracy, and separation of church and state. At worst, they represent an Islamist fifth column that aids and abets terrorism. Contrary to their benign treatment by scholars and academics, Tablighi Jamaat has more to do with political sedition than with religion.

    U.S. officials should focus on reality rather than rhetoric. Pakistani and Saudi support for Tablighi Jamaat is incompatible with their claims to be key allies in the war on terror. While law enforcement focuses attention on Osama bin Laden, the war on terrorism cannot be won unless al-Qaeda terrorists are understood to be the products of Islamist ideology preached by groups like Tablighi Jamaat. If the West chooses to turn a blind eye to the problem, Tablighi involvement in future terrorist activities at home and abroad is not a matter of conjecture; it is a certainty.

    Alex Alexiev is vice president for research at the Center for Security Policy in Washington, D.C.

    [1] Graham Fuller, "The Future of Political Islam," Foreign Affairs, Mar.-Apr., 2002, p. 49.
    [2] Barbara Metcalf, "Traditionalist Islamic Activism: Deoband, Tablighis and Talibs," Social Service Research Council, Nov. 1, 2004.
    [3] Le Monde Diplomatique (Paris), May 15, 2002.
    [4] B. Raman, "Nawaz in a Whirlpool," South Asia Analysis Group, Oct. 10, 1999.
    [5] The News (Lahore), Feb. 13, 1995.
    [6] Marc Gaborieau, "Transnational Islamic Movements: Tablighi Jamaat in Politics," ISIM Newsletter (International Institute for the Study of Islam in the Modern World), July 1999, p. 21.
    [7] Dietrich Reetz, "Keeping Busy on the Path of Allah: The Self-Organization (intizam) of Tablighi Jamaat," in Daniela Bredi, ed., Islam in Contemporary South Asia (Rome: Oriente Moderno, 2004), pp. 295-305.
    [8] B. Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat," South Asia Analysis Group, Sept. 15, 1999.
    [9] "Fatwa of Shaykh 'Abdul-'Azeez ibn Baaz regarding the Jamaa'ah at-Tableegh," fatwa-online.com, Safar 11, 1414 (July 31, 1993).
    [10] Financial Times, Apr. 12, 1982.
    [11] Associated Press, Feb. 22, 2004.
    [12] Le Monde (Paris), Jan. 25, 2002.
    [13] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
    [14] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
    [15] Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat."
    [16] Ibid.
    [17] The News, Feb. 13, 1995, cited in ibid.
    [18] Frontline, Public Broadcasting Service, Mar. 16-29, 2003.
    [19] Financial Times, Aug. 6, 2003.
    [20] The New York Times, Nov. 25, 2004.
    [21] Le Monde, Sept. 26, 2001.
    [22] Kazakhstan Today News Service, June 13, 2003.
    [23] India Today (New Delhi), Feb. 24, 2003.
    [24] BBC News, July 12, 2003.
    [25] Asharq al-Awsat (London), May 25, 2003.
    [26] Mufti Khubaib Sahib, "Advantageous Structure for the Jihaad Organisations," 2600 News, Nov. 16, 2004.
    [27] Manila Times, Oct. 12, 2001.
    [28] Surya Gangadharan, "Exploring Jihad: The Case of Algeria," Strategic Affairs (New Delhi), Feb. 1, 2001.
    [29] Ori Golan, "On the Day the Black Flag of Islam will be Flying over Downing Street," The Jerusalem Post, June 26, 2003; Le Parisien, Dec. 26, 2001.
    [30] The Oregonian (Portland), Oct. 11, 2002.
    [31] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
    [32] Jessica Stern, "The Protean Enemy," Foreign Affairs, July/Aug. 2003.
    [33] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
    [34] Ibid.
    [35] The New York Times, July 14, 2003.
    [36] Daniel Pipes, Militant Islam Reaches America (New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 2003),
    [37] The Independent, Oct. 1, 2001.
    [38] Sept. 11, 1995 ISNA convention, cited in Raman, "Dagestan: Focus on Pakistan's Tablighi Jamaat."
    [39] The Wall Street Journal, Oct. 24, 2003.
    [40] Dawn (Karachi), Jan. 12, 1996.
    [41] Ibrahim B. Syed, "Juneteenth," Islamic Research Foundation International, Inc., Louisville, Ky., n.d.
    [42] Religion News Service, Jan. 23, 1996.
    [43] U.S. News and World Report, June 10, 2002.
    [44] Ibid.
    [45] Jonathan Dowd-Gailey, "Islamism's Campus Club: The Muslim Students Association," Middle East Quarterly, Spring 2004, pp. 63-72.
    [46] "Great Leaders of Last 100 Years," The Message International Online (Jamaica, N.Y.), Dec. 22, 2004.
    [47] The Message International, Sept. 1989, p. 6.
    [48] The Washington Post, May 29, 2003.
    [49] "About ICNA," Islamic Circle of North America, Dec. 22, 2004.
    [50] Ibid.
    [51] Aminah Mohammad-Arif, "Ilyas et Mawdudi au Pays des Yankees: La Tablighi Jamaat et la Jamaat Islami aux Etats-Unis," Archive des Sciences Sociales des Religions, Jan.-Mar. 2002.

    All Credit to:  Tablighi Jamaat: Jihad's Stealthy Legions by Alex Alexiev
    Middle East Quarterly
    Winter 2005

    http://www.meforum.org/article/686

    Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive

    Remember the Anthrax Attack? Should The FBI Read This Report?

    "But if we look at the anthrax strain, which was enhanced with bentonite and silicia, Iraq is suspected. Of the few countries suspected of having anthrax weapons, Iraq is the only believed to use bentonite. Silicia and bentonite are used to separate the tiny particles, so as to be inhaled more easily."


    "
    In October, the anthrax attack occurred. While there is substantial evidence linking some of the Al-Qaeda hijackers to the anthrax outbreaks, there is no conclusive proof. But if we look at the anthrax strain, which was enhanced with bentonite and silicia, Iraq is suspected. Of the few countries suspected of having anthrax weapons, Iraq is the only believed to use bentonite. Silicia and bentonite are used to separate the tiny particles, so as to be inhaled more easily. Former UN biological weapons inspector, Timothy Trevan says that the presence of bentonite in anthrax is a trademark of Iraq’s anthrax.[78] Significantly, a former UN inspector and expert in biological warfare, Richard Spertzel, also have said that he believes Iraq sponsored the attack. He testified: “It has to be someone with an existing biological program. These are Russia, Syria, Iran, and Libya. Top of my list, though, is Iraq. There are known associations with intelligence personnel and al-Qaeda. Also they have the capability, and the know-how.”[79] Additionally, only three countries are known to have produced anthrax in the way that they were used in the attacks (where the spores are extremely small and made in such a way to minimize potential for not being inhaled). These countries are Iraq, Russia, and the United States."


    There is immense evidence that “Waly Samar” (not his real identity), an Iraqi associate with experience in biotechnology whom worked alongside Ramzi Yousef in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, has a role in the anthrax attacks. The contacts Samar made with Yousef were paid by Abdul Rahman Yasin, the other Iraqi involved in the 1993 plot with Ramzi Yousef who was given safety by Baghdad. Samar has been teaching in New York City (but lives in New Jersey) since receiving his Ph.D. in biology from Hunter College. His graduate and current research was in Bacillus subtilis, a stimulant used in making anthrax as a potent biological weapon."

    Saddam Hussein and Bin Laden:
    A Match Made Up in Propaganda?


    Compiled By: Ryan Mauro
    tdcanalyst@optonline.net

    http://www.worldthreats.com  

    This is to serve as a semi-chronological guide to Iraq’s sponsorship of terrorism throughout the years beginning with 1990. I personally have not taken a firm position as to if Saddam personally supported any anti-American terrorist attack, but the information is presented here for you to make up your mind. Some may say that Wahhabists like Bin Laden, Shiites like the Iranians, and Sunnis like the Iraqis won’t work together do to theological differences. This argument has obviously been disproved, as today we see Saddam’s loyalists, Wahhabists and all sorts of terrorists today cooperating in the war against Coalition forces.

    Compare the theory to Christianity. This is like saying Catholics and Protestants don’t work together. They may not attend the same churches, but as we see today in the disputes in Alabama over the display of the Ten Commandments, they unite against a common threat. Please read this article with an open mind, and perhaps it will become as obvious to you as it is to myself, that Saddam’s regime was a state sponsor of terrorism.



    1990

    Early 1990 saw the first major acceleration in Saddam’s interest in terrorist groups. Iraqi intelligence helped set up a command headquarters, recruitment program and training program in Amman, Jordan for various Palestinian terrorist organizations. From here, assistance to Yasser Arafat’s Palestinian intelligence apparatus and security forces including Force 17; the 15th of May Organization; the Organization of the Survivors of Hammah (sect of Syrian Muslim Brotherhood); Hamas; Palestine Liberation Front; Democratic Front for the Liberation of Palestine; Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine and other groups was provided.[1]

    Iraq also began creating front groups including the Front for the Islamic Army for the Liberation of Palestine, and took responsibility for turning Arafat’s Palestinian Liberation Organization forces into the Palestinian Liberation Army. Iraq directed the transformation. The Iraqi front group, FIALP, then formed an alliance with the PLA, Hamas, and the Islamic Unification Movement and was used to provide covert Iraqi support.[2] Under the joint Arafat-Hussein efforts, PLO units began moving from Algeria, Jordan, Sudan and Yemen to Iraq to be trained and transformed into PLA units in late March.[3]

    1991

    The Gulf War saw Iraq’s first try at terrorist attacks. They completely failed, but Saddam Hussein’s links to terrorists, particularly Palestinian ones, was shown. Among the attacks attempted, was a bomb attack against the Thomas Jefferson Library in Manila, Philippines by two intelligence operatives. Attacks on Western interests by the Iraqis were foiled in the Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Australia and Thailand.

    In the summer of 1991, the Arafat-Hussein transformation of the PLO was still in the process. Half-way through June, Arafat ordered the movement of 10,000 PLO militants to Iraq to assist in the creation of a special, elite terrorist force under Iraqi command.[4]



    1992

    This is the first year that contact between Saddam Hussein’s regime and Osama Bin Laden’s organization was established. According to CIA reports, the first meeting between a Bin Laden representative and an Iraqi representative occurred. By the end of 2002, nearly 100 direct meetings of the kind would be recorded by the CIA.[5]

    One of the first meetings was between Ayman Al-Zawahiri, head of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad which later merged with Al-Qaeda, making Zawahiri second only to Bin Laden. This has been confirmed by a former Iraqi intelligence officer and the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan forces.[6]



    1993

    On February 26, 1993, the World Trade Center was bombed. Strangely, few cared to notice that this was near the second anniversary of the beginning of the ground war in the Gulf War, which began February 23. Logically, that day is a Sunday, so moving the attack ahead up by two days to cause maximum casualties and damage, can explain the inaccurate timing.

    Laurie Mylroie, a former advisor to Clinton on Iraq, and author of “Study of Revenge”, needs to be praised for her expert research about the attack. I encourage readers to purchase her book. She believes Iraq got involved in radical Islamic terror plots in New York after the regime learned of the activity from a terrorist they harbored who was uncle to one of the Muslim ringleaders.

    The ringleader of the bombers, Ramzi Yousef, arrived in America on an Iraqi passport, and was nicknamed “Rashid the Iraqi” by the radical terrorists he joined in New York. The moment Yousef arrived; he directed the group to target the World Trade Center and how to do it. After the bombing, the second ringleader, an Iraqi, Abdul Rahman Yasin (whose expertise was essential for mixing the sophisticated chemicals we discussed) fled to, and was protected by, Saddam’s regime in Iraq. ABC News spotted him in Baghdad in 1994 and learned he was being paid by the regime. 

    Mylroie shows compelling evidence that Iraq provided the intelligence and false passports for Ramzi Yousef and the terrorists, and possibly funding. The hydrogen-cyanide gas that was planned to be spread by the explosion is remarkably similar to the hydrogen-cyanide gas technology Iraq had perfected. After the bombing Yousef fled the country under a false identity, Abdul Basit Karim, a Pakistani national originally born in Kuwait. Upon investigation of the name, Mylroie learned that the real Abdul Basit Karim has been missing since the Iraqi occupation of Kuwait. During this time, Iraq seized Kuwait’s files from the Interior Ministry, allowing Iraq to steal hundreds or possibly thousands of identities. Karim is one such identity that has been stolen.

    How do we know that Abdul Basit and Ramzi Yousef are the same person? Mylroie shows the obvious signs that the passport of Abdul Basit was tampered and explains that fingerprints matching Yousef’s was found in Abdul Basit’s police file. The altered passport was used by Yousef in 1992 to receive another passport to Pakistan in Abdul Basit’s name. The differences between the real Abdul Basit and Ramzi Yousef are also obvious physically and personality-wise, as explained in Mylroie’s book.

    Also convicted in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing was the “Blind Sheikh” Omar Abdel al-Rahman, believed to be the spiritual mentor for Ayman Al-Zawahiri and Osama Bin Laden. It is suspicious that such a figure would work with an alleged Iraqi intelligence agent, although al-Rahman himself may not have known the fact. Another conspirator, Mohammed Salameh is suspected of working alongside Iraqi intelligence—in fact, the brother of Abu Halima, another conspirator, confirmed this. Salameh is known to have made nearly fifty phone calls to Iraq between June 10th and the day of the bombing attack. His uncle, Kadri Abu Bakr, is known to have worked in Baghdad since 1986 for a Palestinian terrorist unit.

    After the bombing, Ramzi Yousef fled to Manila, harbored by Mohamed Jamal Khalifia, the brother-in-law of Osama Bin Laden. Bin Laden, through Khalifia, paid Yousef to train members of Abu Sayyaf, an Al-Qaeda branch in the Philippines, about bomb production.[7]
    Mylroie says that many senior US government officials believe Iraq was involved in the bombing, as well as those involved in the investigation. She quotes Jim Fox, the leader of the FBI investigation as saying, “The majority of senior law-enforcement officers in New York believe that Iraq was involved.” She also claims that Egyptian and Saudi intelligence sources concurred with the view.

    Later on, as evidence came out that Iraq was linked to the World Trade Center bombing, newspapers would express denial, alarm or others, dire warning. As the Boston Globe wrote: “If Saddam’s operatives manipulated simple-minded Islamic zealots to bomb the World Trade Center, it is only prudent to assume his agents are capable of striking again.”[8]

    Another highlight of 1993 was the attack on American soldiers in Somalia, and the following retreat out of the country. This was the first time that Bin Laden’s forces would loosely work with Iraqi intelligence, which had been recruiting militants in Sudan and Somalia. Bin Laden’s militants in Somalia would fight alongside these recruits and even members of Iraq’s special forces. It is unknown the level of direct contact Iraq and Bin Laden had in coordinating the events.[9]

    Of course, also in 1993, was Iraqi intelligence’s attempted assassination of former President Bush in Kuwait. The attack to be carried out with a truck bomb and armed assassins was foiled, but this was significant as the first proven Iraqi-sponsored attack. I also suggest reading Laurie Mylroie’s book, “Study of Revenge”, which has evidence that Iraq was also involved in a plot to be carried out in late 1993 to destroy the United Nations building in New York, the federal building, and the Holland and Lincoln tunnels.



    1994

    The beginning of cooperation with Al-Qaeda began in 1994. Farouq Hijazi, a high-ranking Iraqi intelligence officer, had his first meeting with Osama Bin Laden in Sudan.[10] It is believed they discussed cooperation in handling Islamic terrorists and insurgents, and Iraq’s chemical and biological weapons facilities in Sudan.

    The beginnings of the Oklahoma City plot may also be rooted in events in 1994. Edwin Angeles, a co-founder of Abu Sayyaf on the Philippines (an Al-Qaeda branch), began his meetings with Ramzi Yousef (whom he met in 1989), Ahmad Hassin (Yousef’s half-brother), an American named Terry (possibly Terry Nichols?) and another unidentified American, possibly a man that goes by the name of “John Lepney’. It was at these meetings in 1994 that plots to bomb US government buildings in Oklahoma City, St. Louis and San Francisco were discussed.[11]

    Iraq is believed to have upgraded its terrorist force in the United States mainland (specifically New York City) with its first professional biological weapons scientist—complete with expertise in genetic engineering and access to local scientific labs. This is in addition to “Waly Samar”, whom we will discuss.[12]



    1995

    1995 was highlighted by the attack on the Murrah building in Oklahoma City, led by Timothy McVeigh and Terry Nichols, anti-government, right-wing terrorists. But should this mean a link to Middle Eastern terrorists should be ruled out? In the minds of most investigators, yes. But they are wrong.

    The reporting of Jayna Davis (investigative reporter); Larry Johnson (former deputy director of the State Department’s Office of Counterterrorism); and Patricia Long (former Middle East expert for the DIA) is sure to one day prove them all wrong. As former CIA director James Woolsey said, one day we will be indebted to Davis and her coworkers.[13] Apparently, the evidence of a connection to the Middle East was at one point in the mind of the police. Immediately after the attack, the FBI launched an intense search for men of Middle Eastern origin that reportedly fled the building after the explosion. Later, the search was cancelled.

    Davis’ research shows that there a multiple people who saw Middle Easterners with Timothy McVeigh, and the descriptions were so clear that a government sketch was produced. 24 witnesses say they saw about eight Middle Easterners with Nichols and McVeigh during the attack. She records that several employees at the Oklahoma City Property-Management Company claim to have seen a brown Chevy truck being chased by the police outside the office just days prior to the terrorist attack. The owner of the company is Palestinian, with suspected ties to the Palestinian Authority.

    Approximately six months prior to the attack, the Palestinian had hired a group of former Iraqi soldiers from the Republican Guard to work at the rental houses. Eyewitnesses reported that on the day of the attack, they were seen in a disturbingly good mood. On April 17th, 1995, the day McVeigh rented the Ryder truck, all the employees were absent from work. In Davis’ investigation, the Iraqi with the most focus is a man named Amad Hussain Hashem al-Hussaini, one of the former Republican Guard members, whose picture is nearly identical to the police sketch made from eyewitness reports of one of the Middle Easterners at the attack. Al-Hussaini has attempted to sue Davis for these allegations, but the case was dismissed.

    Al-Hussaini’s left arm has a traditional Republican Guard tattoo symbolizing service during the Gulf War, when Iraq began sponsoring anti-American terrorism. Five witnesses report seeing several of al-Hussaini’s Iraqi workers frequently visiting a motel in Oklahoma City in the months, days and hours before the attack. During the visits, they were often seen with either Nichols or McVeigh. Four days before the attack, two eyewitnesses say they saw McVeigh drinking with al-Hussaini.

    On the day of the attack, just hours before the incident, two witnesses say they saw al-Hussaini one block from the Murrah building. Around the same time in the hours up to the attack, one of al-Hussaini’s co-workers was seen in the driver’s seat of a Chevy pickup at an apartment complex near the Murrah building. When police officers found the abandoned truck, it was tripped of identification numbers and body molding used for identification purposes. The owner of the motel frequently visited and an employee both confirm seeing Middle Easterners on the day of the attack, within feet of a large Ryder truck in the parking lot, just hours before the explosion. They described the truck as having an unusual odor of diesel fuel coming from the rear. Minutes after the odor came about, McVeigh returned the room key and drove off with a man—apparently al-Hussaini.



    Seven witnesses reported to Jayna Davis that they saw a man similar to al-Hussaini riding with Timothy McVeigh in the Ryder truck directly in front of the Murrah building, just minutes before the fertilizer bomb went off. Al-Hussaini then sped away in a brown Chevrolet pickup truck; precisely matching the FBI’s description of a vehicle that wanted Middle Easterners may be using that day.

    After the attack, Al-Hussaini moved from Oklahoma City to work at Boston’s Logan International Airport, where several 9/11 hijackers would meet to seize airliners, including Mohammed Atta.

    During the follow-up investigation, it was discovered that Timothy McVeigh had a large collection of phone numbers of Iraqis that he hid. Jayna Davis’ follow-up investigation reveals that 22 witnesses saw an Arab-looking man alongside Terry Nichols and Timothy McVeigh in the minutes and seconds before the bomb detonated. There has been no testimony by a witness that contradicts these claims—the people that saw McVeigh and Nichols alone either had a view that would not allow the viewing of the Iraqi—or they saw the Americans after the bomb detonated. By that time, al-Hussaini had driven off in a different truck. Two local officials say they saw an Arab with a backpack running from the Murrah building as fast as they could, while looking at a watch, in the seconds before the blast.

    Davis also says that a source on Capitol Hill gave her a copy of a government warning that a terrorist attack sponsored by either Iran or Iraq was imminent against the mainland, but the warning listed government facilities in Washington DC as the primary target. Although the warning was incorrect in that detail, it does appear that there is classified intelligence linking the Oklahoma City bombing to Middle Eastern terrorists.[14]

    Terry Nichols also had a suspicious connection to international terrorists besides his meetings with the Iraqis led by al-Hussaini. Davis is now claiming to have irrefutable evidence that Nichols got the bomb-making expertise from Iraqi intelligence officers in the Philippines, when he met Ramzi Yousef, the suspected Iraqi intelligence agent whom led the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. Both lived amongst Al-Qaeda-associated operatives while they were in the Philippines.

    Insight Magazine had a great interview with the widow of Edwin Angeles, a co-founder of the Abu Sayyaf group and agent of the Philippines’ Defense Intelligence Group. Elimina Abdul in the March 10, 2002 interview said that her husband finally told her all he knew, because he knew he would soon be killed. Since talking, she claims, several shots have been fired at her.

    Beginning in 1994, her husband met with Ramzi Yousef, Ahmad Hassim, an American whose first name is Terry—known as “The Farmer”, and another American whose name she does not know. Everyday for one full week, they talked about bombing US government buildings in Oklahoma City, St. Louis and San Francisco. The Americans were also taught how to make the bombs needed for the operations. Ramzi Yousef also contributed funding to the Americans for the attacks. Elimina Abdul confirms that Yousef was an Iraqi agent, and she says that her husband had a private meeting with a Filipino soldier who said that the Iraqi role could never be exposed.

    According to Insight’s investigation, Edwin Angeles had a videotaped interrogation with the Filipino police. He confirmed that an American named “John Lepney” was involved, as was another American named Terry. The first meeting, he said occurred just prior to the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, and meetings continued later in 1994. At the meetings was Ramzi Yousef’s half-brother, Ahmad Hassim. Angeles says that he first met Yousef in July, 1989 as a “personal envoy” of Osama Bin Laden. Bin Laden’s brother-in-law, Muhammed Khalifia, was at the time establishing the Abu Sayyaf group in the Philippines using front companies. However, Yousef is suspected of being paid by Iraq to carry out the June 20, 1994 bombing of a Muslim shrine in Iran. Yousef’s father and brother also worked with Iraqi intelligence in the Iranian dissident terrorist group, the People’s Mujahideen Organization of Iran.[15] In another testimony, that of Abdul Hakim Murrad, arrested for working with Yousef in the first World Trade Center bombing, also says that Ramzi Yousef and his co-workers in the Philippines were responsible for the attack in Oklahoma City. Yousef’s role throughout the years as an Iraqi-sponsored terrorist may be the key to understanding the role of Saddam Hussein in terrorism.



    1995 brought Iraqi assistance to Al-Qaeda as well. Saddam Hussein sent Farouq Hijaz, a former Iraqi intelligence general, and Habib Ma’muri, chief of special operations, to meet with Bin Laden representatives at Salman Pak, Iraq’s top terrorist training camp.[16] According to Iraqi defectors, these meetings resulted in the revival of the plot to hijack airliners in the US to attack prominent US buildings including the World Trade Center, which had already survived the first Iraqi attack. Al-Qaeda was also disappointed by similar airliner plots foiled by the seizure of documents by Filipino police. Al-Qaeda forces were eager to succeed in their plans.[17]

    To fulfill these plans, Iraq began training its first foreign terrorists in hijacking techniques using a Boeing-747 from Kuwait. The Iraqis trained the Muslims at a camp in Baghdad.[18]

    State-sponsored terrorism may also have had a role in the bombing attack on US forces at Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. The day after UNSCOM’s report was released which revealed Iraq’s massive, covert biological weapons program, a terrorist group claiming to be in Saudi Arabia gave Western forces in the country until June 28th to leave. The threat was broadcasted on Iraqi state radio after it was published. On November 13th, a powerful bomb killed 5 Americans and 2 Indians in Riyadh. The Iraqi media hailed the attack, and warned that the attack should serve as a message to the US and Saudi Arabia. Kuwaiti officials immediately blamed it on Iraq[19], as did many senior Saudi intelligence officials. One told Laurie Mylroie, “”Of course that was Iraq. That was a professional bomb. It was not made by a bunch of Saudis sitting in a tent in the middle of the desert.”[20] The famous high-ranking Iraqi defector, Hussein Kamil, said: “[Saddam is] determined to beat the US and ‘topple the White House into the dust.’ That’s one of his favorite expressions. You can judge how sly he is: He wants everybody to think it’s the Iranians behind the attack. He is using them as a smokescreen, hoping to fool the world. He will go on trying to seek revenge against his enemies. Top of his list are Saudi Arabia and the US.”[21] When members of Saudi Hezbollah were found involved in the attack, many blamed Iran. It is entirely possible Iran had a role, but that does not mean Iraq did not either. As I’ll explain when I discuss the year 2001 issues, Imad Mughniyah, the head of Iran’s Hezbollah, often works with Ayman Al-Zawahiri of Al-Qaeda.



    1996

    Harbored in Sudan, Osama Bin Laden again met with a senior Iraqi intelligence officer. The meeting established how they would maintain ties once Bin Laden moved to Afghanistan.[22] This was the same year that Ramzi Yousef was captured in Pakistan, living less than a block away from the Iraqi ambassador to the country.[23]

    In June, the Arab League held an important summit, and on the table for discussion were the UN sanctions on Iraq. Pro-American Arab countries, led by Saudi Arabia, expressed support for the sanctions, which greatly angered Saddam Hussein. The Iraqi state press then issued a warning to the Arab countries that if they “sin” against Iraq, they would only be hurting themselves. Two days after the Iraqi state press issued the warning; suspected Al-Qaeda operatives bombed the Khobar Towers installation in Saudi Arabia, killing nearly 20 Americans. An Iraqi defector, General Wafiq Samarai, claims Saddam asked him to join a secret organization to attack US interests during the Gulf War, and that the Khobar Towers attack was an exact copy of some of the plans for attacks.[24] As I said before, just because Saudi Hezbollah members was involved, this does not mean Iraq did not have a role.

    Over the summer, UN inspectors also discovered that Directorate M-21 of Iraqi intelligence was responsible for directing a huge terrorist training and recruitment program. The inspectors testified saying, “Document after document outlined an international program of terror.”[25]

    On September 5th, Ramzi Yousef, Abdul Hakim Murad and Wali-Khan Amin Shah were convicted for the plot to hijack airliners and crash them into American buildings including the Pentagon and the World Trade Center. Murad appears to have been one of the designated pilots for the plot, as he admitted to being trained at flight schools in America. Information from the arrest and later, the trial of terrorists involved in the 1998 embassy bombings would become vital to the 9/11 connection. It appears that several of the 9/11 hijackers trained at the same school in Norman, Oklahoma (near Oklahoma City) as operatives involved in Yousef’s plot. Why was the Iraqi special agent, Yousef, cooperating with Al-Qaeda’s plot if there was no cooperation between Saddam and Bin Laden?[26]

    It also appears that Al-Qaeda learned the shoe-bombing tactic from Iraqi agents. The information taken from the apartment used by Ramzi Yousef showed Yousef was teaching Murad, an Al-Qaeda operative, how to sneak chemicals and explosives onto airliners, and how to hide explosives in shoes to be detonated while the airliner was in-flight. When the Oklahoma City bombing occurred, Murad told the prison guard that the “Liberation Army” was responsible. According to the aforementioned Edwin Angeles, involved in the airliner plot and with the joint Yousef-Al-Qaeda plots, this was the term used when referring to the Palestine Liberation Army, a terrorist group directly sponsored by Saddam Hussein (this is openly known) and used to carry out attacks and cooperate with allied terrorists, leaving no trace directly back to Iraq.[27]

    Between December 28th and 29th, the D-8 group, which included Syria, blamed Saddam Hussein’s regime for the poor conditions on the Iraqi people and to comply with UN resolutions. Two days later, the Islamic Change Movement (believed by many to be an Iraqi front group) claimed credit for a terrorist attack killing 9 people in Damascus on a bus. The Islamic Change Movement also claimed credit for the Riyadh and Khobar Towers bombings.



    1997

    This year, the first Al-Qaeda camps in Iraq opened up. Saddam Hussein’s regime increased the flow of small arms and money to Osama Bin Laden’s terrorist organization.[28] In springtime, Iraq’s support for Palestinian terrorists took a new turn. Smuggling routes were established through Jordan, for Iraqi weapons including shoulder-fired surface-to-air missiles and anti-armor RPGs to be delivered to Arafat’s Palestinian militants.[29]

    Beginning in 1997, and continuing through the beginning of the Iraq War, between 1,200 and 1,500 Iraqi special forces would infiltrate Jordan to reach areas of Islamic radicalism as well as Palestinian refugee camps to deliver arms and ammunition to Arafat’s militants and Hamas in the West Bank and Jordan.[30]



    1998

    According to captured Iraqi documents, in March of this year, Osama Bin Laden sent an envoy to meet with Iraqi officials in Baghdad’s al-Mansour Hotel to create an alliance to fight a common enemy. Iraq paid for the trip by the envoy, and the meeting was so successful; it was extended for a week, and ended in arrangements for Bin Laden to travel to Baghdad himself. The envoy was asked by Iraq to become a personal liaison between Saddam Hussein and Bin Laden.[31]

    This year Farouq Hijazi was promoted to ambassador to Turkey by Saddam Hussein. Not long after his appointment, Hijazi traveled to Afghanistan and met with Osama Bin Laden. The meeting resulted in an official invitation to Bin Laden to travel to Baghdad for a meeting.[32] Between April 25th and May 1, 1998, two Al-Qaeda senior military advisors, Muhammed Abu-Islam and Abdullah Qassim met with Qusay Hussein, Saddam’s youngest son, in Baghdad.[33] Plans were made for the first group of Saudis belonging to Al-Qaeda to be trained in Iraq, whom crossed over in mid-June using secret infiltration routes that Iraqi intelligence had used. Upon arrival at the al-Nasariya terrorist camp, one group of Saudis was taught how to prepare for attacks and conduct surveillance, and the other group was integrated into a network to smuggle weapons and explosives into Saudi Arabia from Iraq.[34]

    On May 1, Iraq warned of “dire consequences” if UN inspectors did not leave, and sanctions were not lifted. Eight days later, Bin Laden issued a declaration of war on the USA, with the main themes citing US “aggression” in Saudi Arabia and Iraq. The Iraqi situation dominated much of his speech, calling for revenge on behalf of the Iraqi Muslims. Throughout the rest of the year, Saddam’s and Bin Laden’s threats appeared to be synchronized. On August 5th, Saddam finally expelled UN inspectors and demanded sanctions be lifted. The state press warned of “consequences” yet again, and two days later, Al-Qaeda attacked the American embassies in Tanzania and Kenya.[35]

    In mid-July, Ayman Al-Zawahiri was sent by Bin Laden to meet with senior Iraqi officials in Iraq, including vice president Taha Yassin Ramadan.[36] During the July visit, Zawahiri was taken to a suspected site used for nuclear and/or chemical weapons production near al-Fallujah, and oversaw the training of Al-Qaeda operatives at the al-Nasiriyah military and chemical weapons facility.

    The summer brought the first evidence of planned Iraqi bio-terrorism. Iraqi women were caught trying to smuggle vials of biological agents, specifically anthrax and botulinum toxin, into the United States and United Kingdom by trying to hide them inside their bodies.[37]

    In December, Bin Laden was seen at Baghdad’s al-Rashid Hotel by Giovanni Di Stefano, a famous lawyer who was working to strike a deal with Iraqi Airlines in Italy and Yugoslavia. The meeting was also confirmed by defectors and the intelligence communities of the region. At the meeting, Saddam offered Bin Laden safety (which Bin Laden turned down), and a deal was made for Al-Qaeda operatives to receive special weapons training in Iraq.[38] Hijazi was put in charge of supervising the movement of the first 60 Al-Qaeda operatives to Iraq for training, whom would then begin a new Al-Qaeda branch in northern Iraq known as Ansar al-Islam. The group, which serves as Saddam’s link to Bin Laden, is paid by Saddam to persecute the rebellious Kurds and to conduct assassinations.[39]

    Outraged by US and British airstrikes on Iraq, the Iraqi trade minister issued this warning in the state media: “When the United States is helping terrorist activities against Iraq, then this will enhance terrorist activities against the United States. It is not a threat; it is a consequence of their policy.” The day the airstrikes ended, Farouq Hijazi was sent by Saddam Hussein to meet with Bin Laden at Kandahar, Afghanistan. Yemeni diplomatic passports were delivered, as well as further assurances of support for attacks on the West. Soon after the meeting, several Iraqi military-intelligence officers arrived in Afghanistan via Pakistan, including members of the elite Unit 999. In Afghanistan, 4 teams of 12 veteran terrorists were chosen for the elite training Unit 999 could provide in Iraq.[40]

    Support for other terrorists in 1998 also increased. Baghdad began giving safe harbor to the terrorist mastermind, Abu Nidal, whom often was solicited for support by groups including Palestinian Islamic Jihad, the PFLP, and various state sponsors. An Iraqi defector (a top official in Mukhabarat) has described Iraq’s support for these groups and others, whose testimony is here described by Vanity Fair’s David Rose: “The first was the Iranian opposition force...which during the 1980s maintained at least 20,000 fighters inside Iraq, where it helped suppress the 1991 Shi’a uprising. The second was the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, which carried out a long string of murders and hijackings...However, by the early 90s, the Popular Front’s place in the terrorist pantheon was usurped by...Hamas, perfectors of suicide bombing...The defector’s testimony reveals the true depth of the Iraq-Hamas connection.”[41]

    Michael Ledeen, commenting on the defector’s testimony in his book, War Against the Terror Masters, writes: “The defector painted a detailed picture of the close working relationship. Hamas had its own office in Baghdad, and its own subdepartment within the structure of Mukhabarat. Hamas killers were trained in Iraq, both at the infamous Salman Pak terrorist camp and another in the northeast. And of course there were weapons, ‘guns, ammunition both heavy and light, detonators and explosives. It was Iraq which trained Hamas in how to make bombs.’ There are good reasons to believe that Saddam continues to seek ways to take revenge on us, and we know for a certainty that his people are working feverishly to develop several weapons of mass destruction.”[42]

    1999

    This year began Iraq’s more direct support for Hamas and the Palestinian Islamic Jihad terrorist groups that target Israeli civilians. It is also around this time Saddam Hussein began sending $25,000 checks to the families of Palestinian suicide bombers.

    Of course, links to Al-Qaeda did not die out either. An Iraqi defector, now an official in the Iraqi National Congress, declared, “There is a long history of contacts between the Mukhabarat (Iraqi secret service) and Osama Bin Laden.”[43] Iraqi opposition forces also warned that they had information that Saddam was hoping to use Bin Laden to carry out terrorist attacks on Western interests, specifically in Kuwait and Saudi Arabia.[44]The beginning of warnings about an Iraqi-Bin Laden plot began surfacing. A senior Arab intelligence officer who knew Saddam Hussein personally, told Newsweek, “Very soon you will be witnessing large-scale terrorist activity by the Iraqis”, and said it would be conducted under “false flags”.[45]

    By early January, the aforementioned four teams of a dozen terrorists were training in the outskirts of Baghdad. By the end of the month, hundreds of “Arab Afghans” (the nickname for Arabs that joined the forces in Afghanistan) were training at the al-Nasariya camp, and according to opposition sources, talking about attacking the United States and our allies.[46] Between January 25th and 27th, Abu Ayab al-Masri, senior Al-Qaeda member, met with Farouq Hijazi in Dubai and Turkey, where he was given Yemeni passports. In Ankara, al-Masri met Hijazi and a member of Unit 999, to discuss plans to train four more terrorist teams and coordinating their transportation through Istanbul.[47]

    In December, Abu Jaffer al-Jaziri was accused by the US of a role in the Al-Qaeda plot to bomb the Los Angeles International Airport. Al-Jaziri is believed to have been one of Bin Laden’s long-time Iraqi representatives. He was killed in Afghanistan in January, 2002.



    2000

    On February 2, the ringleader of the 9/11 hijackers, Mohammed Atta met with Ahmad Khalil Ibrahim Samir al-Ani, an Iraqi intelligence officer posing as a diplomat at the Iraqi embassy in Prague, Czech Republic. The next day, Atta went to Florida to begin flight school.[48] Although this meeting was denied by US intelligence, and then the Czechs, a near majority of Czech intelligence workers believe the meeting now did occur, and according to rumors, the Czechs or the Americans have a photo of the two meeting.

    In February 2000, according to an Iraqi defector whom claims to have shipped arms for Iraq to Al-Qaeda, senior Iraqi officials began planning at least nine operations against the United States in the Middle East and Gulf. The defector says he was told of a plot he was to take part in involving a trade ship packed with explosives to be used by suicide bombers to attack a US ship in the Gulf. The plan was revealed to the defector approximately one month after an Al-Qaeda attempt to attack the USS Sullivans, an American destroyer, in Yemen. In October 2000, Al-Qaeda successfully attacked and badly damaged the USS Cole in Yemen. Could this all be connected, as the defector’s testimony appears to indicate?[49]

    The defector, Mohamed Mansour Shahab, says there was evidence of an Al-Qaeda role in the Iraqi plots. After he was captured by Kurdish forces in March of 2000, he testified that in early 2000 he was called by an Afghan whom he had known do to his previous arms smuggling operations. The Afghan, named Othman, told him to attend a meeting in Iraq. In February, Shahab was taken to Ouija, near Tikrit. There he met Ali Hassan al-Majid, also known as “Chemical Ali”, and former defense minister Luai Khairallah whom was close to Uday Hussein. They told him the nine operations were to begin a year or so later, around early 2001, after he delivered refrigerator motors to the Taliban. Each motor contained a liquid, but Shahab says he does not know what it was. After delivering the motors, Shahab was arrested by the Kurds.[50]

    Meanwhile, Qusay Hussein began creating the Al-Nida terrorist force that Iraq would use for joint operations with international terrorists. Iraqi intelligence would choose the best qualified for training others in, and participating in, operations involving guerilla warfare, sabotage, surveillance, and other terrorist activities. In mid-March, Hamoud Abaid al-Anezi, a senior Al-Qaeda commander, arrived in Australia where he made contact with a group of four Iraqi nationals, “defectors” that had lived there since 1991. Together, they recruited Muslims for jihad around the world, until the authorities caught them in the act. Later on, this same Iraqi network would be suspected of a role in an Al-Qaeda plot to attack on the day of the Syndey Olympic Games.[51]

    In spring 2000, Iraqi intelligence officers also met with two 9/11 hijackers, Zeid Samir Jarrah and Marawan al-Shehhi in the United Arab Emirates. As of now, we are unsure if this is the same meeting that will be referred to when we talk about 2001, or if there were two meetings. It is possible there is debate about the timing of the meeting. But nevertheless, such a meeting is believed to have occurred.[52]

    On October 14, 2000, two days after the USS Cole bombing, radical Saudis hijacked a Boeing-777 from Saudi Arabia, and after releasing the hostages, received safe haven in Baghdad.[53] This year also brought new defector testimony that non-Iraqis were being trained at Salman Pak, which has a Boeing-707, as well as a biological weapons research center.[54]

    In late December, Iraq began allowing over-flights by Iranian aircraft carrying weapons, personnel and other essentials to Palestinian terrorists, Hezbollah, and Syria.[55]



    2001

    In January, Arab sources revealed that a high-ranking Al-Qaeda lieutenant, Abu Khabab al-Masri, had created cells to specialize in weapons of mass destruction. Suicide bombers were being taught about conducting attacks with agents including mustard gas, sarin gas and anthrax—in Iraq.[56] Meanwhile, on January 22, Saddam Hussein and his sons using the state media called for an Arab alliance to launch a global war of jihad on the United States, Israel and our allies.[57]

    According to defector testimony, as of early 2001, Saddam Hussein was actively preparing terrorist attacks against US ships in the Persian Gulf. Mohamed Mansour Shahab, an Iranian smuggler whom says he was paid by Iraq to smuggle arms to Al-Qaeda through Iranian territory, was recruited for terrorist operations by Saddam’s inner circle. The first task they wanted him to take part in, was a plot where a trade ship sailing under Iranian flag, with a half-ton of explosives, would be used by suicide bombers to destroy an American ship in the Gulf. The attack apparently was foiled or cancelled, but the defector warns that he was told by the senior Iraqi officials that $16 million was to be used in nine planned operations against the United States, including attacks in Kuwait.[58]

    In April, Mohammed Atta again met with the Iraqi intelligence officer, Al-Ani in the Czech Republic. Immediately after, the Czechs expelled Al-Ani for activity outside his work as a diplomat, but the Czechs refused to specify what activity this was.[59] The Czechs also believe Mohammed Atta met with Farouq Hijazi around the same time, Iraq’s ambassador to Turkey and a former general in Iraqi intelligence. At the time, Atta was living with Marwav Jussuf al-Shehhi, another 9/11 hijacker. It is believed Hijazi is Saddam’s representative to Bin Laden, and has been alleged to have helped develop the 1995 plot to crash airliners into prominent American buildings including the World Trade Center.[60]

    According to some sources, it was at these meetings that Mohammed Atta was given at least one forged passport among other documents, and according to some German investigators, at least one vial of anthrax.[61] Atta would later be seen at a pharmacy trying to get medication for his hands, which had anthrax-like symptoms. Although we will not get too far into the subject here, there is a great amount of evidence that at least some of the 9/11 hijackers were involved in the anthrax attacks. Anyway, less than two weeks after the meeting, Mohammed Atta received $100,000 from an untraceable person using a bank in the United Arab Emirates.[62]

    In May, an Iraqi physician and kidney specialist, Dr. Mohammed Khagal visited Afghanistan for three days. Rumors immediately came out that he treated Bin Laden’s kidney problems. At the same time, Pakistan’s ISI intelligence service was accused of helping deliver the necessary equipment. No confirmation of Khagal’s assistance to Bin Laden can be given.

    On July 21, six weeks before 9/11, an Iraqi columnist wrote in the state newspaper that Bin Laden had plans to destroy the Pentagon after he destroyed the White House. The same columnist said that Bin Laden would “hit the arm that is already hurting” (a hint at a second attack on the World Trade Center?), which would make Frank Sinatra not have good memories when he sang some of his songs. Of course, we know that Sintra wrote, “New York, New York”. Nae-em Abd Mulhalhal continued to say, “The wings of a dove and bullet are but the same in the heart of a believer.” The editor-in-chief of the newspaper is a secretary for Uday Hussein’s Syndicate of Journalism.[63] On September 1, Saddam Hussein and other officials praised Mulhalhal for his work in Al-Nasariya.

    Here is the text of the column in Al-Nasariya in its July 21, 2001 issue:



    "In this man's heart (Osama bin Laden) you'll find an insistence,
    a strange determination that he will reach one day the tunnels of the White House
    and will bomb it with everything that is in it.....with the seriousness of the Bedouin
    of the desert about the way he will try to bomb the Pentagon after he destroys the White House.
    ...the revolutionary bin Laden is insisting very convincingly that he will strike America on the arm that is already hurting.
    That the man....will curse the memory of Frank Sinatra every time he hears his songs."[64]

    In July, al-Mamouri, a general in the Iraqi secret service, was last seen. According to Italy’s security services, he used the Iraqi embassy in Rome to communicate with the Saddam regime, to report on his mission—supervising the links with Islamic militants in Pakistan and Afghanistan. He is also suspected of meeting with Mohammed Atta.[65]

    Approximately six months before 9/11, according to a “very senior CIA” official, two other 9/11 hijackers—Marwan al-Shehhi and Ziad Jarrah—met with a Mukhabarat (Iraqi intelligence) officer in the United Arab Emirates. The meeting was also confirmed by Iraqi defectors in the Iraqi National Congress.[66] By mid-August, Israel warned the United States that it had intelligence of an imminent, large-scale terrorist plot against the US mainland. The threat was so imminent, that two Mossad officials were sent to Washington DC to personally deliver the warning that Osama Bin Laden’s organization was using a team of up to 200 operatives to carry out the operation. The warning also stated that there was “strong grounds” that Saddam Hussein was involved.[67]

    Between August 19-21, Saddam Hussein opened his fifth forum of guerilla and terrorist groups in Baghdad. The meetings at the “festival” consisted of at least 100 prominent terrorist “officials” from groups including Islamic Jihad, Ansar al-Islam, Hamas, Egyptian Gamaa al-Islamiya and Al-Qaeda.[68] Saddam Hussein, Vice President Taha Ramadan, and Vice President Izzet Douri and senior intelligence officials all attended the conference. At least a hundred terrorists that attended the meeting were chosen for advanced training courses under Iraqi intelligence, and after the meeting ended, senior Iraqi intelligence officers were sent to meet with members of al-Qaeda under Saddam’s orders.[69]

    In the first week of September, an Iraqi named Ahmad Shakir, a worker for the Iraqi embassy in Malaysia, met with Khalid al-Nidhar, a 9/11 hijacker who participated in the attack on the Pentagon. Nidhar was reportedly in Malaysia to have a final meeting with senior Al-Qaeda operatives before his mission.[70] In the days leading up to 9/11, there is evidence that Iraqi intelligence officers were in contact with Bin Laden.[71]

    In the first and second week of September, a group of Al-Qaeda forces in Afghanistan traveled to Iraq to link up with Ansar al-Islam forces to make a new safe harbor for the forces that would later flee Afghanistan. In the second and third weeks of September, these new forces attacked the anti-Saddam Kurdish forces in northern Iraq, killing over 20.[72] For the first two weeks before September 11th, Saddam Hussein hid in one of his safety bunkers in Tikrit. His two wives, Sajida and Samira were hidden in another bunker. The Iraqi armed forces went on high alert.[73]

    The world changed on September 11, 2001. It was so horrifying that the rush to war on the Taliban in Afghanistan may have been the cause to overlook a strange coincidence. September 11, 2001, was the fifth anniversary of the conviction of Ramzi Yousef, leader of the first World Trade Center attack, and suspected Iraqi intelligence agent. Evidence of Iraqi involvement is substantial. Mohammed Atta and many of the other 9/11 hijackers also used Logan International Airport in Boston to get onto the airliners they would hijack—the same airport an Iraqi, the earlier mentioned al-Hussaini (former Republican Guard soldier), would get a job after finishing his role in the Oklahoma City bombing.[74] In the aftermath, Iraq and Afghanistan were the only countries to not offer any aid to the Americans, and to not send their condolences. No condemnation of Bin Laden or the hijackers occurred.

    The immediate details as to the orchestrators of 9/11 were the most alarming. According to Jane’s Foreign Report, Israeli military intelligence believed that the attack was conducted by terrorists supported by Iraq. Among the evidence released was that senior Iraqi intelligence officers were having suspicious meetings with Al-Qaeda operatives. The Iraqis were also traveling to Afghanistan to meet with Bin Laden and Ayman Al-Zawahiri, as well as Imad Mughniyah, the head of Hezbollah, in Lebanon. The report quoted Israel’s Arutz 7 as saying: “We’ve only got scraps of information, not the full picture—but it was good enough for us to send a warning six weeks ago to our allies that an unprecedented massive terror attack was expected...We believe that the operational brains behind the New York attack were Mughniyah and Zawahiri, who were probably financed and got some logistical support from the Iraqi Intelligence Service.”[75]

    On September 20th, Mohammed Nouri, an Iraqi intelligence colonel was sent to meet with a high-ranking terrorist associated with Al-Qaeda in Bangkok, Thailand. The terrorist helped run operations by radical Islamists in Southeast Asia. His organization was allied to Osama Bin Laden and worked alongside Al-Qaeda. On September 24th, Abdul Khader Majid, an Iraqi intelligence brigadier, and several other senior intelligence officers attended a meeting with representatives of Al-Qaeda in Bangladesh.[76]



    2001 Part Two: Anthrax Attacks

    Speaking about the beginning of US retaliation for 9/11, Uday Hussein wrote the following in the Iraqi state media: "At this stage it is possible to turn to biological attack, where a small can, not bigger than the size of the hand, can be used to release viruses that affect everything.... The viruses easily spread by air, and people are affected without feeling it."[77]

    In October, the anthrax attack occurred. While there is substantial evidence linking some of the Al-Qaeda hijackers to the anthrax outbreaks, there is no conclusive proof. But if we look at the anthrax strain, which was enhanced with bentonite and silicia, Iraq is suspected. Of the few countries suspected of having anthrax weapons, Iraq is the only believed to use bentonite. Silicia and bentonite are used to separate the tiny particles, so as to be inhaled more easily. Former UN biological weapons inspector, Timothy Trevan says that the presence of bentonite in anthrax is a trademark of Iraq’s anthrax.[78] Significantly, a former UN inspector and expert in biological warfare, Richard Spertzel, also have said that he believes Iraq sponsored the attack. He testified: “It has to be someone with an existing biological program. These are Russia, Syria, Iran, and Libya. Top of my list, though, is Iraq. There are known associations with intelligence personnel and al-Qaeda. Also they have the capability, and the know-how.”[79] Additionally, only three countries are known to have produced anthrax in the way that they were used in the attacks (where the spores are extremely small and made in such a way to minimize potential for not being inhaled). These countries are Iraq, Russia, and the United States.

    On July 17, 2002, David Tell wrote in The Weekly Standard that a Pakistani named Syed Athar Abbas had pleaded guilty to check-kiting. In the second week of June, managed to steal $100,000 from a bank in California and a bank in New Jersey. He conducted the scam by opening three bank accounts for a bogus online company, based in Fort Lee. When the FBI when to the location, they found out that it was at one point, the home of Nawaq and Salem Alhamzi, two of the 9/11 hijackers who attacked the Pentagon. In late August, Syed Athar Abbas left the home and never came back.

    On December 27, Rocco Parascandola (a writer for Newsday) discovered that Abbas used a false identity and using the $100,000 he stole, bought a “fine-food particulate mixer” used to mix chemicals. The machine was moved out of the home right before he fled to Pakistan. Newsmax.com quotes Parascandola as writing: “The $100,000 particulate mixer Parascandola describes, incidentally, is the exact same technology commonly employed by major food and pharmaceutical manufacturers to process fluid-form organic and inorganic compounds into powder: first to dry those compounds; next to grind the resulting mixture into tiny specks of dust, as small as a single micron in diameter; then to coat those dust specks with a chemical additive, if necessary, to maximize their motility or 'floatiness'; and finally to aerate the stuff for end-use packaging. In other words, this is how you'd put Aunt Jemima pancake mix in its box. Or place concentrations of individual anthrax spores into letters addressed to Senators Tom Daschle and Patrick Leahy.”[80] Why would the US cover-up potential links from Iraq to the anthrax? It is possible it is because the Ames strain of anthrax, which was used in the attacks, was obtained by Iraq—from the United States in the 1980s.

    There is immense evidence that “Waly Samar” (not his real identity), an Iraqi associate with experience in biotechnology whom worked alongside Ramzi Yousef in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, has a role in the anthrax attacks. The contacts Samar made with Yousef were paid by Abdul Rahman Yasin, the other Iraqi involved in the 1993 plot with Ramzi Yousef who was given safety by Baghdad. Samar has been teaching in New York City (but lives in New Jersey) since receiving his Ph.D. in biology from Hunter College. His graduate and current research was in Bacillus subtilis, a stimulant used in making anthrax as a potent biological weapon.

    Kathy Mugyen, the anthrax victim who had no exposure to the bio-weapon, worked less than 1,000 feet from Hunter College and the school laboratories “Waly Samar” had access to, which according to the report I am citing, can be used to produce anthrax. In 2000, Waly Samar tried to get a job at the University of Minnesota, one of the top colleges for “agricultural aviation”, or crop dusting. This is the same college that Zacarias Moussaoui, the 20th hijacker, tried to take courses on crop dusting. Mohammed Atta, the 9/11 leader, is also known to have tried to buy a crop duster. Even before Waly Samar became interested in crop dusting, Laurie Mylroie attempted to get the FBI to arrest him. To read more about “Waly Samar”, his connection to Iraq, Ramzi Yousef and the anthrax attacks, I highly suggest going to the following website: http://www.spiritoftruth.org/samar.htm

    Replying to allegations that the anthrax was stolen from a US facility, and was not used by an Islamic terrorist, Saddam Hussein said the following on October 29th on Baghdad Radio: "...American officials think that the source of anthrax is probably the U.S. itself. Is this conclusion or information just a tactic to divert the attention of those who were terrorized to hear that bin Laden is the source of anthrax, and to hear insinuations to other accusations, that many Americans think that they should not persist in harming the people he cares for, because that would push him to a stronger reaction in this way or by other means?"[81]

    An Iraqi defector from Saddam’s intelligence service began talking to the press about 9/11. He urgently warned that he knew about a terrorist training camp in the Baghdad suburbs used to train radical Muslims from around the region in assassination, guerilla warfare, and hijacking.[82] An investigation by Frontline confirmed that Iraqi intelligence had trained at least forty Islamic terrorists between 1995 and 2000 in how to hijacking airliners using a Boeing-747 that was originally Kuwaiti property.[83]

    As the US-backed Northern Alliance forced the Taliban and Al-Qaeda out of Afghanistan in October, and the majority of the forces fled to Iran, Lebanon, Pakistan, Georgia and other countries, suspicion was brought up by Bin Laden’s disappearance. According to Bin Laden’s former personal chef, says that Bin Laden was offered temporary haven by several countries and organizations, including Saddam’s regime in Iraq. Bin Laden respectively decided to go elsewhere.[84] According to Pakistani sources, Saddam Hussein dispatched a senior diplomat named Taha Husseyn to Kandahar to meet with the Taliban’s Mavlana Jalal ud-Din Haqqani to deliver a message from Saddam. The Iraqi regime was offering sanctuary for Osama Bin Laden and Mullah Omar (the head of the Taliban) and financial and military assistance.[85] Not surprisingly, as the Taliban and Al-Qaeda fled Afghanistan in October, Salah Suleiman, an Iraqi intelligence officer was captured by Pakistan on the border. Reports indicate that over the summer, at least three high-ranking Iraqi intelligence officials traveled to Pakistan to meet with Al-Qaeda representatives.[86]

    On December 3, 2001, a poem was recited by Sheikh Ali Bin Shallal, head of the al-Sharji tribes, at a meeting with the tribal chiefs of Basra and Maysan—and Saddam Hussein. It is highly likely this will startle you, here is the text:



    “We love you as much as a bird loves its nest when it rains.
    Your gold is pure, the gold of others is copper whose engravings are false.

    But fatigue and injustice are over. They remain engraved letters.
    You triumphed over injustice; you will not be blamed should you beat them.

    You are fastened with a bullet-belt for the one fooled by his troops.
    You are the guard, you are the guard, Saddam, and we are the watchful eyes.

    Just order us to proceed and repel the attacks,
    just order us to proceed and repel the attacks [line chanted repeatedly by the audience].

    From inside America, how five planes flew.
    Such a mishap never happened in the past!
    And nothing similar will happen.
    Six thousand infidels died.
    Bin Ladin did not do it; the luck of the president [Saddam] did it.”[87]



    2002

    The beginning of 2002 also brought testimony by Iraqi defectors as to Saddam’s role in 9/11. Abu Zeinab al-Qurairy, a former Iraqi brigadier-general in Mukhabarat, and close aide to Uday Hussein, told the West that Uday was the leader of a specialized terrorist force. The top-secret force consisting of 1,200 Iraqi killers, which he named “The Strikers”, have disappeared and their location is unknown. The defector said that 30 of the best were given false identities and dispatched abroad. The organization’s specialties were in assassination, guerilla warfare, sabotage, and hijackings.[88] Al-Qurairy also said that he had no doubt that Iraq had a role in 9/11.

    The early part of the year also brought new developments to Iraqi sponsorship of Palestinian terror. Yasser Arafat and Saddam Hussein had finished their plans to unleash a new wave of terrorism upon Israel for the years ahead. With heavy assistance from Iraqi and Iranian intelligence units and Al-Qaeda forces relocated to Lebanon, Palestinian refugee camps, and Palestinian territory, the deadliest terrorism yet would occur. Using the mentioned sophisticated resources to back them up, Arafat (in conjunction with Hussein and elements of the Iranian and Syrian governments) would direct coordination between the worst of the worst terrorists. His personal Fatah forces, Tanzim, Palestinian security forces, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, Hezbollah, Democratic Front for the Liberation of Palestine, Hamas, and Al-Qaeda forces would have a semi-coordinated effort to intensify the war on Israel, and once the Iraq War began, against Allied interests in the region.[89]

    In April, the Ansar forces in Iraq attempted to kill the prime minister in eastern Kurdistan. The assassination plot failed, at the cost of five of the minister’s bodyguards. This year, Ansar’s capabilities had already been enhanced. Testing of chemical weapons had begun, particularly on farm animals. Between 35 and 100 Al-Qaeda operatives from Afghanistan which had joined their brethren in Iraq took part in the activity, boosting the power of Ansar’s forces numbering between 600 and 700.[90] Meanwhile, Arafat’s Palestinian suicide bombers and Iraqi intelligence attempted to fulfill another one of their plans. During a trip to the Middle East, they attempted to assassinate Colin Powell, Secretary of State and numerous other high-ranking officials using suicide bombers and assassins. Luckily, they failed.[91]

    Around June-July 2002, it is believed that Abu Musab Al-Zarqawi, the leading Al-Qaeda figure in carrying out attacks with chemical and biological weapons, arrived in Baghdad and established an operational base worked by nearly two dozen operatives. From the summer until the Iraq War began, this base was used to coordinate the movement of money, operatives and supply in and out of Iraq in support of Al-Qaeda operations. Not long after, Saudi authorities captured two Al-Qaeda operatives trying to infiltrate Saudi Arabia from Iraq, one of which had trained in the use of cyanide. From this operational base, the attempted WMD attacks in 2003 on Russia, France, Germany, the United Kingdom, Italy and Spain were prepared.

    On September 27, 2002, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld said that intelligence indicated Al-Qaeda had a presence in Baghdad, resulting from a decade-long series of senior contacts which increased in 1998. The contact involved discussion of cooperation, and non-aggression agreements, and according to one Al-Qaeda detainee, Iraqi training of certain operatives in bio-chemical warfare.[92] Coincidentally, this same day it was reported that two Iraqi nationals with a Russian national (a non-Chechen) were captured in a raid in Afghanistan.[93] National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice followed up Rumsfeld’s accusations, confirming that high-ranking detainees confirmed a history of meetings between senior Iraqi and Al-Qaeda figures, and confirmed assistance from Iraq to Al-Qaeda in chemical weapons development.[94]

    According to a CIA report, in late October, the Al-Qaeda-linked forces of Ansar al-Islam received their first confirmed shipment of chemical weapons. According to two government officials with access to the classified report, the transaction included the deadly VX weapon, and that the operatives on the receiving end either had already, or planned to, smuggle it into Turkey.[95] As the heat turned on Saddam Hussein in November, he took desperate measures in an attempt to destroy the dissident alliance rising up in the West. Press reports say that he ordered his intelligence network to assassinate key dissident leaders in Great Britain (an activity he had long been doing), and tried to team up with Libya to activate terrorist cells to attack British and American sites in the Middle East.[96]

    By August, a Whitehall dossier on Iraq’s programs for weapons of mass destruction was written. In it, according to reporter Michael Evans, there was evidence Saddam Hussein may be planning to arm Palestinian terrorists with biological weapons.[97] The British also released a dossier on Iraq which claimed that at least two key Al-Qaeda lieutenants underwent training in Iraq. The dossier also confirmed that Iraq was paying Al-Qaeda to use its Ansar forces based in northern Iraq to attack the Kurdish forces.[98]

    In the August-September timeframe we discussed, Parisoula Lampos, Saddam’s former mistress finally revealed to the press what she knew. As Saddam’s favorite mistress, she saw him on a daily basis. Among the information she provided, was that Uday Hussein, Saddam’s oldest son, told her that Saddam had met with Osama Bin Laden in the mid-1990s and gave him money.[99] As all this information came out we have talked about, Richard Pearle, an advisor to Rumsfeld, claimed that Mohammed Atta met with Saddam Hussein at least once, and that proof had been obtained of the meeting.[100]

    On September 16th, Iraq’s The Economist, owned by Uday Hussein, compared the United States to Nazi Germany, and criticized America as a state sponsor of terrorism. The newspaper then called for sabotage (terrorist) attacks on US interests around the world, and for Arabs and Muslims to unite against the West. The paper finished with calling for attacks on the US; boycotts; closing airports and seaports to US shipping; targeting “everything American” including embassies and companies; using suicide bombers against US military and naval bases; and the mining of waterways to stop US shipping.[101]

    The later part of 2002 also would bring confirmation of Iraqi assistance to other terrorists. In a CBS investigation, a direct link between Palestinian militants under Yasser Arafat, Iran, and Iraq was drawn. Iraq took part in financing and directing some attacks on Israeli civilians, which was proven by captured documents in Arafat’s compound in early 2002. A 3-man Palestinian terrorist cell was captured by Israel in 2002, and the operatives claimed to have been trained by Iraqi officials in the use of shoulder-fired anti-aircraft missiles to bring down airplanes.[102]

    In the last month of the year, the Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution in Iraq, the Shiite council in Iraq in opposition to Saddam Hussein, accused the Iraqi regime of ordering elements of the Fedayeen Saddam militia under Uday to begin joint training with Ansar al-Islam (Al-Qaeda branch in northern Iraq) for attacks on US interests.[103]

    By the end of 2002, at least 6,000 people from terrorist groups all around the world were currently involved in Iraq’s training programs. Camps like Salman Pak, al-Safar and al-Habaniya were often used to train suicide bombers. Training in everything from communications, surveillance, document forgery, infiltration, and spying to explosives creation, work with small arms, to work with poisons and toxins was offered.[104] Shipments outside the country to terrorists did not stop either. In December, according to Israeli intelligence, Iraq sent rockets with 100-150 kilometer range to Syria to be delivered to the Hezbollah forces.[105]





    2003

    On February 5th, Colin Powell presented the case for war with Iraq at the United Nations. Powell mentioned that Abu Musab Al-Zarqawi was in Baghdad, after receiving medical treatment after losing a leg in Afghanistan, and Saddam’s regime was refusing to arrest him or provide information. Powell also mentioned that a former Iraqi intelligence chief testified that Saddam’s agents went to Afghanistan in the mid-1990s to provide training in document forgery to Al-Qaeda. From the late 1990s to 2001, the Iraqi embassy in Pakistan served as Saddam’s liaison to the terrorist organization.[106]

    In February, 2003, Israel captured a junior officer in Palestinian intelligence in charge of suicide attacks on Israel, named Mohamed Farouq Abu Roub. During interrogation, he admitted that his activities resulted from Iraqi instructions and funding (in thousands of dollars) to poison Israeli water pipelines, and possibly the Lake of Galilee or the Jordan River. When Abu Roub was captured after helping suicide bombers infiltrate the targeted area, he said his present mission was sending out operatives to target school buses, which he was trained to do by Iraq.[107]

    The same month, the Western European countries stopped mega-terrorist attacks with chemical and biological weapons by Al-Qaeda operatives and terrorists associated with Al-Qaeda branches (particularly ones based in Algeria). While some doubted the Israeli intelligence claim that the effort was done in conjunction with Iraqi intelligence (to frighten Europe into not helping the US in the coming war against Saddam Hussein), it was confirmed that the operatives were trained in their skills by Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, a senior Al-Qaeda figure harbored by Iraq.[108] The USA accuses Zarqawi of being Iraq’s link to Al-Qaeda forces in northern Iraq.

    Iraq also began preparing its war against the Coalition invaders. Uday Hussein was dispatched to Lebanon to recruit Palestinian suicide squads, while hundreds of Palestinians began arriving in Iraq under Yasser Arafat’s authority. Iraq also began training and recruiting “holy warriors”—extremist Muslims—that were traveling from around the world to fight alongside Saddam’s forces.[109]

    The Philippines also accused Iraq of assisting the Al-Qaeda-linked Abu Sayyaf terrorists there in terrorist operations. A Filipino intelligence report released on February 11 said that an Iraqi diplomat in Manila named Hushann Husain received a phone call from an Abu Sayyaf operative shortly after his bombing attack.[110] A local commander of Abu Sayyaf forces on Basilan, Hamisraji Sali, has confirmed allegations of Iraqi support, saying that they receive $20,000 a year from Iraqi sponsors. The funding is used for transportation of bomb supplies and personnel. To cover their tracks, the Iraqis sent the money through Vietnam and Cambodia to Malaysia and finally to the Philippines.[111]As war came closer and closer, in early March, the CIA was already warning that an Al-Qaeda cell of 24 led by between four and eight mid-level operatives in Baghdad was planning attacks against Coalition forces. There were other cells in Mosul and Erbil, in addition to the 100-200 Al-Qaeda forces formerly based in Afghanistan that joined with Ansar al-Islam in Kurdistan.[112]

    On March 12th, former CIA director James Woolsey testified in court in a lawsuit that was filed on behalf of the 9/11 victims, that he was certain that Iraq had a role in 9/11, particularly in the training of hijackers. Five witnesses reported that Al-Qaeda operatives were being trained at Iraq camps, specifically Salman Pak. At the trial, Spanish evidence was also presented that the 9/11 co-conspirator, Yusaf Galem, was at a party (under this same Al-Qaeda identity) thrown by the Iraqi ambassador to Spain. Why was such a person invited?[113]

    In Jordan, a plot to blow up a hotel frequently used by Westerners was stopped. In Yemen, plots to blow up the British and American embassies were foiled. An attack in Pakistan was also foiled. Attacks in a total of at least 10 countries by the Iraqis were planned.[114] According to some reports, Iraqi intelligence plotted to attack Western interests in the United Kingdom, Yemen, Jordan, Bahrain, the United Arab Emirates, Syria, Turkey, Thailand, India and Pakistan.[115] A later plot to poison the drinking water of US air bases in eastern Jordan was stopped.[116]

    Iraq also planned to use terrorism as retaliation for the invasion led by the United States and the United Kingdom. Of course, the targets were not limited to just those two countries. Spain expelled 6 Iraqi diplomats when they were found with 14 handguns, 5 shotguns, 1 rifle, 1 carbine and 800 rounds of ammunition.[117] The United States arrested the son of a former diplomat, saying he was cooperating with Iraqi spies to assassinate Iraqi defectors in New York.[118] Also in New York, at the United Nations, two Iraqi diplomats were caught videotaping bridges and tunnels.[119]

    Near Baghdad, Coalition forces captured Abu Abbas, leader of the terrorist group known as the Palestine Liberation Front, and mastermind of the 1986 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship, where he murdered a disabled American in a wheelchair and threw the body overboard.[120] Iraq had been supporting Abu Abbas and his terrorists since 1991.

    In April, documents captured from the headquarters of Iraqi intelligence was found detailing discussions between Iraq and an African terrorist leader, Sheikh Jamil Makulu, whom was allied to Bin Laden and Al-Qaeda since the early 1990s. The African group known as the Allied Democratic Forces said in the discussion their goal was to smuggle arms worldwide to “holy warriors” fighting US, British and Israeli influences in Africa, Asia, the Middle East and the Far East. The Iraqi affairs agent in Nairobi, Fallah Hassen al-Rubdie, led the discussions with the terrorist group based in Uganda.

    The documents also had a copy of a letter sent from a senior Allied Democratic Forces’ member to the boss of Iraqi intelligence describing his efforts to set up an “international mujahideen team”. The letter, sent in April of 2001, was written by the ADF’s diplomacy chief, Bekkah Abdul Nassir, whom offered to recruit Muslims to be sent for training at a Baghdad terrorist camp, which he described as “the headquarters for international holy warrior network”.[121] Around the same time, Coalition forces also captured an Al-Qaeda terrorist in western Baghdad under the authority of Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.[122]

    On April 18th, Coalition forces attacked and destroyed a terrorist training camp near Baghdad used by the Palestine Liberation Front (and probably others too), with 20 buildings, complete with guidebooks about carrying out terrorist attacks, the use of gas masks and other equipment for chemical attacks, and even in how to resist interrogation. As of right now, there is no way to know if Al-Qaeda used the camp or not.[123] The Salman Pak terrorist camp was also destroyed around the same time, which according to three defectors, was used to train terrorists from around the world. Captain Sabah Khodad, a former intelligence officer who worked there from 1994 to 1995, has questioned the camp’s role in 9/11. He told the London Observer that after the attack happened, he immediately thought: “This has been done by graduates of Salman Pak.”[124] It is interesting to note that participants at the Salman Pak site, whose existence has been confirmed by UN inspectors, are taught how to hijack aircraft and trains with all kinds of blades, knives, and even bare hands. Salman Pak was also considered a suspected biological weapons research and training site by the USA, as it is believed the camp also conducts research on anthrax, botulinum toxin, aflatoxin, gas gangrene, clostridium and ricin. Ricin and anthrax have been involved in terrorist plots in the past by Al-Qaeda.

    For more on Salman Pak, training of hijackers and Iraq’s possible connections to 9/11, readers are encouraged to read the following interviews with Iraqi defectors:



    A PBS interview with a former Iraqi lieutenant-general whom remains anonymous, available at:

    http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/gunning/interviews/general.html



    A PBS interview with Sabah Khodada, a former Iraqi Army captain whom worked at Salman Pak. Available at:

    http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/gunning/interviews/khodada.html



    A PBS interview with Khidhir Hamza, former head of Iraq’s nuclear program. Available at:

    http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/gunning/interviews/hamza.html



    On April 26th, reporters found documents in the Iraqi intelligence headquarters proving a direct link between the Saddam regime and Al-Qaeda. It reveals that an Al-Qaeda “delegation” met with Iraqi officials in Baghdad in March 1998, to establish an alliance based on the mutual hatred of Saudi Arabia and the United States. The document says the meeting went so well that it was extended by a week and ended with plans for Bin Laden to visit Baghdad. A three-page file was also found, with all references to Bin Laden blotted out with white-out, which was removed to see the contents. A file marked “top secret and urgent”, dated February 19th, referred to a trip from Sudan of an unidentified close aide to Bin Laden. The document was signed by “MDA”, the code-name for the director of Iraqi intelligence. The file suggested that Iraq pay for the costs of the trip in exchange for a favor by the aide. The favor was to have the aide personally pass messages to Bin Laden from the Iraqi officials.[125]

    On May 7th, a federal judge awarded $104 million in damages to the families of 9/11, to be taken from Iraqi government assets. Judge Harold Baer says the case proved, “albeit barely”, that Iraq provided material support that contributed to 9/11. The case proved that Iraq did indeed have links to Osama Bin Laden, Al-Qaeda and the Taliban.[126]

    [1] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 23.

    [2] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 26.

    [3] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 34.

    [4] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 73.

    [5] Worldnetdaily.com, December 11, 2002.

    [6] Washington Post, March 18, 2002.

    [7] Far Eastern Economic Review, September 27, 2001.

    [8] Boston Globe, January 18, 1995.

    [9] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 323-324.

    [10] Radio Free Europe, October 19, 2001.

    [11] Insight Magazine, April 22, 2002.

    [12] Yediot Aharont, Israel, October 10, 1994.

    [13] Philadelphia Daily News, October 3, 2000.

    [14] US News, October 29, 2001.

    [15] Insight Magazine, April 22, 2002.

    [16] Radio Free Europe, October 19, 2001.

    [17] Radio Free Europe, October 19, 2001.

    [18] Frontline, PBS, November 14, 2001.

    [19] New York Times, November 16, 1995.

    [20] “Study of Revenge” by Laurie Mylroie. Page 215.

    [21] Jerusalem Post, November 23, 1995.

    [22] UPI, February 5, 2003.

    [23] UPI, February 5, 2003.

    [24] Wall Street Journal, September 24, 2002.

    [25] “Endgame: Solving the Iraq Problem—Once and for All” by Scott Ritter. Page 121.

    [26] The New American, July 1, 2002.

    [27] The New American, July 1, 2002.

    [28] Wall Street Journal, September 24, 2002.

    [29] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 167.

    [30] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 488-489.

    [31] Sunday Telegraph, April 26, 2003.

    [32] Daily Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [33] Times of London, October 10, 2001; “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 323-324.

    [34] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 323-324.

    [35] Wall Street Journal, September 24, 2002.

    [36] Times of London, October 10, 2001.

    [37] Ma’ariv, February 22, 1998.

    [38] Independent (London) October 14, 2001

    [39] Patriotic Union of Kurdistan, September 19, 2001.

    [40] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 360-361.

    [41] “The War Against the Terror Masters” by Michael Ledeen. Pages 181-182..

    [42] “The War Against the Terror Masters” by Michael Ledeen. Page 182..

    [43] Iraq News, February 10, 1999.

    [44] Agence France Presse, February 17, 1999.

    [45] Wall Street Journal, September 24, 2002.

    [46] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 360-361.

    [47] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 380.

    [48] ABC News, October 29, 2001.

    [49] Christian Science Monitor, April 3, 2002.

    [50] Christian Science Monitor, April 3, 2002.

    [51] “Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 401-402.

    [52] Times of London, October 10, 2001.

    [53] Times of London, October 10, 2001.

    [54] New York Times, October 22, 2001.

    [55] “The High Cost of Peace”, by Yossef Bodansky, page 411.

    [56] Sunday Telegraph, September 30, 2001.

    [57] Al-Watan al-Arabi, January 22, 2001.

    [58] Christian Science Monitor, April 3, 2002.

    [59] Daily Telegraph (London), October 27, 2001.

    [60] Die Welt, September 19, 2001; Radio Free Europe, October 19, 2001.

    [61] AFP (Berlin) October 25, 2001

    [62] “The War Against the Terror Masters” by Michael Ledeen. Page 179.

    [63] Times of London, October 27, 2001.

    [64] Wall Street Journal, February 14, 2003.

    [65] Times of London, October 27, 2001.

    [66] Worldnetdaily.com, December 11, 2002.

    [67] Middle East Newsline, September 16, 2001.

    [68] Daily Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [69] Sunday Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [70] CBS News, October 1, 2002.

    [71] Wall Street Journal, September 24, 2002, Washington Times, September 21, 2001.

    [72] Los Angeles Times, December 9, 2002.

    [73] According to high-ranking defectors, as reported in Con Couglin’s “Saddam: King of Terror”

    [74] Philadelphia Daily News, October 3, 2000.

    [75] Arutz 7, September 20, 2001.

    [76] Sunday Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [77] Wall Street Journal, February 14, 2003.

    [78] ABC News, October 29, 2001.

    [79] Sunday Telegraph, October 27, 2001.

    [80] Newsmax.com, August 17, 2002. Phil Brennan.

    [81] Wall Street Journal, February 14, 2003.

    [82] Sunday Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [83] Frontline, PBS, November 14, 2001.

    [84] BBC, December 31, 2001.

    [85] The National Review citing Ummat, an Urdu-language paper in Karachi, Pakistan. Stephen F. Hayes.

    [86] Sunday Telegraph, September 23, 2001.

    [87] December 3, 2001, cited on Iraqi television. As reported on http://www.spiritoftruth.org/iraqlinks.htm

    [88] Vanity Fair, January 9, 2002.

    [89] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Page 521.

    [90] Los Angeles Times, December 9, 2002.

    [91] “High Cost of Peace” by Yossef Bodansky. Pages 536-538.

    [92] Newsmax.com, September 27, 2002.

    [93] Worldnetdaily.com, September 27, 2002.

    [94] Fox News, September 27, 2002.

    [95] Washington Post, December 12, 2002.

    [96] London Telegraph, November 3, 2002.

    [97] World News, August 3, 2002.

    [98] Reuters, September 14, 2002.

    [99] ABC News, September 8, 2002.

    [100] Agence France Presse, September 8, 2002.

    [101] Newsmax.com, September 16, 2002.

    [102] Ha’aretz, September 30, 2002.

    [103] Reuters, December 1, 2002.

    [104] Daily Telegraph, October 28, 2001.

    [105] Ha’aretz, December 27, 2002.

    [106] UPI, February 5, 2003 reporting on Powell’s UN presentation.

    [107] New York Post, February 2, 2003.

    [108] CNN, February 7, 2003.

    [109] World Tribune, March 31, 2003.

    [110] Yahoo! News, February 11, 2003.

    [111] Washington Times, March 4, 2003.

    [112] New York Times, March 8, 2003.

    [113] Worldnetdaily.com, March 16, 2003.

    [114] Washington Post, March 28, 2003.

    [115] Worldnetdaily.com, March 28, 2003.

    [116] Washington Times, April 2, 2003.

    [117] New York Times, April 14, 2003.

    [118] New York Post, April 15, 2003.

    [119] MSNBC, March 6, 2003.

    [120] Worldnetdaily.com, April 15, 2003.

    [121] London Telegraph, April 17, 2003.

    [122] CNN, April 30, 2003.

    [123] World Tribune, April 18, 2003.

    [124] Newsmax.com, April 6, 2003.

    [125] Sunday Telegraph, April 26, 2003.

    [126] Associated Press, May 7, 2003.

    http://www.probush.com/ryan_saddam_hussein_and_bin_laden.htm
    © Copyright 2005, ProBush.com, Inc.

    Email ItEmail It | Print ItPrint It | CommentsComments (0) | TrackbacksTrackbacks (0) | Flag as offensiveFlag as Offensive
    « Previous1234Next »